1994 by harken_procare

T h e clichi, "one thing is certain - change,'applies to sailino and its su~Dortinaindustrv. Ourino oJr 27 years there nas been change from nternariona ous~~ess cycles as we s1; t r e m e h o ~ s change n ooatsand equlpmenr The sal ing lnd~stryrose dramat~callyin the 1970's oeclned ln the 1980's an0 enrered the 1990's ~0nfJsedb ~leaner t and ro~oheran0 readv ro meet the ~~~~challenges of the future. Sadly, we have witnessed the demise of sime well-known sailboat buildersand supporting industries and the rise of big discount retail operations. The sport has changed, too, with multihullsand new rigging systems like furling being widely accepted. Events like the SORC and SPORT have faded away replaced by the Whitbread, BOC and Olympic yachting with a new look. We embrace cnange. It presents growh opponun 1es as we des gn prod~ctsand sew ces to meet lour oemands Tne <ev to meehna cnanoe s to sense and react to needs for ne* aroodcts better~informationand improved service. ~ewproductshave made sailing easier, but they also make sales, service, and operation more technical. lmp~oveolnformatlon servlces have been a major f o c ~ stnls year We have oegun ro pawage our prod~ctswith comphter generated laoelslhat have bar codes an0 usaoeand oaolno nformation. We continue to improvethis catalog, striving to keep itthe most comprehensive i A h e world. Tn~syear we aod itallan to our Eng ~ s hGerman, an0 French versions. Ano we nave lnlroo~cedtne remarkable Compu-S~ecsoftware that 1s now reach no slores an0 service cenrers-~ ~ompu-specallows your dealer, designer, rigger, o i sailmaker to choose the same hardware for your boat that our own hardware experts would select. It is a massive investment of several years and thousands of hours of designing and programming, but it ensures that you will get the right hardware for the job. It also prices and weighs the equipment and gives you a wealth of information about your boat such as sail areas and sheet loads. With over 950 boats in the library and the ability to add more, it is the sailor's information system of the future and it's ready today. Be sure to try it at your dealer or a boat show this year. Service contin~esto oe major focus a1 Harken We long ago wtabllsheo ateam of exlremely quailed representatlves on oJr stall an0 lhroJgh0Jt oJr olstnb~ron network O L dlsrr ~ o~tors worldw de have been grow no wlth us for an averaae of 16 vean In oLr own sales an0 ustomer ~~service positions, we have anaverage tenure of ~ ~ y e a r s . Product is the bottom line, though. Product is a way of life at Harken. It evolves and is nurtured and constantly improved. We have tons (and kilos) to show and bring to you. Our goal remains the same despite the constant change - to provide the best possible gear for your boat so you can better enjoy that special part of your life that you spend between the wind and the water. 2

Peter Harken

Olaf Harken

Ail Mitchel

3 HOW TO B E YOUR CATALOG I How to Find Hardware lndex SmaN Boat Blocks Pages 19 - 40

Mid-Range Blocks Pages 41 - 48

Parts are listed alphabetically on pages 242 through 246. Partsare listed seveml times by all common descriptions so the index is easy to use. Parts are listed numerically by palt number on pages 235 to 241.

Thumb Index The back cover lists Me main sections of the caialog. Pages are m&ed to correspond. To use, start wRh y o u h ~ m on b the megory marnon Me baC~COVerandfl~pnto the camw ~ n oMe l cateaowrabs - . on tne m . -e eaoes - amear ,.

secnons

The catalog is organized into sections by hardware families.

Choosing the Right Hardware System Drawinus Pages 207 to 219 show sketches of typical hardware systems to help you design a good layour for your boat. Big Boat BlocAs & Sheaves Pages 49 88

Custom Hardwarn Pages 89 - 94

Feature Pages Each of Me major sections ofthe calalog begins with avisual evlanation ofthe features which make H&en products unique.

Use 8nd Selection Charis At the beginning of most sections you will find a chart which shows the correct size or type of gear to use for diierent boats.

Reference Paoes Pages 204to 208show breaking strengths of common sizes of wire and rope, formulas for calculating loading on blacks, metric conversions and other useful information.

Additional He$ ~ddressesand phone Numbers Page 247 contains a listing of Harken addresses and telephone and fax numbers. It also mntains a list of Harkenk internationaldistributors.

Complementary Blocks &Accessories Pages95-l16

Sail Handling Systems Pages 143 - 166

Batten Tnveler Systems Pages 158 - 165

Winches Pages 167 - 2 M

Rslemncs Pages 204 - 206

Portlighk Pages 220 - 221

Deck Shoes Pages 222 223

Promotional Items Pages 224 - 230

Clothing Pages 224 - 234

Index Pages 242 - 246

T h i s cata~cgcontains 72 new products for 1994 ranging from a new line of quality cloth~ n to g a huge new wlnch for Mega yachts A few of the new prod~clsare descnbed below.

Unit 4/4.5 Hydmulic Furling Pafles 154 to 155

Traveller Stand Up Kits Pages 125 d 128

1140 Backwind Winch Pages 179 to 185 The 1140 winch was developed to meet the enormous loading requirements of the largest mega yachts. This huge three speed winch featuresvery high line speeds for quick tacking, an ultimate power ratio of 631,and a backwind capability. The badwind is a separate reverse speed that a lows extreme loads to be rel~eveawtore sheets are release0 On hydraulic and electric versions it utilizes a dedicated motor. The 1140 backwind is offered for hydraulic, electric, or manual operation.

Designedto keep mainsheel blocks from hiaing the deck when the sheel is slack, stand up toggles are offered for mid-range and big boat travelers, incluaing windward sheeCng cars. New cars mav be ordered with stand ups and all existing Harken mid-range and big boat traveler cars will accept the kits as retrofits. The stand ups are unique in that they are retrofitable to old cars and because they will accept a wide range of blocks. Mid-range stand ups accept all small boat and midrange blocks with a swivel post, including mid-range fiddles wltn cams. The b g boat stand uos acceot mid-ranoe olocks and 2.25",3:00"and 4.00"bigboat blocks.

Page 157 The 1900 GennakeP furler is offered

U" Low Prolile ~ o e e d ~ rHandle io~ Page 200 The 8" (203mm) low profile SpeedGrip handle is designed for use on small racing boats like the Jl24 where the ~rimarvobiective is high speed cranking. lt'is alsoa natural choice for liohtlv loaded control lines like daggerboa& & pole l~ftsThe horizontal grip and 8" (203mm) length are ergonomically correct for very quick rotation. The BASGLP is a locking handle and is offered only in aluminum.

to bridoe the oao between small boat futiino systemsand iiige custom units. It is desigied for multihulls to 45' (14m) or monohulls to 55'(17m) and will accept drifters and Gennakers with LP's as large as 30' (9.1 m). Gennaker furling is an advancement that comes from large offshore multihulls which find that light headsails are effective downwind sails. These sails are set free standing ahead of the forestay and roll around a luff wire so they can be easily set and struck quickly if the wind comes up.

Following the lead of the Unit 313.5Hydraulic furler, the Unit 414.5Hydraulic Jib Reefing and Furling System offers more features than any comparable system. Designed for boats from 65 to 100' (20 to 30.5m) with wire headstays as large as 1"(25mm) and rod headstays to -91 (22.2mm), the Unit 414.5Hydraulic Furler offers integral headstay length adjustment and an easy to use manual override system. The hydraulic drive uses reliable high reduction, double enveloping, worm gears which are inherently resistant to creep under load. The body is Hardkote anodized aluminum with chromed stainless steel components.

Additional Baticars Pages 160 to l65 Three new Battcars have been added to Harken's extensive range. System A and B now include cars with an adjustable Battslide receptacle for flat battens as wide as 1%" (42 mm). This fitting is front loading to permit a clean leech and offers 3" (75 mm) of batten adjustment. System C now includes the 1903 car which features an adjustable Battslide fitting for raund battens as large as l'(25 mm) diameter. This fitting is also front loading and offers 4" (102 mm) of adjustment.

17 m). The sideplates are Hardkote anodized Tenon impregnated aluminum. Bails are thinner for weioht ootimization and AirSoreachers feature an h e g k l hanging bail to aliow the blocks to be suspended from the lifelines with shock cord.

Cam Cleat Fairlead Paoe - - 99 ~-

The 328 is designed for use when leads into or out of cams are not fair. It can be mounted ahead or behind the cam and will fit both the 150 and 200 Cam-Matics. When mounted behind a cam, the fairlead allows the crew to engage or release the cleat from a wide variety of angles. This allows control lines to be used from the weather rail or from the trapeze. Placing the fairlead ahead of the cam allows lines that move in use to lead properly, making them ideal for controls like traveler adjusters. The 328 is made of fiber reinforced, Teflon lubricated plastic that is light and very resistant to line abrasion. Lines ride on stainless steel tubes wnlch feat~rea smootn s~riace ana laroe rad JS to m n mlze lrlct on ana wear tolines,

Air~unners'" Pages 72to 73

New Fasteners on Big Boat Blocks Pages 54 to 67 All Harken big boat blocks feature a new fastening system for 1994.Low proflle screws replace the old bolt and nut design. The new design is less likely to snag lines and is designed to minimize corrosion behveen the fastener and the sideplate.

page 76 ~irSpreachers'"are perfect for offshore boats which need a sinale attachment ooint for theirspinnakershei leads. ~ h e i r i r Sheaves offer very low friction with high work ng (oaos by Lslng large d~amererbearL no races wh cn como ne Torlon rol ers wlth ?load carrying balls. The hollow centers eep weight to a minimum. Two sizes of AirSoreachers are offered for boats from 36 to 55' (l l to

Production AirRunnersmare offered in four sizes for boats to 60' (18 m). AirRunners feature Harken's Airsheaves which combine the free rolling characteristics of Torlon roller bearings with the high load carrying ability required of a runner block. Their distinctive "empty center design keeps weigM to a minimum. AirRunners are aluminum blocks and are available in either sinale or becket confiourations. They accept eiihera shackle postbr tang for attachment to runners and decks. The sideplates are computer designed for weight optimization. Integral bails are thinner than the load bearing plates and are rounded to prevent snagglng on ife lnesana sneets. Tnev are DOS t oned so thev can be "sed as either flying blocks ordkck mounted runner leads.

Navigator Clothing Pages 231 to 234 This line of clothing is made of the finest material in the European tradition. The classic cut, classic colors, and the all natural fabrics speak of quality that is rarely seen today. The 100% natural fibersare coloriast, won't shrink, and wear extremely well.

W m ma,arerc, m e n m, GPI meamvet h m C o # p @ S e c r e n r ) R-~s--

L l l l t MIIIsr IsasiSQnllo Peter Harken. She minks s k has t h bestjob ~ i n h e place beaus: A) He'r newamurd 8) He$ a wonderful guy; C) She3 teen promised his hquemflier mlks. (WeIi. A a d C b r r u r e . )

MW .-.... ;l?gagemChkGWll a m rscsiver e x b a a d i ~ l r eLoo Vandrn Hunll. 'Is t b r e ? ' D i d you orderit7

hdlH Y OSp o d m m enmma~~ng mm.nfmatue aoumm Sre maces S J a l~m e p e p e m m g e ~ OR~ d l a n q r are film, mow caloa#e

.rnhllrm" --. ..- - -.1111.--..a..u-.n. .rrm.- .n-.----,m

Comolle~BC+ g.aahla$m r a o r 7 ~ y t n n gOm led

opramle marnoet am m e 1 m l o l e s m 0 1 C l l l l d 1 0 0 ~ r ~SW r 6Wm6 na m n o ~ r s m a w w u a r o h a m re, ron n0.n r n o o ~ wn

Jm S m n S prodsoon manarpf Pan 01 n1s .m 6 folecasnng ne ocfs a oen~rm I M ~ me weamef man

00slr0.m~ an0 ~rormoonmawger B111 Nosbar r 0.r reh rpraar magne~m g n a e

PuroMw M a r n p r M H 1 ~ ~ 6 Ihe new& additim lothe pumhaiw leam Heb ready tackle o w i n g .

Dabblo B m is inventory Comrol M a ~ g ean3 r T a ~ I U e o b nheads cmtaccounting. Trythinkin8 o f s r m ~ i n g c u t e t o r s yaboutmosa lobs.

M I t r RIKLIS OEM ?a eo manwe# am raaw eomr rle sa r a 0 .e mm= d # r e ~ a # w m m sammav e nm own tarn nfrmrmlfalr

OEM nom met raw ca mecam% ~ e b w e & h o no r p m n r every. o n e s 0 3 BOMBS^ r o o . w e

(h.

more hn

h e 84men'smirls bmm m y go home.

M*cmmw D r m r ilhW B U h m p l BLBI %W l ldPasam maces m m a0 0

C n e l C ~ s m m e w n e oKnb ~ Nrrlan amcmxoerpn k w q a m c a l ~ ' b r s~~csl'hongama gr '

D ~ m w k a r d f l k b # l l #Ham8 W* n msmaond asmmr r e ~ m eap np ome 2 0 n ~n a sow 8 o a n a

P.cwsmcq wen1 Km@c& o anenollance norsem~n b r an, maraman mom ot w o

recnmca

01.Dam Rondeau~ronG?~

me rm* na for mase +no reeolo cm* m6 nob

Far D, m a ~ p e l P m reem me D. o nasframfa n a a m n a m te s M ~ . a r m s ~ n e ~ e r n p o

or .er

lOr an~

Metdl e x p r t l l n B n r q All parts graduate lrom h a flnlshlng school

KrIsCllne and Barb K w m t i s r r e m b l e package and ship B U S I ~ B S S ~b Ue pSs~golng UPS and UPS

~ ~ ~kua* i 00 a v e r s .

Cmfvc~arpc r w ~ o r ~ m R010 wB moo e nomes f w namen m m w r e

A s ~ e m h b ~ I I kW o I e m M and Todo Gny are menewes blockheads on me block

Arremblerr Mike Barm,A q i a Kmh, am J m Happ treat H a m asmeir home away from home.

P a l Vandan M u r a l 81an Orlablta and OInl Blackburnare m a c a t o m hardwan d e w crew-they relusta burcholCROs

Brdherr Len and K m Podare the Marterr ol h e Machiniverse.

Custom mOldiMlor C k l &hlnmhu nas, a m does, one nellwa job.

Ken Unw m d l c n n Davmpoll are prcducson englmer~andcycllsD. Dml De surpnsea to seeafenrpeed rmhet b l m k i n m e c m l w some day.

10, nmc wand rpcerraoer R a l w ro1.q ralono Keep malcasn a R o n w

in fudmg . t h e scerery ir lmprwiw.

OM WII phnke wslas w o o d e h ~ m W a r Ws m WO*

#\l,

ickle WO* m acmuntmg. Thsy'm thinking of bungiejumping olltheir month end reports.

wa,

L;?.

IImqW l a 8 b r M ~ ~ n e m r ee n a m erewnere

&Ad

. ... , <

,[ , , ' ? , 5 * ,

C r a g Bazsr I , , '

,,,,

'I-

'.,,I.

John Scn elslos n

,P->?,

',..

rc,~.

1.4

'8,

I 4';

.?,.. . '

I :

Xekm

Llrrpamel 9 'r ilr r :?A - ~ . I : c ,:. 86,

dssemhled before

S-ldnneZe~b~~ I

,r,,2~,'":.r;,>

1, r d : ..3r-'

.An;(

2 ' : i-" 71 - 3

1.1.

Olsne Wescm - a

. ,,.

.v .

P W A UKEE CONTINUED

Former floridian Syd Millnan heads sailmaker product sales. HeB adjusMtoWismnsn winlen. but some Janualymorniws k can stiii be heard hummlnpJimmy Bunet

Cml0m~rseNice rep C r o i A&lly handlesail ~ituatiowwithgrace and finesse. Shs makes sure cuslotomen get what may have c m i g .

rongr.

Rolamsw Ecklry csthecateiog prcdmtencwrdinator She orwniaesinfour P n g u a w fivo if YOU C O U the ~ colorho words she uses when sommns'9 iats.

HARKEN

Sue Gleeno is adminstrative arristent for personnel . . . andour persmnei need lotsotassstance.

MRKEN

Codmm Rkh is Cmtom Saias Manqer mir

big ODltexpelt ensures that Hahen prodwk s i l t h e ~ewnseas.

Al.

i n t e l ~ t i opurchasim ~i agem K l l y Knuth t e k r the Harkn siwpping ihst amund ths world-WO wincherand a Gucci bag.

..... .. . -.-. . . ....- .

helmswoman, K r w N l a l s i l n g excerbnce keep her sham while working in c u m s d s .

mc. .-,.

...-, -...

.sa linejuae on the pro tennis circuit Shek~q18i101mebails inthe dghf

Don Whelm leads cut San Diego mm. He works wlh WeQCmn desbnenandcuslom buiidenand showsthe Mercury CPss how to go e n .

Colpora!E vacamno Tr~ppbbkmk PlOmnes me narwn Ine horn Mans lo me Caro nx an0 o ~ o n o

.-.. ........

P1 SL ..;kigouh and c~stomgeacPlug him i n a d stepback.

Rlw

Sales rep R u t h l l o d riderthe W851 Cm51pipdine hawkiw Hahen hardware.

Bill 0 1 1 ~ ~t,,,r,~> ~ ~ aup~ ~t ~~ ~m m r ~ n ideas. W k n h a concemramg you can hearthsgearsturniq.

court

ACCURATE MANUFACTURING Dam 6 a m r k l Mark W h h h r a n d Onnb Nwn d d o p new pmductswhiie constantly i m k ~ oq v a r h t r shouldsrr to be suremey re kewmg upwlm demanj for exlrbng p m

MkoBmimb and RUh are responslbk m m b b and l n v e m 0 ~of New orden delayed swoiler sMment$ and rmhesam t h ~ t k n k s t h e y p t f o dolnga r great job

Glom El110 and Madeiyn D i l t s n b r h headme omce Organlzedand effiuent Say no m m

Palrick R

u heads P Harken ~ France~

Sales M ~ o a r H a w 6U s b r a

HARKEN

AmDTcqlD smnou i a'ectof ol weraoanr an0 neaos ~100.r1m 01C.SIOm a m w s ne 6m.a a 01 me oerlr.poe:rano nor loeoaxlnem Assisant vcdudon manaow Lino BuIIIco is second inmmmand ot ms rcheduis, production, and me

Controller GinrDiO G ~ g l i e l r n l i makns Sure the numbersalways add up.

canputer

Customer rewlce m a ~ g e slrbsn r Farrari runs me mce,answers h

Prm.n on arr rum Barmm Pmpalim generacer me reports a t # >vl#e~l.ermale!#s.ree.sryo#q

c~mes~qrn1 e rme I gnt m e a n 0 lits to m i k a winch!

Omd a Obccl r neau darro.r818r8i a m w!so ine darl n itra1.n Snl a ranelaea nmpo.n~ln#enl'orm r M? manu, 10 .nor iulu Amencan automobiles.

0111DSD~ II

n e ~ a s ~ nDroaroan e lkan> nes ( m m r s ~ N e I J ~ O I ~ng B 01 m2 n e Dim !na!va.e'o rome IOIpmel 10 n a L * c n c o p n ?C"

JMI P l t r n vaaUam@ske,i vnn.ns m3 i n s ~ ~ r s

1~rnn:a ng.n?s 0 l a m F r m n G P ~ N tno ~ W ~na-aln

bnamo Bermsron IS 10 ST'IPOJ P prrc.cnm no* .qq np comwnnq w m a 4 s ~ o r m o r e q ~ r nrqa n~~q-am r ,o r r q . ~ ~ ,

ITALY CONTINUED

hom n a m e s necaretu nwecom d ara a c m o manawr O h m Rplmd nsmrat a m R o * h O I l r l l l Donroy m r l p a c m w aoa aaa mare mr

wdo

EDP mmln 9 m o # UDnm slpervres cm1 wrcunmgam lrnlnmv rmbo IZ ns,mwoe

m, *ml\on me tmonen ~~~-

S~~~~J ~

screen ~ d a m y w asrambid a m m omd mmonm

Tom Rlntld t, and mm hnml h,m me D w m k Dw'arX DarylGmdr worksal meir sidesto emurelblthe work l a d ?a16 almg s m m l y .

Carb B ~ 1 a a n o m e~ ~ r m 8 1 1 0 ~ manger r e s w n ~ b 101 e peurq me n p n a m b n l d ms nm maara on tiie right day R i F D n !

hp Hlnnlp manawslhe 0 t h J w n l b H n nldlo is in thaw olasomblinp t u l l i q systems. Tbsa 'superwunefl make sure wsryminp rum srnmb.

GrOm R O l n and O b - p R#lrr are me lamwc'lomano tmmss'danp aaly mm M an0 ranc ar mq a he, a m pc* g supplier

mreeamwscan namk r h s t e r m you can emlain I.

M.TotWa grazes in Umstrawberry p a t h mi badr. She only aak a f e r

The pmducflm lssemWmam olClorgl0

BaLUo,hlonio Mnaco, and Clorb Baldinol buildall ofmewlncks, ME& and rtlytamionsn under b e supervision d RVlmmm.

W11 W&?+, and Tom Ha-ln n n me ChC m14S tum np om 1.n np mm Towner wnn engineer Phll Cllltr m 4 re ,raj) to, am, cndlsnps

a111

hbrhlo 1s reswnslus lor recslvlnp mamnakintothemuehou~.He han69hem m e r t o ~ a r e h o ~ eme n a ~ r A h I I . h d h l m wtm watches owr mem until they are finished PlCdWE lea@ b &Ye.

GL-. ..- ---d. ~~m$,">H~~$~,* rea@ for a play brsak if you're i n m e m m d f a a MMeexerclre.

P a t P n b l am Frank U* are marter vUoersso.~o~m m a marsand a wrrn fora rmnm9.m me58 pasare not

[he Wnilbread R o ~ n dMe Worlo Race has become one of tne premier sai ng events. Few sailon w~llloraer the area1 footaae of ooars s~rfino at 25kn0ts through the ~outhembcean,crewdanging from the ends of booms in freezing conditions, and boats finishing within sigM of their rivals after legs of more than 7,000 miles. The 1993-1994 Whitbread features some changes sure to make the race even more interesting. Course and schedule changes will have only a minor impact, but the development of a new classof boats is sure to change the character of the race forever. The Whitbread 60 class grew from the need to include a division that was more affordable than IOR maxis and from the desire to promote a boat that was designed for the specific purpose of long offshore passages. The Whitbread 60 Rule is relatively simple. Length overall is limited to between 18 and 18.75 m (59 and 61.5') depending on the designer's choice of a plumb or raked stem. Maximum beam is limited to 5.25 m (17.2'). woe by any stanoard, o ~not t as exlreme as the Open 60 class raced in tne BOC an0 G obe Challenoe races. Water ne IenaVl s realed to girth at the after station and this,ihe only trade off in thk rule, aives aeslgnen the cnolce beween long, narrow ooats and short. wlaiooats. Dlsplacenienl can range lrom 13.500 kg to 15 000 kg (29.750 lbs to R2 n7ll- ncl Water ballast of 2500 liters (658 gallons) per side is permitted which

is the equivalent of 30 crew sitting out. This is moderate compared to the amount of water ballast carried by the Open 60s, but makes the class very powerful upwind. Safety is a serious concern of the rule maken and boats are required to be self-righting from 125'and must incorporate fourwatertight bulkheads to make them unsinkable. Sail area is specified with the main limited to 117 m2(1260 f?) and the headsails to 83 m2 (893 f?). Spinnakers areasymmetrical, masthead, 300 m2 (3230 ft2),and set from poles as long as 8.5 m (27.8') agreat formula for oMvind speed. In keeping with the mandate of limiting costs, construction materials are rigidly controlled. Each element of construction is given a specific list of permitted materials with exotics like carbon fiber being limited to use in rudders, rudder posts, battens and spinnaker poles. Hull construction does not permit the use of carbon, but Kevlar and fiberglass and most resins are allowed. Fittings are regulated under the permitted materials clause and the use of titanium and carbon fiber are banned for winches and deck gear. Under a limitation on material tensile strength, 17-4PH stainless was banned except in production parts. From a hardware manufacturer's viewpoint the Whitbread 60 class provides some interesting challenges. Because it is a high profile event, crews demand optimal performance and minimum weight in their equipment. The high loads of the large rig and extreme righting moment of Me boats, combined with the severe conditions and high speeds they will be sailed at, mean that gear must be very strong. The very nature of a race around the world dictates that equipment must be totally reliable. The banning of titanium and custom use of 17-4PH presented a serious problem. Our standard titanium blocks would have been ideal for most applications on the Whitbread 60 class. Titanium is extremely

strong for its weight and virtually impervious to corrosion. Production titanium runner and deck blocks have a great record of reliability. They are also cheaper than custom produced aluminum blocks. No matter, with titanium banned, tne cha~lengewas to produce equally strong llghtwe QM hamware ~ s i n aa~uminumand stainless stee, Sim arlv the ban on custom cornpone& in 17-4PH stainless forced our designers to use 316 stainless for highly stressed components. While it would be hard to argue that any money was saved by the exclusion of these materials, in the end this was a good design exercise and many of the products have found acceptance on larger iMS boats whose rule also bans the use of titanium. Harken has provided hardware for many of the Whitbread 60s. Most of the hardware is standard, off the shelf gear. Some modified produclon hardware was used and each boat also required a variety of custom hardware. Standard small boat blocks are used throughout the fleet for control lines and lightly loaded functions. The free rolling abilities of Harken small boat blocks are obvious and the hardware is also

BrmloheM

Oohphin 8 Youth W@ Galicia '93 Pescarmw

Battcars. Where a 2:1 main halyard is used, a 4.00" hi-load block with composite bearing is specified. The 60s are raced by a crew of 11, but that makes them shorthanded at any olven tlme wlth four men &pieally sailing the boat. Deck layouts are optimized for shorthanded sailina with halyards and control lines led aft to keep the crew centralized around the cockpit. Mast base lead blocks use hi-load sheaves in custom brackets and an army of custom deck organizers turn lines aft. Most of these organizers were designed so that the sheaves could be removed for service without remaww tne ent re assembly from the deck

BIN W ~ C XPMO

Becalselw 60s *I S snonhanded nmsl na prm am contm Iws are leo an mmqnc~s lom oqanfzensdcn as l n w snwn on N!mfon

KMG. ~holrumPM~O

LighhveigM aluminum runnng backstay blaks on Galicia.

B I B~SCX ~ pmm WinstwrS maimheet trawler mnsisls of two big boat cars with a arstom coupler. The mainshest Mock is a 5WAirBlak.

their great efficiency and low weight, are used throughout most of the mainsheet systems. Mains feature full length battens but will be handled by a limited crew in very severe conditions so most of the boats use Battcar systems to ensure l V m c k Pmm that sails can be reefed and raised with- wnstonb Series B BattarsB arefined out problems. Most of the boats use .ith.*pins to facilitate removat of customized versions of the System B t k mainsail for repain.

Pimb by KOS

Lower runner blocks on Dolphin & Youth U% three small sheaves to turn line-a deslgn pioneered on America's Cup boats.

When boats are offshore for weeks at a stretch ease of sew ice is a serious considerafion. Running backstays are vital to shaping the big fractional rigs. Aluminum runner blocks were developed using hl-load comoosite bearina sheaves and computer deGgned aluminum sideplates. The plates are weight and strength optimized and feature thin milled bails. Gonna r;lrs. -. am -hin . .load --- -.= K#G t n m m rmm cars with K, b@l Den, l a d slider can and lW7AirTrack stand uD high load aluminum on nrmkstierd cnmmsite - - - swivel hlmk ha$ . . hi-lmd . .. ' skave. Note standard stand up block lor Swivel blocks. These cars mainsheetand awnerpw. have a workino load of 5200 lbs (2360 kg) and the mrs can be removed from the track when necessary. Tracks are 1847 big boat AirTrack. A Whitbread 60 winch package utilizes standard racing winches with a custom pedestal. Brooksfieldand Dolphin & Youth use lightweight aluminum pedestals while Odessa 2000 uses a KevlarIS-glass DedeStal w~thbelt dr.ve. The primaries are top c eating 980 low prdf les W rh oedestal drive. Halvards are se f-ta in0 53s and 56s and tne trave~ers are adjusted usingb8s. Spinnaker shekt winches are three speed self-thing 964sand the large main is trimmed with a self-tailing 980. Brooksfieldfeatured a mini-pedestalfor the mainsheet winch for better

Mini-msxi tnveler car wiIh 5.W (127 mm) AirBiak on Gaficia.

Mast base lead blocks on Winstonuse hi-load

extremely light and reliable. Virtually every boat carries a wide assortment of small boat blocks and cam cleats. The large mains are sheeted to eithertwo big boat cars joined with a custom cou~leror to a sinale mini-maxi car. Traveler tracks are 1847 or 1848 ~ ~ r ~ r awhich c d , s pipular for its very low we~gntStandaro 5.50' (140 mm) b g boat blocks or 5 00 (127 n ; w~th

M G. undmhn mom

I nag ad*" "at0

- -

L.. .

r'hampton

Punta Del E

KSjG L m d m m t a

Lightweight custom aluminurn pedestal on Brwhsfielddnves a standard 980LP top cleattng racing winch.

Dolphm 4 YouNI Clean layam with all halyards and control lines led aft is reminiscent of BOC Open 60s. The designintent is 10 keep the crew safely in Ihe cmkoil and allowthe boas to be driven hard by a small crew. ~

speed and power. Big boats, extreme conditions, long legs, limited crew

- 11'sal. a rec pe for fa1gJe so W nches tnal are as eff~cientas possiole

are necessarv for wlnn na harken wlncnes nave more oear nas than other winches which means that power is not wasted as frictibn within the winch. The steering system on Winston is a direct descendant of our America's Cup steering heads. It's a simple design that gives great "feel'to the helmsman. The aluminum wheel is stiff and light. Several ooals use Har(en self-a gnlng r~dderoearlngs ~h cn a low tne r~dder $ 1 0 an0 ~ ~ tne ooal 10 f ex w ~ r h ocaLslna ~t lne shall 10 olno Because of sponsorship considerations, efforts have been made to

keep the 60s slower than the maxi's, but early results suggest that they may well be as fast or faster Winstoncame within four hours of the 88 year old west to east transatlantic record for rnonohulls during the Gold Cup in July and Yarnaha wowed the fleet at the Kenwood Cup last summer. With 11 new 60s vs only 4 new mari's, much attention will justifiably be focused on the 60s. Media coverage should be great around the world with televised coverage throughout the race. Sit back and follow yourfavorite boats as they challenge the Southern Ocean, endure the doldrums, and outfox their rivals.

fmd rmnon 8s r k Hahen i)lsfr!butor for notrandandBelo!um & represeoled lbe heanersands m lne 1 9 6 8 a ~ 19R Ol,w,cs wlmn9 a FJylng O~lcmmHe uoo m e Dnpm God G w , o 1Wano 1989 Fm SSalso Wner oflne lmno'i cowmy K h r h mares l o d weather gear ano c,orn,no for ik sa.fgn~ markers .and wmswar .

After racing a Flying Dutchman for l7 years, I decided that the time had come to change to another class. M course, sailing an FD spoils you, and I knew that R wouldn't be easyto find another class that gives as much satisfaction I racw a Srar ana a Sollng for a season each before rnovlng to OR ooats sa led oftshore boats ranging from q~artertons ro Adm~m'sCuppers and enjoyed rac ng on me ocean vely mucn but I nated Mndlcap syslerns In 1984 1 saw a fleet of Dragons rac ng on the lwe n front of my nolse bvthelr maanmcenr ins. I went to nave a closer loo^ A and ~m~ressea conversation starkd and G h i n half an hour I had borrowed a boat for the 14

next races Tnat weekeno I fell In oue wltn r e Dragon I nad never expectea rhata boat oes gned n 1929 could be so modem so sensole, and so responswe to tun ng 11 was an easy aeaslon for rneand rnv crefl to oraer a new Dragon and we have never regretted k. The Dragon is like a lady -she has exciting lines, acts very sophisticated, doesn't show that she isa little overweight, and she demands a lot of attention from her helmsman and crew to get good results. Tne Dragon performs we1 In al types of weamer ,n sp te of her realwely srnal sal1area sne sails fast in llght alr beca~seof her snon watenlne In heavy a r she shows ner potennal a ~ toe a 2250 lo (1000 <g) iron keel on a total we ght of lust 3750 lbs (1700 kg) and tnan6 10r e longer water1 ne she gans thro~ghher generous ovehanas In w nds of Force 6 122 to 27 knots) and overshe s&ts planing underspinnaker which isa really exciting

.h e

. ~ . . . .. . S 08s

. .-

SP nnarer snen

. . . . ..

. . . .. . . ... .~.,

. ....

Olccks M lraveer cars are VlYble On lne loreoecr am lne rp nnarer

a~ncherl ~ b eS v S b e ,noer

lne loredecr

ling cmwto

me nlgn sloe of the boat.

exper ence mer the years have wled me ocat tvnce on tne ocean n w~nos of Force 7 to 8 128 ro 40 knots) wlth auststo Force 9 (41 to 47 knots) An0 believe it or not; the boat still &ilsweil even under spinnaker on the ~ n s . lntemanonaly, the class ~sgrowngwrth oLlloers In Germany, D ~ W ~ K . Enaland. Swlt2erlano. Austral~aana hono <ona In God CJD fleets between 80and 100 boats arethe norm: At the ~ i r l d s a n d~umpeanChampionships, the n~moerof entrees per m ~ n t l y1s I mteo, OJI berween 40 an0 80 o m ~altlcltme de~endno on me w n ~ e . ' In the past three years a lot of older wood boats have been restored and r e M an0 as a res~hof the stnn cass nles concarnlng the nJ~lan0 Me strona an0 nlff war mat boats are OJ h. v a can oemme world chamo on n a n i b o a t or in one that is 20 years o d h e immrtant thing is that you keep your boat updated in deck l a y i t and fittings toihieve optimal trimunder all cond'fions.And forthose who like a nice lookino bcat, teak decks and mahoa" any cabin roofs are liahter and stifferthan fibe6ass. -crew weight is not important in the rago on as hiking straps and belts are not a lower. The year we rvon tne Go o C J for ~ me f rstt~rnewe were 220 los t100 ko) iahter tnan the secona olaw crew and we never saw anv amntaae or disa-&fagefrom that weight in light or heavy air.

What son of characters sal1a Dragon?They range In age from 20 to 70. A 01 d sal OScome to the class from the D ~ P I boats C llke the Sol na, m, Tomado or Tempest. Among active racers ari &ved Dbmpic medalisis. Also some Sollng sal106 sa I the Dragon in me years betwen tne Diymp~cs There e anorner arouo of sa lors who a~orecareme rac no caoab~loes of the Dragon as a threeman one design keelboat in which weigh is not an important facior. n how many lntematlona dasses can yob race at the top level wah a n ce sl m alrl as crew or wnh a fnend whose figure s~aoestsne wouldn't mind dawning afew beers after the race?Tjlen yo&o have the rea wood boat lovers Tney are onvng all over Europe to find a Dragon In a farmefs sned. Thev swnd vears restonno t beautiful v. f ~ d mo ~to~t the highest standards,anb then enjoy cruising and racingi. At &me regatlas they have special prizesforth& older boats and that's a great idea. Now back to the modem racino Draoon. In the oictures vou see some of Joker's 'secrets." Unfortunateb. thev never stav s i r e t more than a couole of !nig hours as we always explain them very proudqto oursailing fiends. % oAa racd~gDragon IS very demanaing. When we layed o i Joker we haohvo ,onncims in mind Firs..evervthina . - s h o ~ ~bedverv,loaical and as sim~leas

Splnnarer Pole la-ncrer mast fin ng d l w s W e r 0 m stored a orq boomand a6 d e ~ l w s d llom rhe cccdp I r n h o ~al cre* go rq torwarn

I I

Outhaul rides on a traveler car so that t Can be adiusted easihl.

Genoa sheet leads to adjustable tfaveler car Trad; is m o w e d iustah of cabin house to allow inboard sheetlrq.

Lonrml llm cam clea~samm w m o on SWIVBI D a m WnlCn are Interconnmea nyshack card so that all cbats pivot twetherm lace thecrew on the windward side of cockpil.

possible so hat in the h a t of a race nobody would grab the wrong line. Second, it should be passibleto opemteall ofthe systems with a minimum of effort, movement, d'iortlon of weigM distribution, and especially with a minimum of disbaction for the crew or helmsman. in add'lon to the standard set up, Jdrerhas the following bick systems: A spinnaker pole launching system. This is similar to that ofthe Rying Dutchman,(see 1993 Harken catalcg, page ll ) but with a different Wing atthe mast as the powerfrom the pole in a Dragon is much higherthanin an FD. This system allows the pole to be stored on the boom and deployed wthout a crew going forward. k has proven successful on boats from quarter tons and half tons to one tons. The genoa turning Mock is connected to a lever which has a power ratio of 8:l. The lever in turn is connededto a 6:l tackle w h i leads to the windward side of the cabin house. Aftar and(, the aew pulls in the sheet by hand, jumps to the weather rail and trims the sheet w i h a fine tune that has a pcwer ratio of 481. This system also works great to allow you to slack the sheet to dip starboard tack boats -you can ease and retrim without leavingibe rail. The ratchet blocks forthe spinnaker sheetsare mounted on Haken traveler cars which are connected to a magic box We designed this system 16

so that we would have the power to pull the pole offof the headstay after a reach-to-reach jibe in heavy winds. The adjustable lead Mock is also very saljsfying m it allows you to trim the guy and sheet very precisely. T b deatsfor controls like the spinnaker pole topping lit and downhaul, jumpers, and spinnaker halyard are Harken Cam-Matics on swivel bases which we have connected to each other with shock cord. As a result, all of the cleats swing to face the crew member who is adjusting one line and this makes it easier for him to play the controls while s l n g to windward. We mount& the main outhaul on a Harken traveler car because I like to adjust the outhaul frequently in changing wind conditions. M caurse, Icould go on for houn explaining why we Mted out Joker the way we did, but I'm afraid they wouldn't allow me enough space. Ithink you would find it more interesfing M come visit me and we could talk over a beer. Let me make just one important remark if you want to race your boat to get good results, make sure all of your fittings and trim controls work 1000/0so you can spend 1W% of your concmtmtion on tactics, stmtegy, and boat speed. Whether V 3 in a Dragon or any other class, fi you really want to win today you can't waste any time or energy on non-cooperative fitbings during a race.

LIMITED WARRANTY

Whst i s C m m d - This warranty covers defects in materials or workmanship. Who isCowmd-The original purchaser. For How h n o - Harken oroducts are warranted for hve (5) . ,.vears from the date of purchai.?, with the iollowing exceptions: Swage fittings and rudder bearings are warranted for Two (2) years from the ...

- ---

Jib Reefing and Funlng systems are wrranteo for Seven (71years from me date of Durcnase. See InstrJchon manLa1for harlcen Jlb Reellna ana F~nlna systems for more details. Winches are warranted for Three (3) years from the date of putchase. Custom products andlor high performance installations of standard catalog products for extraordinary use applications including but not limited to America's Cup and some trans-oceanic races including the Vend& Globe Challenge, BOC, Jules Verne, Steel Challenge and Whibread events are warranted for One (l)yearfrom the date of purchase. Contact Harken for event classification and more details forthese custom prodJcts andor hign performance insra lahons. Alter tne end ol any spec tic warranty perioo note0 above hARKEN MAI(ES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRAhrTlES OF ANY dlN0 WlTrl RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING ANY WARRAM OF MERCHANTABILITY OR

3 MAINTENANCE I darken ew~pmentIS des~gneofor mtnlmal mantenance, o ~some r malnrename IS reaulreo m a ve tne besr service an0 to comgtv . .wth the hamen limited warranty. In general, the most important aspect of maintenance is to keep your equipment clean by frequently flushing with fresh water. In corrosive atmospheres,stainless parts may show discolorationaround holes, rivets, and screws. mis is not serious and may be removed with a fine abrasive. With the exception of winches, do not use grease unless specifically recommended in the instruction manual. Many Harken products are prov deo vr In specitc instr~cbonman~alsthat derail maintenance DrOcedJreS. Man~asare ava~laoleat no cnarae - bv.conracting H a m or a ~aikendistributor. Small Boat Blocks-The plastic sideplates and sheaves of small boat olocks are UV stab Ized. bur tney may tJrn gray after evposhre to the sJn Tnls disco oratlon mav be removed wnn a fine aoras ve, but w I not reduce the strength of ihe blocb. F ,sn smal boat bloas freq~enty wth fresn warer. Penoolcaly c ean Dlocks wtlh dereroent and warer to remove sa 1and d -~bncaton s not required, but lubhnts which will not atract dirt may be used. Examples are dry TeRonmordry silicone sprays. lnspect blocks periodically for damage. In particular, inspect shackles and swivel posts for cracks, corrosion, or elongation.When replacingshackles, be sure to use Harken parts to maintain the proper strength. Use Loctitemwhen refasteningnuts or screws. Tape cotter rings to preventsnagging. Do not leave heavy loads on small boat blocks when not being used. This may slightly deform the bearings. Normally they will return to their proper shape afier bbang rotated, but an In nal resstance to rolling may be felt BioBoatBloc&s- F ush o ocks 1horo~ahNwnh fresn water. Penod callv. disassemble the blocks and clean with detergent and fresh water. ~ubricaion is not required, but lubricants which will not attract dirt may be used. Examples are dry Teflon or dry silicone sprays. Inspect shackles and shackle posts for signs of corrosion or deformation.

FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PU~POSE.Some states, or if you live outside the U.S., some countries, do not low limitationson how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limi ion may not apply to you. What Harken Will Do- Harke will provide technical support by telephone, fax, or letterto help diagnose a pr blem Harken will, at its option, repair, replace, or give you credit fordefb$ five products returned to Harken at your expense within the warranty period. What Is Not Cowwed- This warranty does not cover any productthat was: improperly inswled; inadequately inspected after installation; improperly main, tained; used outside of normal sailboatapplications; or otherwise used in any application for which it was not intended; used under load conditions exceeding the rating or other recommendationpublished in the Harken catalog; or subject to misuse, negligence, accident, or unauthorized modification or repair. Normal wearto shoes; teeth of cam cleats; winch drums and pawls; and wear from wire rope on all equipment isalso excluded. Labor charges are also excluded. CONSEQUENTIALAN0 INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARE NOT RECOVERABLE UNDER THIS WARRANTY Some states do notallow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, sothe above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Hmv To GelSemce- If something gces wrong, return the defective productto Harken, with a letter giving your name, address, date of purchase, iype of boat and function of the product, as well as an explanation of the defect or malfunctionand the conditions under which the productwas being used.

Mylar@w ' ashers should Ways be used behveen stainless fasteners and aluminum sideplates. Stainless fasteners which pass through aluminum block should be coated with an antiselze compound. N~IOCP nuts should not be used after being removed three times. When replaang shackles and fasteners, use Harken parts to maintain the proper strength. Big boat bearings are resistant to deformation, but it is not advisable to leave heavy loads on any hardware when the boat is not sailing. Trawler Cars- Keep traveler cars dean by Rushing frequently with fresh water Periodically clean cars and tracks with detergent and fresh water to remove deposits of salt and dirt. This is particularly important when cars have not been used for long periods of time. Lubrication is not required, but lubricants such as dry Teflon and dry silicone sprays which will not attract dirt may beused. Frequently inspect shackles and control blockMfingsfor signs of fatigue. Be sure that every installation includes Harken track end stops and arrange control tackles so that cars don't hithe end stops under load, but are stopped by the rope. Jib Reeling andFurlinp Systems- Keep furling units clean by flushing frequently with fresh water. Periodicallydean the lower unland the halyrd swivel with detergent and fresh water to remove deposits of saltand dirt. Lubrication is not required, but lubricants such as dry Tenon and dry silicone sprays which will notamact dirt may be used. Wash foils with soap and water. Foils may be lubricated with dry sprays to easethe raising and lowering of sails. Inspect swage fittings, shackles and the lowertumbuckleassembly for signs of corrosion or fatigue. Refer to the owner's manual for detailed maintenance instructions. Winches- Winches should be Rushed frequently with fresh water. Periodicallybreak down winches and service. Check pawls and springsfor signs of wear and inspect bearings, gears, and spindles for wear and corrosion. Winches shauld be lubricated with grease, but over application of grease can cause salt and water depositsto become trapped in the winch. Use care to ensure thatdrain ports are unobstructed by sealants or grease. Pawls should be lubricated only with light oil. Refer to the owners manual for detailed maintenance instructions. Shoes- Wash shoes by hand using mild soap do not bleach. Rinse thoroughly. Air dry Remove insoles and wash and dry separately.

IPATENTS & TM

#RKS

TRADEMARKS

Big Boat Hardware

HARKEN" is a registered trademark for yacht equipment and clothing of Harken, Inc. in the following countries: Argentina Italy Australia Japan Benelux Countries Korea Brazil New Zealand Canada Spain Chile Sweden France United Kingdom Germany United States

AirBlocks: U.S. Patent 5,156,378: foreign patents pending. Battcar mast track: U.S. Patent 5 044 298. Foreign patents pending Removable top genoa lead car: U.S. Patent 4719869; United Kingdom 2198102; other foreign patents pending. Resilient stand up support for blocks: U.S. Patent 4718371; New Zealand 222223; Austaia 604765: United Nngdom 221 1148; other foreign patents pending. Rope clutch: Patents pending. Snatch block: Patents pending. Titanium runner blocks: U.S. Design Patent D-306,134; German Design Patent MR 26 860; French Design Patent 866781; Canadian Induslrial Design Patent 59031; Australia 98081; United Kingdom 1039152; New Zealand 20897; other foreign design patents pending. Tri-roller lead car: U.S. Patent 5,149,069,

The following trademarks are owned by Harken, Inc. and are registered in the United States and the Benelux Countries and with United States Customs:

Jib Reefing & Furling Systems

HARKEP USA The following are registered trademarts of Harken. Inc. CAM-MATIC" E-Z DECK" CDMPU-SPEC" HEXARATCHET" The following are trademarks of Harken. Inc. AIRBLDCKS~ HEXA-CAT'" BATEAR" ROLLERBAllEN'" BULLET'" SPEEDGRIP"

PATENTS Small Boat Hardware Cam-Matic cam cleat: U.S. Patent 4453486; United Kingdom Patent 20035426; German Patent 2835643. Micro blocks: U.S. Design Patent 293881; foreign design patents pending. Magic box: U.S. Patent 4074892. Swivel base: U.S. Patent 4160541; United Kingdom Patent 2012009; German Patent 28 56 153.

Travelers Eastet traveler car: -censeo ~ n d eFogn-Bastn r J S Patenl4147121, German Patent 2847834. Jn ted Klngdom Parent 43028-78 61g boat h~ghbeam trave er fasrenlng system Un tea ffingdom Patent 2153320. A~stralan Patent 573774

Furling and reefing systems: Ball bearing system: United Kingdom Patent 2060090; Republic of France Patent 8020616; German Patent 3034482. Double groove foil system: Licensed under Stearns U.S. Fatent 3851609 in the U.S. and harken nas ngnt ro Icense Stearns loretgn patenn as fo l o w : Repuol c of France Patent 7330280 an0 Italian Parent 10M133. Main furling U.S. Patent 4679520; foreign patents applied for. Furling boom U.S. Patent 5,181,477.

Winches & Deck Hardware Harken winchesand deck hardwareare covered by the following listed an0 nLmeroLs orner ~nllsteapatents an0 trademarks S 4.261 549: 4.111.397 4.523 744, and 4,479.453 Italy 24247,21367,21500 22292,23962. and 23854 ~ p e e d ~ rwinch i p handle: U.S. and foreign patents pendlng

Other Hoyt quick reefing system: Harkn is licensed by Garry Hoyt under U.S. Patent 4487147

Specifications and descriptions contained herein are subject to change without notification.

Cam-Matic cam cleats engage and release easily under all loads.

Ratchet sheaves are machined from solid 6061-T6 aluminum for ultimate strength and wrrosion resistance. The unique eioht-sided Harken Hexaratchet -~sheave -~-- g6ps sheets tenaciously, but allows line to be eased smoothly. ~

Laroe ratchet kndb is easy to adjust even with cold, wet hands.

Special plastic wedges are installed under cam to adjust angle.

lelr n sloeplates and sheaw nsure lightest poss ble b ock.

Stainless steel sideplates distribute load.

Ball bearing Cam-Matic cleat can be mounted on underside of arm and the sheet run through this slot for downward release.

Ball bearings carry both the line load and prevent sheave from rubbing on the cheeks of the block.

Arm is stamped from 6061-T6 aluminum and Hardkote Teflon impregnated.

Tough Delrin booy 1s UV stabilized for years of trouble-free us?.

Stops on bases prevent line from fouling on itself.

Dual rows of Delrin ball bearings on a large diameter race are the secret to the smooth free-swiveling action.

For

pure sailing excilement nothing matchesa small catamaran ike me hoo e Miracle 20. A p o w e r l ~ng l comoines with llght. eas ly driven h ~ l l to s otter neck snapplng accelerat~onana incrediole overall speea. Fast responsive ooats requre free rol ~ n g oa I bear~ngh a m a r e so tne crew can react t o every g ~ sand t lu I.Harken small ooat b ocks are stanaara on the Mirac e 20 becaLse 10 other aear otters tne same #owfnction.. niah strenath. and " long term reliability.

Three-Way Head The three-way shackle system allows swivel blocks to be locked in front or side positions or left to swivel freely. The set screw fits securely into detents on the swivel post. The three-way shackle system is found on 2.25", 3.W. fiddle. linle fiddle, Hexaratchet, little Hexaratchet. Hem-Cat, little Hexa-Cat, and midrange blocks.

Wire Blocks TO m n nl n l r ~ con t from thlst ng or .nlalr leaas 1 50 ana 2 W' re blocks feature side load balls between the sheave and the sideplate. 1.W wire blocks use low friction thrust washers for this purpose. All wire blocks open to allow passing of swaged or nicopressed wires.

Adjustable Cam A m The cam arms on al narren o ocw except macro an0 O J let tr D es ad.JSl to srtl 10.1 PantcJ ar neeas Sir ng tne arm LP on o.ocrs mounted n rne c m r p I or SW ng tne arfn oonn wnen olocrs are mo-nteo on tne cah,n not ce

Remowawe Beckel U-Adaptor The U-adaptor allows blocks with 3181 (10 mm) posts to be anached to Swivel bases or to other blocks with 3h' (10 mm) posts.

The beckets on many blocks are removable to allow attachment of a spliced line. Removable beckets are found on dinghy, 2.25, 3.00, Hexaratchet, little Hexaratchet. fiddle, little fiddle. Hexa-Cat and mid-range blocks.

Reversible Cams The cam c eat5 on rnost Hamen o ocks can oe re,ersed for .p or ooan re ease

Ao.us1 your o oc6s to tne best cotlt gural on for ,o..r boa!

In-Head Shackle Svsiem The ~n-heausna:r; e s,stem ono ngny oroc6 g ves rnem a 0.u pro1 e On slnges t can oe a1 gneo to tnr tronr or s de or Ican oe .p.enoea ano anarhea to a post

Top QualityAluminum

Breaking Sfrenglh The load at which fastening bolts will shear, shackles will break, or the block will experience some other catastrophic failure. At this load you can expect permanent deformation of Me sheave, sideplates and bearings. Shackles and bolts must be replaced with substitutes with the same strength in order to maintain rated breaking strengths.

Safe Working Load A rating based on 50% of the breaking strength of the hardware. Safe working load provides a margin of safety and should never be exceeded.

Atuminum components such as ratchet sheaves, magic boxes, deck organizers and wire block sheaves are made of 6061.16 alloy which is Hardkote anodized with TefIon impregnation. This produixs a very tough, smooth finish which is exceptionally resistant to scratching and corrosion. Edges of all aluminum components are rounded to insure good adhes~onof coatings and to minimize wear.

Maximum Wonking Load A rating which tells the maximum load at which the block works freely. Maximum working load is a per sheave rating so generally a double block will have a maximum working load twice that of asingle. Maximum working load should not be exceeded as in some cases it is also the safe working load of the hardware.

OPnMIST DIWY

CAPRI13

420

big bullet

USER

LIDO 14

ALBACORE

470

Mainsheet Ratchet Mainsheet Swivel Mainsheet Main Halyard

Jib Sheet

big bullet

Jib Halyard

bullet 118

181

Spinnaker Sheet

bullet

SpinnakerTweak

bullet

Spinnaker Halyard

bullet

micro

bullet

micm

bullet

Mismlhneous

micro

Cunningham

micro

W BUAT VSE C H ! I

009

144

022 023

2.25'

big bullet

2.25

2.25'

2.25'or fiddle

225'

big bullet

dinghy

194 153

080 076

bullet

028

094

bullet

dinghy

big bullet

little fiddle

micro & bullet

bullet

micro & bullet

bullet

Hardware suggestions are shown for a number of popular small boat classes. Match your boat to one shown above. The specific configuration of blocks you choose will depend upon your individual needs but this chart will indicate the correct series of blocks to use. Many one design classes have rules restricting hardware -check your class rules carefully before changing hardware. Some blocks shown above may not actually be used on the dass, but indicate the size range of blocks which would be appropriate for use on a boat of that size. If you have questions regarding the proper block to use, please contact a hardware consultant at Harken. 23

302 Cutout Ilmm

39mn

M6 Cutout

Tw SC4 Wfh 321 p@@o D m 4

310 Cutout 14mm

321

73mm

0 320

W r e blocks are lightweight, low friction blocks designed to carry wire halyms and control I nes.Ava~able in a variery ol configurations in rhree d ameters, w~reblocks are useful on boatsof all sizes. The Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated aluminum sheave is designed for vears of service. A hi-load com~ositebearino allowsihe she& to turn freely even under hioh loads.~o minimize friction from twisting or unfair leads, 1.50" and 2.00' wire blocks feature side load balls between the sheave and the sideplate. 1.00' wire blocks use low friction thrust washers for this ouroose. ---The P O sneo ~ stain ess steel sioeplates are I ght, strong and ofter suwrb chafe res stance with fflre ha vards and controls All sizesand configurations of wire blocksopen to allow passing of swaged or nicopressed wires. - r -

Blocks pass swaged wlres -arge d ameter sheaves Stainless sideplates

Alum~num*Ire sheaves dl-load oearlngs

AddIIiomlIMomatlon-See pages 20 and 21 for an ewlanation of special features. Sea page 114 for loose sheaves. 24

242 Cutout

16 mm

40 mm

B a l l beating micro blocks meet the need for extremely small, extremely lighrwe~ght,free r~nningolocis. They are dea for a host of a~~I,cations on sa~~ooards an0 smaller d nahvs - . ana for lightly loaded control lines on boats of all sizes. Small dinghys will use micro blocks for cunninghams, boom vangs, outhauls, traveler controls and barberhaulers. They are perfect for use inside masts and booms where space is restricted. Applications on larger boats include flag halyards, lead car return tackles, and leech cords. The wide range of variations make micro blocks adaptable to many situations. Compact self-cleating tackles can be made using the micro fiddle with v-jam or the triples with cams. Special Features

Common Sp~~ldcations

Self-contained sheaves Stainless sideplates Bullet head reduces length Compact size

Sheave dia-

W (22 mm) Max line size - 'A' (6 mm) Breaking strength - 12W ibs (544 ka) Shaclde-oindia-"6' 15 mm) Ad~tio11allnl~mati~n-see paws 20 and 21 for explanation of special features.

244

1 245

Fcddle

4 102mm

2 02

57g

350 1 k 159 kg

Use wi225 or 235

Fiddle wlu-iam

2 oz

350lbs

1 1

llcp ~ 1 2 2 6

267,288 Cutout 21 mm

[he Da I bear~ngb ~ l l eblock t is Jsed enenslvely to lead conrrol I nes w i f n a mln mum o f friction. Dinanvs and sma I keel Doals use b~ ~- et b ocks for vangs, outhauls, traveler conirolsand barberhaulers. Small cruisina boats canuse bbllet b l o c k t o ead f ~ ing r I nes to the c o c k p I The W de range o f variations make bullet b,ocks adaotab e t o a m o s f al control I ne s i h a t i o n s Wire bullet blocks feature a ~eilonimpreanatecl Hardkote anodized al~minumsneave. They also Lse rol er beaings wn ch W I, carry a h~gher oad Man ball oearings b u t ao not roll as freely. Wire buller block are Lsed for nalyards and other wire c o n t r o s on small boats. ~

~~~

Special Fealurm Bullet head reduces length Aiuminum wire sheaves Swivel blocks fit 061 Reversible mm cleats

Additionallnlonnrllon -

44 mm

269,290 Cutout 21 mm

67 mm

~~~~~

Connnonspscilicatiom

1W (29 mm) Sheave dia Max line size -%C (8 mm) Brealang strength - 2 W 0 lbs (907kg) Shackle pin dia 3/16" (5 mm) See pages 20 and 21 for an explanation

of Special features.

~Osscriptlon

082

Siwle

083

Siwle wlbecket

Lsnoth

(U14

Double

085

Double wlbeckel

086

Ttiple

087 088

Triple wlbeckel Thru-deck

2' 51mm 4

70mm 2%' 70 mm 3'8 89mm 5 76mm 3?4 95mm

3' 76mm

287

286 W2

Thru-deck MSIgnless mver plate Wirethrude& wlsainlessmver plale Cheek

Wslghl

3' 76 mm 3' 78 mm 2

101 2 8 9 l 350 2'4 m 71 g 2% m 789 3%m 106g 4h02

1289 l%m 359 l%m 35 g 114m 439 l

Max Worldno Load 3Wlk 136kg MOlbs 136kg Wlbs kg 400 1bs 181 kg MOlbs 272 kg Wlbs 272 kg mlbs 136kg 3Wlbs 136 kg Wlbs 181 kg 3Wlbs

~Ossnlptlan

lsnpth

Wsipht

089

ln-line exil

2.39

1%0z 509 201 €49 2 'm ~ E4g

096

ln-line exit wlslainless cwer plate Wire in-line exil wlstainless cwerplate Triple w m 0 Cam-Matic Triple w1200 CamMallc & becket UprigM lead

098

Wire single

033

Wire single wlbecket

100

Wire double

101

Wire double wlbecket

3%' 95mn 3%' 95 mm 3 % ' 95 mn 3%' %mm 4' 102mm 1M' 38mn 2' 51 m 2%' 70 mm % 2' 70m 3M'

zW C84 W5 .~

#10(5mm) FH lacenen 110(5mm) RH fastenen 110(5mm) RH fasteren Y10 15mml

Max Workilq LWd 4Whs 181 kg 4W lbs 181 kg 4Mlbs 181 ko

702 1989 7% 02 m50 ltloz 420 to1 280

6W lbs . 272 kg 6W lbs 272kg 3Wlbs 136kg

lVm 3542% m 789 302

SWlb 227 kg 750 1 b 340kg 7501bs

5Wlbs 227kg

XlO(5mm) FH fasteners XlO(5 mm) RH fasteners # l 0 (5 mm) RH fastenerr Use with Offi Use with 086 110(5mm) RH fasteners

197 Cutout '3*6''

21 mm

'H",'!

oastripion

102

Wire triple

106

Wire thrudeck

Len@h

Wsighl

Mar Working Lmd

Osrcriplion

401 1139

750 1bs 340kg

166

Single wlswivel

76mm

IlV4rn

359

Wlbs 227kg

110 (5mm) FH fasterers

167

76mm Wire in-line exit

3%' 95mm

20z 579

mlbs 181 kg

#10(5mm) FHfasleners

183

108

Wire uprighi lead

l 38 mm

SWlbs #10(5mm) 227 kg R H fasteners

184

42 g

2 73mm

l%m 359

SWibs 227kg

197

Exit wlcam 8 bracket

2'N'

1 02 28g

3 ~ l b # l 0 (5 mm) 136 kg RH fastener

220

Double upight lead

Wirecheek

113

Pivoting cheek

57mm 114 115

Treveler blocks Wire traveler blocks

#10(5mm) RHfasleners

l%m 509

3Wlbs 136kg

TwoW2s

291

3%' 95mm

201 579

Wlbs 227kg

One082 wIcae098

299

Weight

WlrkinQ

1'h m

5W lbs 227 kg SWbs 227 kg

Lmd

89 mm

Wire single wlsMvel Wire single wlswivel & becket

70 m 351'

Pivoting exit block Pivoting e x l block wiz79 cam a becket

89 m 3' 76 m

3mibs 136kg

# l 0 (5 mm) FHfasteren

~ $ 4 0 ~m l b s 849 181 kQ

YtO(5mm) RH fasteners

3km lffig

150lbs

70 mn

tlO(5mm) RH fasteren

Z34' 7 0 m

401 1130

1501bs

38 mm

95mm

Lenm

Single wlswivel

8 becket

107

109

44mm

23%'

4% 01 1289

6BkQ 6Bk~

1)10(5mm) RHfastewrs

131 Cutout

56 mm

24 mm

B i o bullet blocks are ideal for main. iib and soinnaker sheets , ~~~-on small dinghys and for control line ad~~icationssuch ascunninahams, vangs, backstays. f~rllnglines and traveler conrro S on larger ;oats Tnelr arge 11.1' (38 mm) sheaves a1ow the Lse of 34 (10 mm) line and made blo bullets exce~tionalv free roll na olocks Exit and i-line exit blocks are-used for tu;;ling lines into and out of masts and booms and through decks. Upright lead blocks are pe~fectformany control line applications, especially under decks and at mast bases. Traveler blocks are s~ecificallvdesigned for small daysailers which use rope or wire bridle t&eier< Exit blocks W m cams are often mo~ntedon masts tor halyards and con1ro.s s ~ c has downhau s ana cJnn nonams. oariicularlv.on sma I catamarans. They are also used as headkno&er blocks on the ma~nsheetsof one des gns and small kee boats. Lse the 140 with a l ~ m i n ~150 m Cam-Matt cleat for ma~nsneers.halvards ano hiahiv ". loaded controls. Use the 141 with plastic 200 c a m - ~ a t i i cleat for lightly loaded controls. ~

Common Sgscilicaliom Large diameter sheaves Sheave dia - 114' (38 mm) Bullet head reduces length Max line size -W (10 mm) Swivel blocks fit C61 Brealdng strength- 2WOlbs (907 kg) AddIfIonal I n i 0 n n s f i ~ - See pages 20 and 21 for an explanation of special leatures. 28 Specis1 Features

h*wl~tl~ 125

Single

126

Single wibeckel

L n n o ~ fW 64 mm .

Dlarnnlm

Load

2az 89 mm ~~

127 .

Double p~~~

128

Double wibecket

129

Trlple

130

Trlple wlbecket

131

Thtudeck

132

Cheek

133

Traveler block

134

In-line exit

3 89mm 4%' 114mm 94"

95mm 4%" 121 mm

4km

1209 4% m 1359

6mm A'

6'4 m 1849

6mn

6%m

2 h 02 649

3Mm

127mm

97"

202

579 3'A 02 928

Usewi189

Use wil9O 34011~ .. 75Dlbs Use wll91 kg ~~

75D ibs

'A'

1919

3%r' 89mm 3 89mm 4i'i 121mm

mlbs 136 kg 3W lbs 136 kg 6W ibs 272 kg 6W lbs 272kg

340

4W lbs l81 kg 3W lbs 136 $ 3W lbs

Y l O ( 5 mm) W lastenen

# l 0 (5 mm) RH fastenen Two 125s

136 kg

mlbs .R?kn

Ylo(5mm)

M IXC~PWR

134 Cutout 24 mm

94 mm

Shackle Max Pin Waking Diameter -!aL 3 W Ibs Reveffiible 136 kg aluminum 150 cam

Length

WaIgM

3W 79 mm

802 227 g

3%' 3%' 79 mm

7002 1989 2 oz 579

5mm

4' 102mm

2% oz 649

5 mm

4%' 1Ot3mm Slnglewlsw~vel 3%' 83mm ~~~-~ ~-~ Single wlswivel 4 8 becket 102mm

2%201 71 g 21h01 64g

222

Upright lead

21h0z 71g

223

Double upright lead

Dmcrl@lan - P

140

Pivming exit block ~ 1 1 5 0cam

141

Pivoting exit

bl~hcM)lm 79 mm 146 147

Single wlshackle Single wlshackle

8 becket 148 -~

168

Traveler block

33s' 338'

5mm

2 W Ibs Reversible plmtic 91_Ke20Ogm 300Ibs 136 kg 3 W lbs 136kg 3 W lbs 1 2 5 8 082 :36 kg 3 W lbs 136kg

169

2%' 57mm 2%' 57mm

2'/20z 71 g

31% az 920

5mm

3WIbs 136kp 3 W Ibs t l O ( 5 m m ) 136 kg RH fasteners

6 W Ibs XlO(5mm) 272 ko RH fastenem

048 Cutout 27mm

68mm

Dinghy blocks are designed for the small boat sailor who needs a lightweight, low profile block. The in-head shaclde system keeps the length of the dinghy block very s h o t Dinghy blocks are also used exIensively as wntrol line blocks on larger boats, pamcularly for traveler wnhols, and cunningnams on modemtelv sized otfshore born. These lioht outv blocks are not meant for use onheavy course racing keel boagor on &S and catamarans. S p ~ kFls l l u m

Comn~~n SprlRmN01~

Sheave dia- 1%' 144 mm) Max lir. size- W'HOmm) ~reakmnstrength 2000 I& (907 #p) Snackte p ~ d~a n - Us' (5 mm) Addltbml InIwmaPIon- See paoes 20 and 21 loran exD amt on of special features. Low m f i l e in-head shackle Shackle utsets SWN~I b ~ 111061 k Removable beckets

075 Cutwt 27mm

137m

~esc~~ptlon

Lnm

021

Sin*

3' 76mm

022

Single d k k e t

4' 102mm

MP W ~ I ~ M wornnp Load 3a 350 tbs BSg 159 kp 3moz 350 its 999 159k~

023

Sinpk w/swiwi

3'd' 89mm

3boz 999

3Wbs 159kg

Sinpk w/mivei 8 bedlet

4%' 114mm

402

1130

350lbs 159ko

5M02 1569 6 m

7mlb~ 318 kg 7 M lhs

025

Dwbla 76 mm

Two-way iwkad shackis Two-way in-head shaclde

12.25" BLOCKS I This is the original Harken block and is still the most popular in the Harken line. It is compact, good looking, and exceptionally free running with a high load carrying capacity. 2.25" blocks are used for main and jib sheets on course racing keel boats, scows and dinghys with large mains. They are often used on mainsheets of daysailing catamarans and for spinnaker halyards and sheets on small offshore boats. You'll find a use for 2.25" blocks on h a t s of all sizes. Special ~eafurss Cornmm Spmlficah'pns Three-way head system Sheave dia- 2lA' (57 mm) Adjustable cam arms Max line size - 7/16' (12 mm) Reversible cam clears AddiIimal Inforrnatlon- See pages 20 and 21 for an explanation of special features.

3.00"ball bearing racing blocks are used on scows, catamarans, iceboats and small offshore boats. The large diameter sheaves reddce tne fr~ctloncaused by oend~ngllne over a small sneave. For offshore kee boats and aoo .cations where me oaa 1s substantial, use the stmngercnker blocks which have heavy-duty shacldes and head posts Examples are ma nsheets on boats to 35 it l10 5 m ) and so n n a e r sneers on boars to 29 il18 8 m). '3.00"wire blocks feature Hardkote anodized, ~ e f l o nimpregnated sheaves for wire halyards or control lines. The large diameter sheave prevents wire breakdown. They are ideal for situations where a lightweight block is required to carry wire. Hi-load 3.00" wire blocks use Torlon ball bearingsfor a higher work~ngoaa and are usea for appllcatlons sJcn as halyard lead blocks on masrneaa boats to 30 It (9 1 m)

Special Features Three-way head system Removable beckets Aluminum wire sheaves

Additional lnlormalionof special features.

Common SpecIIIcaNons Sheave dia - 3' (76 mm) Max line size - Vi6' (12 mm) See pages 20 and 21 for an explanation

DDscriptin 005

RadnQSingle

127mm 006 007 004 011 012 014 049 069

Shrckle M u Pin Wmnno Diarneler Losd 702 3/16' 750lbS 198g 5mm 340kg 801 %6' 750lbs 227 g 5 mm 340 kg 1314 m A' 15W lbs 3839 6mm 680kg 141401 X 15W lbs 411 g 6mm 6Wkg 801 'X 7501bs 2279 6mm 340kg 8'402 X 7501bs 241 g 6 mn 340 kg 601 750 Ibs 170~ 340 kg 19%lm 'h' 1500 lbs 553g 6mm 68D kg 24'402 X 1500 lbs 895 a 6 mm 68D ka

Lamh Weiohl

Radq single 6" wmecket 152 mm Cruisino double SW 138mm Cruisiq double 6W whecket lE5mm Crusingsingle 5 133mm CrMsinpslngle 6 whecket 159 mn Ch~k 4' lMmn Cruisingtiple 6' 152mm CrLising 5W ouadruole 136 mm

:$:: 25001bS 1134kg 25001bs 1134 kg 30001bs 1361 kg 3WOlbs 1361.Cp. 3WOlbs 1361 kg 30001bs 1361 kg 25001bs 1134 kg 3WJlbs 1361 kg 3WOlbs 1361 ka

USew/m8or 051 fw5:l

wnaslenen a pad Usewfl79or 0521ae:l UsewmSl fork1

Descrlflion Cruising tnple wlbeckt Wire single

Wire single wltecket

Load

6mm

1500 Ibs 68Okg

30W Ibs Use wm80 1361kg for7:l

850 lbs 386kg 850 lbs

3WO lbs 1 3 6 N 3WO lbs

850 Ibs 386 kg

30W lbs wflasteners 1361 kg 8 pad

184mrn 6109 5'4' 9%: or 133mm 2699 m % 6' 10 a2

Wire cheek 102mm Hi-load wire single

smmh

Dlameler

2139

133 mm 2690

Hi-load wire 6 Single wltecket 159mm

l002 2849

6mm

Hi-load wire cheek

7 % or 2130

6mm

102mm

1WOlbs 3WOlbs 454k9 1361 kg 1WO lbs 4541m

30W lbs wflastenerr 1361 ko 8 oad

The little Hexaratchet isa smaller version of the Hexaratchet 1i+2. It IS iaeal for small Doat maln yb, ana sp~nnakersheets. It a ows the crew to hand hold sheets with UD lo 10 1 holatna Dower The special reverse ratchet, 043,'rotates in the opposite direction from the standard I rtle Hexaratchel It 1s pairea w ~ l htne 019 for aDDlicabons like sDlnnaker and lib sheets wnere ratcnet rotat on must bk'in opposite directions and it'is desirable to have the onlofl switch on both blocks face up. Harken lime Hemratchets feature an eight-sided sheave which is machined from solid aluminum for the ultimate in strength and corrosion resistance. Hexaratchets run on Delnn ball bear~ngsso fncbon 1s v~rtJally nonex stent when tnmmina ~ n d eeitner r n~ahor low loads Tne onlofl switch will operate h d e r load. Spsfiar Fsalurl~

Common Spscl~lcallons Sheave dia - 21N' (57 mm) Max line size - 3A' (10 mm)

Solid aluminurn sheave Three-way head system Switch operates under load Max working load - 503 Ibs (227 kg) Reversible cam cleats Breakino strenolh - 2000 lbs (907 ko) rlo d1npboweiw1180'~rap-'l0 1 F ts 061 stancn~onoase AddHlonal lntormatlon- See pages 20 and 21 for an expianallon of swial features. 34

Darription 017

Cheek (stbd)

Lscqlh

Wdoht

3%'

4li2 02

95 mm 018

Cheek (port)

p.pp.

3%' 95 mm 4%'

128 g 4'4

128 g 501 1420

Turns clodovise. Supplied wnastenen 6 pad Turns cwnlercio~kwise. Supplied wnaslenen .% pad

019

Single

Single wibeckt

5' Inmm

5'R Oz

041

Single wibeckt 6 reverse rotation

5' 127 mm

5%: 02 156 g

Turns in oppasite direction from M0

Single wireverse

4%'

5 01 142 g

Turns in opposBe

loin02

Use for leeward cleating jib sheets

108mm

187

lOtatiM

108 mm

SinglewilSO

4%' 108 mm

CamMatic

1560

298 g

direction from 019

1HEMRATCHET"ll+2 I R a t c h e t blocks are truly hand and crew savers. With their uniquely shaped sheave they grip loaded sheets with up t o 15:l holding power, yet allow a line to be eased instantly with complete control. They permit the crew to hand hold main, jib and spinnaker sheets with only afraction of the effort that a regular block requires. The special reverse ratchets. 044 and 045,rotate in the opposite direction from the standard Hexaratchet l l t 2 They are paired with the 009 and 050 for applications like spinnaker and jib sheets where ratchet rotation must be in opposite directions and it is desirable to have the onloff switch on both blocks face up. Harken Hexaratchets feature an eight-sided sheave which is machined from solid aluminum forthe ultimate in strength and corrosion resistance. Hexaratchets run on Delrin ball bearings so lrict on s v r l ~ ly a non-ex stent when tr m m ng "noer e rner n gn or o k loaos An on o n oLnon a ows tne ratchet mecnan Sm to be turned off in light air. Special Features Common Specilications Solid aiuminum sheave Sheave dia - 3' (76 mm) Max line size- 7/16" (12 mm) Three-way head system Removable beckets Max working load - 750 lbs (341 kg) Adjustable cam arms Breaking strength - 2000 lbs (907 kg) Reversible cam cleats Holding power wll80"wrap - 15:l Fits 144 swivei base Holding power wll20'wrap - 9:l Additionallnlormation- See pages 20 and 21 for an explanation of special features.

, l Description

Length

Waiohl

8M m

009

Slngie

015

Cheek (slbd)

016

Cheek (port)

127 mm

241 g

102 mm

7%?02 213 g

714 02

102 mm

2139

BM or

Smgle w l r e v e ~ e rolal~on 045 Single wlbecket &

044

127mm

241 Q

Turns clockwise. Supplied wnastenersg Dad Turns counterclmkwise. Supplied wffistenen & pad Turns in opposite directionfrom0W

~~~p

reverse rflation

6' 152 mm

2559

6' 152 mm

9 01 255 g

5' 127 mm

13Moz 384g 14th oz

9 01

Turns in o p p ~ i t e

diraionfrom 050 Use for 2:l iib sheets on catamarans Cam on adjustable arm

050

Single wlbecket

090

Single wl150

091

Cam-MabE Single wI1W Cam-Matic & beckel

~~~

152 mm

411 g

Use tor 2:l jib sheets

self-cleating

135

~mcri~tion

Littlefiddle blocks are ideal for mainsheetsand w n g s an dinghys and cruising boa?t. to 24 feet (7.3 m) or wherever a small three or four part

-.-

tackle -. .is .reouired~ -L~nlehddle o ocks are aval ab e in a var ery of config~rarons These n c l ~ d ef ddles w~th me rlexaratchets and W t n Cam-Mat~ccam c ears on adjustable arms. Little fiddle blocks accept the 111 snap shackle which makes them easy to remove for storage.

Special Fealum Three-way head system Sol d a l ~ m ~ nsneage ~m Switch operates under load Removable beckets Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats

AddllloMl inlormalionof Special features.

Common SpecMlcslions .arpe sneare ola -2'4 (57 mm, Smal sneare ola - 1'2 138mm, Shackle pin dia - 3/16. (5'mm) Max line size - Jd'(10 mm) Max working load - 500 lbs (227 kg) Breaking strength 2000 lbs (907 kg) See p g e s 20 and 21 for an explanation

Length

WelpM

053

Fiddle

054

Fiddle wlbecket

152 mm

W,' 171 mm

055 056 057 056 059 060

Fiddle wlHexamtckt Fiddle wlHexamtckt B becket Fiddk w/lSOCam-Matic Fiddk wIl5OCam-Matic a beckel Fiddle wlHexaratchel a 1M CamMatic Fiddle wIHexaratche1. 1M CamMatic B becket

152 mm W4' 171 mm

6' 152 mm W4' 171 mm 6' 152 mm 6%' 171 mm

6% oz 184 g 701 1989 7 01 1989 7M 02 2139 1202 340g 12% 02 3 % ~ 12 oz 340g

Use wilMXl2 lor3:l Use wM53 lor4:l Use wi002 lor3:i Use wN53 1or4:l Usewm02 for3:l Use wM53 Ior4:l Use wm2 lor3:l

13 or 3678

Use W53 lor4:I

1 FIDDLE BLOCKS ( Fiddle blocks are used to build simole three and f o u r palt purchases for mainsheets, vangs and other applications. The large sheave/small sheave configuration prevents line chafe and forms avery neat low friction tackle Harken fiddle blocks are available in avariety of configurations. Tnese incl~del~ddlesW t h Hexaratchets an0 Cam-Mat c cam c eats on adlustab e a r m s F ~ d d l eb ocks acceot tne 112 snaD shac6le whlch m&& them easy to remove for storage ~

028

~osacription

Len@lh

Weigh1

Flddle

7'~' 184mm

11 02 3123

Use wiOC6 for3:l

8'fl

11'4 02 326 Q 12'4 02 3549

Use wD26 for 4:1 Use wflffi for3:l

13 02 367g

Use ~1028 lqr4:l Use wiWG for3:l

030

Fiddle wlbecket

241 mm 7l/i 184mm

032

Flddle wIHexaralch6l

Fiddle wlHexaralchet & becket Fiddle wi150 Cam-Matic

Special Features Three-way head system Solid aluminum sheave Removable beckets Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats

Addilional Inlormalionof special features.

Common Specifications

036

Large sheave dia - 3' (76 mm) Small sheave dia- 13/d (44 mm) Shackle pin dia- 'A'' (6 mm) Max line size-+% (10 mm) Max working load - 750 lbs (340 kg) 2500 lbs (1134 kg) Breaking strength See pages 20 and 21 for an explanation

8'4' 241 mm 7 184 mm

16'4 02 4689 ~

038 040

Fiddle wi150 Cam-Matlc & becket Fiddle wIHexaratchet & 150 Cam-Mttlc Ftddle wmexaralchet, 150 Cam-Malic & becket

8 241 mm

16hor 468 Q

Use wi028 for4.l

7%' 184mm 8'X 241mm

17%.02 496~ l 6 oz 5109

Use ~1006 for3:l Use ~1028 for4:l

Lime Hem-Cats combine a little Hemratchet with big bullet blocks to make powerful, multi-ourchase svstems for mainsheets on sma catamarans and kee ooats Tney a so make qdea vangs on boats t o 25 feel (7 6 m) and are ~sefulf o r tackles s ~ c as h s ~ l loacltstav t on boats . adiusters , to 28 feet (8 m). For best results, litle Hexa-Cats should be matched with the blocks shown. Spsclal Features Three-way head system Solid aluminum sheave Switch operates under load ~aj.staoie cam arms Reversible cam cleats

Common Spmificsa'ons

Lower sheave dia - 21A' (57 mm) Upper sheave dia- l'&" (38 mm) Max line size - W 110 mm) Snacke p n d a -~l;(6 mm) Brear ng strenwn - 2500 os ( l 134 kg) Additional lnlonnafhn- See pages 20 ana 21 tor an erplanatlon of special features

Depripion

Lenglh

Weiphl

Fiepan Hen-Cat

8%' 2ffimn 9'8 232 mn 8% 219mm

16m 4549 1 6 1m ~

Max WwXiq LOfd

189 190 191 192

Six-part HexaCat Seven-part HexaCat EigM-prt HexaCal HemCal base

18m

510g

Solbs 408 kg lomlbs 454$

1202

143 m

Mn7 k"

1801 510~

Usewl128

408hg

12W lbs 544b 5W lbs

9% 238m

193

468g

Wlbs

Use w1129 UsawllM Use w m o 127s or one 1298 one125 For building special mntin,,rr,inn.

I Part "U.

078 H e x a - c a t s were designed t o provide powerful mainsheet tackles for catamarans which, because of their trampoline decks, are limited t o a single attachment point. They soon became just as popular o n offshore boats where they allow large mainsails t o be sheeted without a winch. Today they are used for mainsheets, vangs, backstay adjusters and other tackles o n a wide range o f boats. A Hexa-Cat consists o f a Hexaratchet block w i t h 150 Cam-Matic and 2.25 block mounted o n top of it w i t h a swivel. The 112 heavy duty snap shackle can be used for fast, easy removal o f your Hexa-Cat. For best results. Hexa-Cats should be matched w i t h the proper blocks o n the boom. See the chart f o r the correct combination. Special Features

079 080

081 170

HexaCat

base

Length

Weight

10~h

24 02 680 Q

use on 14 to 16 R (4.2 to 4 8 m1 267 mm catamaram 8 offshore boats to 30 R (9 m ) ~ 1 1 ' ~ " 25'h or Use on 16 ff 14.8 m] catamamns a 286 mm 723 g offshore boats to 34fi (10.4 m ) ~ 11 271hoz Use onlomado 8 Hoble 16& offshore 279 mm 783 g boats to 37ff (11 m1 113~" 29oz Use on catamarans to 27 fi(8.2 m] a 298 mm 822 g offshore boats to40fl i l 2 m ) 7116 1612 01 For building special canfigurations lMmm

4689

BLOCK COMBINATIONS Multillle Blocks on Boom 2.25"

Common Specilicalions

Lower sheave dia -3 (76 mm) Upper sheave dia- 2'/4' (57 mm) Max line sire -'A< (12 mm) Max working load - 1500 lbs (680kg) Shackle pin dia- 'X (6 mm) Breaking strength - 3000 lbs (1361 kg) Additional I n f o r m a l i o n See pages 20 and 21 for an explanation of speclal leatures.

Desc~iption Five-part HexaCat SIX-part Hex!-Cat Seven-part Hexa-Cat Eght-part Hwa-Cat

Three-way head system Sol~daluminurn sheave Adiustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats Removable beckets

048

081

049

ThreeOOls

Three 011s

Two 031s & one 002

one012

Four 001s

Four 011s

L o w profile triple ratchet svstems are useful on catamarans whlch carry inelr booms very close to the aeck and for powerful malnsheel ana van0 systems on onshore boats All blocks with cams feature a becket eyestrap over the cleat to allow very close sheeting. Cam arms are adjustable to suit your precise needs. Small catamarans can use the light duty models which feature a single swivel post but larger catamarans and all offshore boats mUSl use the heavy duty models which have a coupler joining the three posts for greater strength. Speclal Features Allows close sheeting Becket eyestraps on cam arms Adjustable cam arms AdditionalIntomatIm- See pages 20 and 21 for an explanation of special features.

Wrapamund head construction In sues great strength and safety

reerray head can be locked fmnt orslde pasltlon or

l m

0-7

Ball Bearing Sheaves

Sheaves nde on ball bear~ngsto Insure lowestfrlct~onpossible Beannw carry hlgh rad~alloads and alsa sala ate sheave from sldeplates to p m n t fncbon caused by unfair leads

Thme-Way Head

The mree-way shaclde system allows

swlvel Mock to be locked in fmnt w side pos~bonsor let to sw~velfreeb The set screw 176securety Into detents on the wlvel p t

Hollow sheave allows large diameter with minimd xRght

Removable Beckeh

Ball oeanngs m i r e earernelf

wr frnlon unoer ow

Reversible C a m

wdr

BaS Cdrry oao of EO ate

meave fmm sndeplate

Wra~AmundHead Strap Mld.range block feature removableoeck- TMsidepkte strapwraps acrosstne head ers to allow mcnment d spl~cedne. d me bcckfor ncreased sirengm and

Doubles and Triules Swivel

Cams on mla-rangefiddes arm smgk ratnetscan Douole an0 b.ple mo-range dadsteat.re swm posn Blocm can w locked m front or sCe oe revenea so olcc~smay be set for erher up or awn release. A ~ L S to I bestsuifyo-I speUfic needs. shacke w~nonsor &to wm freely.

safety

Uniaue . Ratchet Sheave

The patemed. elgk-saeohemknel sneave 1s machinedfrom solo €061T6 a .mm.m lor uhlmate sbengm ard cormson res mnce Thesheave gr PS lenaco.sry. our allorvs lane U, oe eased smoothy

1MID=WGEBLOCK FEATURES I A modern racing boat like the S b 3 3 (page 41) is a blend 01 science and a*. Computer generated velocib prediction programs point the way towards

shapes that are fast on all points of sail, but design is still largely arl- experience and inbition must interpret the numbers. Sailing these boats is also a blend of science and art Reliable, free-rolling hardware like Harken mid-range blocks plays an important role by ensuring that the crew can respond instantly to changing conditions and keep the boat sailing fast. Mid-range blocks are ideal for sheets, halyards, and control lines on offshore boats bemuse their robust construction is strong enough to handle high loads while their bail bearing sheaves reduce friction to a minimum. woking load provides a margin of safety and should never be exceeded. Breaking Strength Maximum Working Load The load at which fastening bolts will shear, shackles will break, or A rating which tells the maximum load at which the block works the block will ex~eriencesome other catastmohic failure. At this load freely Max~mumworxing oad 1s a per sheave ratlng so genera ly a you can expect bermanent deformation of thesheave, sideplates and oouble olock will have a maxlmJrn work~naload tvrlce that of a sinale bearings. Shackles and bolts must be replaced with substitutes with Maximum working load should not be exceeded as in some cases k is the same strength in orderto maintain rated breaking strengths. also the safe working load of the hardware. Sale Working Load A rating based on 50% of the breaking strength of the hardware. Safe 42

Hardware specifications are for monohulls of moderate displacement. Multihulls and heavy displacement monohulls should reduce the maximum sail areas shown by as much as 25%. Please contact Harken if you have any questions regarding hardware suitablility.

Mainsheel

Maximum Mainsail Area

End-Boom System

Mid-Boom System

Single Attachment

500 It? (46 m2)

Multiple Attachment'

540ft2 (50 m')'

Single Attachment

500 ft2 (46 m')'

Maximum Genoa Area

CD~M

N I%

180' Deflection 900ndlsctinn

foretr~anglesail area 150fi2 (14 m')'*

Maximum Spinnaker Area S$ndmdBl& ~

Hi-Load Blocta ~

Plain

l100n2 W I(

Ratchet

900

m2)

(83 m2) ~

Mounted Amidships

1100~~(100m~)+'*

Mounted on Transom Masthead Halyard Block

900 ft2 (83 m2)

1WOg (93 m')

Maximum "I" dimension 48 H(14.6 m)

Maximum "I" dimension 53n(iem)

asao ibs (1633 kg)'

4600 lbs (2086 kg)

2200 lbs (998 kg)

2800 lbs (1270 kg)

2 1 Becket 2.1 S~ngle

3600 ibs (1633 kg)

3600 lbs (1633 kg)

4500 I

5000 Ibs (2268 kg)

Flylng Block 2.1 System

~ S(2040 kg)

Vang

Maximum Mainsail Area 350 (t2(33 m2)

Fiddle Blocks Triple Blocks

1250ft2 (115mZ)

Maximum Runner Wire Breaking Strength standad nioclrr ni-load BIOC*~

Running Backday

Deck Block

l a o f ? (120 m2)

p -

Afterguy Blocks

Maximum 100% foretrianole sail area 215fi2(20 m')"

Spinnaker Sheet Blocks

425 fi2 (39 m2)

~ . . ~

Multiole Attachment'

+ Multiple attachment assumes more than one load carrying shackle on both the boom and traveler car or deck. "* Assumes maximum deflection of 459 "Assumes maximum apparent wind speed of 35 knots.

425 fi2(39 m2)

Mid-range blocks are used extensively for mainsheets, halyards spinnaker sheets and control lines on medium and large offshore boats. The 3" (76 m m ) diameter ball bearing sheave accepts 9/16' (14 mm) lineand has a working load of 1800 lbs (816 kg). Hiload mid-range blocks use Todon balls and have a working load of 2300 lbs (1043 kg). Mld-range b ocks can be ~ S e fdo r m a ~ n s h e e t son boats wltn ma nsalls as large as 540 f12 (50 m') wnen mu t p e blocks are used in ena Doom ~nstallar~ons The/ are Deriect D.? nnaker sheet blocks on boats to 35 feet (10.7 m)and are used as mast base halyard lead blocks on boats to 39 ft (11.9 m). Special Features

Common Specifications

Sheave dia 3' (76 mm) Max line size Yid (14 mm) Max wire size %6'(5 mm) Shackle pin dia - %a' ( B mm) AddltlonslInfonnati~- See page 42 for an explanation of special features. See page 43 for suggested uses.

Three-way head system Removable beckets Aluminum wire sheaves Wide sheaves

; :

tmwiption

1540

Siwle

LanPh

Waiuid

Mm ~ark;w

A '

13m 3670 13 or 3679 1501 4250 15or 4258 14m 3979 14 m 397 g 16 01 4540 16a 4549

lBOOlbs 816kg 2rX)lbs 1043kg 1BOOlbs 816b mOlbs 1043 ko laWlbs m6$ 23Wlbs 1043kg laWlbs 816$ 23Wlbs 1043$

158 mm 1586

Hi-load single

@A' 156mm

1542

Siwbw/aluminum sheave 1588 Hi-load single whlumlnum sheaw 1511 Sirgle whecket 1587 1543 1589

Hi-load single wmcket Single wlaluminum sheave & becket Hi-load shole whluminum sheaie B becket

A '

156mm 6W 156mm A ' IMmm

7 lfflmm

M' lfflmm A

184 mm

SrIOllbs 2268 $ SrIOllbs 2288$ SWOlbs 2288kg Wlbs 2288 Lp SOWb =@ gk. 5WObs 2268 Lp SWOlbs 2268kg SWOlbs

2268 $

Torlon bails Forwire halyards orcontrols Forwirehatyards orcontmls

Torlon balls Forwire haiyards or cantmls Forwire hahrardr or cantmls ~

Des%ription

Lewlh

WeigM

Max Working

1544

Double

7jh" 191 mm

25Mm 7239

28Wlts 1270kg

7W31bs 3175 kg

1545

Double wIb6cket

818 216mm

26H m 751 g

26W lbs 1270kg

7 M l b s Use w11546or 3175kg 1555far5:l

1546

Triple

i 197mm

3602 1 K b

38001ts 1724kg

~ 6 m l b s Use w11547or =kg 15561or6:l

% 6' 222mm

3702 1.05$

38Wlts 1724kg

85W lbs Use ~11546 @.%kg lor6:l

11 02 312a

1 ~ 0 l b s 42mlbs W(6mm) 680b 1905b RHfastenen

1547

Triple wlbeckef

1548

Cheek

Illmm

l nrn

Mid-range Hexaratchetsare larger, stronger versions of the Hexaratchet 11+2. The uniquely shaped ratchet sheave offers a gripping power of 15:l at 180"of wrap, yet allows the line to be eased instantly. Incorporated into highly loaded systems like rnainsheets, they allow the crew to ease sails safely and with complete control. Forthe firs1 time, crews of Doats as arge as 35 .. feet 110.7 m) can nand holo s~innakersin aht to moderate air. id-iange Hkxaratchets featuk an eight-sided sheave which is machined fromsolid aluminurn forthe ultimate in strength and corrosion reslstance. Mid-range hexaratcnets rioe on two rows of Delrin ball oearinas so friclion is v i n ~ avl non-exlstent when trimming under high or low loads. An onloff switch allows the ratchet mechanism to be disengaged in light air. This switch operates under load. The 1571 and 1572 are special reverse ratchets. They are paired with the 1549 and 1550forapplications like jib and spinnaker sheets where ratchet rotation must be in opposite directions but it is desirable to have the onlofi switch on both blocks face up. Mid-range triples with ratchets and cams are used to build powerful, low pro1 e 5 1 or 6 1 tackes for ma nsheets, vangs or backsravadiusters These blocks fear~rethe 280 Cam-Mat c cleat on adjuitabie cam arms so the angle can be changed to suit your preciseneeds. ~~~

S p ~ l aFeatures i

Solid aluminurn sheave Three-way head system Removable beckets Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats

Common Specilications Sheave dia- 3' (76 mm)

Max line size - %s' (14 mm) Holding power w/l80"wrap- 15:l Holding power wIl20"wrap -9:l

Addrtronal InlonnaNon - See page 42 for an exp anat on of spec a features See page 43 tor sLggestw .ses

DDeruiptlan

1549

Single

Lmnh

WaigM

m1 Wakiw Load

6 156 mm

1550 Sinplewmecket

14a

397 g

PA'

15or

184mm

4258

13m

1sM)lbs 816 kg

SWOlbs 2268 kg

18301bs B16 kg

Wbs 2268 kq

42001bs Turns 19Mkg clodovise 4200ibs Turns counter19Mkg clockrrise

1561 Cheek(stbd)

434

3699

15Wlb 680h

1562 Cheek (port)

lllmm 4%'

13m

1SWlbs

Illmm

3699

1553

SinglewnaO Cam-Matic

156mm

26m

737 g

$$#

1BWlbs 816$

SWOlbs 2268kg

WeioM

Max Workinp Load

27m 7658

l8OOlbs 816kg

5WOlbs Use ~ 1 1 5 4 1 2268 kg for2:l

38001bs 1724 kg

85001bs Use wl1545 3856 kg for5:l

Descriplion

Lenllth

Single wfZ80 Cam-Matic .~ ~& teckel

184mm

Triple wlHexaralchet & 280 CamMatic

7%' 4902 197mm 1.39kg

B"aLinu Stnngth

Triple wiHexaralche1, 8 280 Cam-Malic & beckel 222mm

51 m 145kg

38001bs 1724 kg

8500lbs Use ~ 1 1 5 4 6 3856 kg for6:l

Slngle wireverse rolation

6'4 156mm

14 m 3979

l 8 W lbs 816kg

SWOlbs Turns counter2268 kg clockwise

Single wlbeckel & rwerse rotation

1Mmm

15 m 4259

l8OOlbs 816$

SWOlbs Turns counter2268kg clockwise

1BIG BOAT BLOCKS (

Polished low prafile saew heads won? snap hn sheets DOnn hasheus lsolioe Etalniess Iastemn from S depalesto mm moe mnca on

Shacklesare high strewth 174PH stdnles st&, polished to a high luser.

Hanolng block feature S 17-4PH mnless steel swivel post

Shaves and sideplates are rnshimd ~ s l a m p B dfrom solid 6061-l6aluminurnfor lightweipht strength. All aluminurn partsare Hadkole amdhed with Tetlm irnpregnatlonf a the uRirnate in cormsion resisldme.

Set suews W be tightemd to secure the s h a w in simer afrmt or sue positicn or may be left l o o s toallowthe blockmswlwl.

Delrin balls carry side lkads. ke8pinp s k d w fmrn Nbbing apalnst the sideplates.

dper n ph strmpn Torlon id et beanws a r q t m n#Qnm l a l loads In mnplnp Mocm andtod block

Shmvesare desioned foreasv rnmtenance ~hesnwaternnse and omsaona sailn wlin a pm spray I~DnLanlis a1 IMI S required

Liphhueight sheartubes carry sheave and sideplate loads.

1BIG BOAT BLOCK FEATURES I California boats have to shine downwind for the Mexican races and the Transpac, but to win the season they have to be competitive around the buoys both in the light air of the south and in the heavy winds and fierce chop of San Francisco Bay. The Andrews designed Excel 53 was conceived as an allaround racer with great speed in all conditions. When a boat is fully optimized for racing, only the best deck gear is appropriate. Harken big boat hardware features free rolling bearings, carefully engineered load carrying structures, and materials selected for their strength to weight ratios so it's the perfect choice wherever you race or cruise.

Creep resistam plastic bushlng isolates swivel postfrm head. Sldeplatcsare rcrnovable lor easy malntcnance

Flushing holesallaw fresh water rinse without disassembly of block Foot blocks have large swallows to pass sheets and twists freely.

Spreachers are desgned to pass shackles [except 596 and 597) to facllltate runnng ne'td sheets

Teardrop fairlead blocks are excellent mast base halyard leads as they hold lines extremely close to the deck and have limited articulation on their padeye.

Sheave grooves are specially designed to handle wire rope and Dacron, Spectra, or Kevlar lines.

trealed alter machining and vapor honk t o an attractve corrosion resstant f n s h Balls on runner blocks keep iines on sheaves and llle balls on stand up and hang ng blocks are specially desgned to aliow blocks t o articulate close to decks. Runner hocks are offered ' ~ t lai variety of head posts and tangs for altaciiment of runners and checkstays.

Choose the Right Bearing for the Job Big boat sheaves and blocks are offered with three types of bearing systems. Match the sheave type to your application. Ball bearings are the freest running system, but they have the lowest load carrying ability. Use ball bearing blocks whenever the load will permit. Roller bearings can carry more load than ball bearings, but they nave more frcllon at ow loads We cornblne rollers with balls which carlv,~ the hu stlna slae loads of sneaves n our stanaara Dla Doat haro$re. This is avery free rolling system for moderate and high loads. Sometimes the load is too high even for roller bearings. This is usua ly the case when the s ze o l a sneave mJst oe dept to a mlnqmum and W II not oerm,t enough rollers to carry tne oao Good ekamp es are masthead sheaves and rinner blocksheaves. For these very high load appllcat~onswe use a Tellon rnpregnated b ~ s ng h comb nea with s ~ d e load balls In o ~ hl-load r comolnat o n bearlna These bearlnQS p r o d ~ c e more friction than balls or rollers at low loads and should only be used when space will not permit a roller bearing sheave. ~~~~~

0~~~

Stalid up blocks can pvot in all drectons

loads freely

Breaking Strength The load at whch fastennq bolts w ~ l shear, l shackles ~ v l ibreak. l or the block will experience some other catastrophic failure. At this load there may be permanent deformation of the sheave, sideplates and bearinas For hardware where customers may provide mounting hardware, break~ngstrengths are based on type 1818 stainless steel. Shackles and bolts must be repiaced with substitutes w t h the same strength in order to malntaln rated breaking strengths.

Safe Working Load A rating based on 50'6 of the break~ngstrength Safe working load provdes a margin of safety and should never be exceeded.

2% Friction Loss Load This ratino, w h ~ c his a Harken excuslve, defines the oerforrnance o l big boat hiidware. It is the load at which asheave viil roll freely. When the load is increased beyond this point, the sheave will still roll. but frctlon loss will exceed 2% of the load. On double blocks. 296 frction loss load I S oersheave.

28-33' (8.540m)

34-39'

40-45'

(103-11.9m)

(122-13.7m)

Malnsheet Traveler Track

1510 1511 1535

516 560 758 1847

516 5M) 758 1847

Malnsheet Traveler Car

1508 1509 1575 1576 1594 1595

515 608

515 558 584 608 6W

Mainsheet Blocks

Small Boat Blocks'

Small Boat Blocks' Mid-range Blocks"

Mid-range Blocks" Big Boat 3.00' 584 586

512 513

svstem

Boat Length

S~ngleGenoa Foot Blocks

511 552 1548 1756 1765

51 1 51 2 552

Double Genoa Foot Blocks

528 553 1756 1766

528 530

530 532

Genoa Lead Can

249 1537 323 1599

587 1537 1873 1599

587 1873

Genoa Lead Track

154 142 1510 1535

516 M10 758 759 1510 1535 1847

516 680 758 759 1M7

Mast Base Halyard

217 1540 1542

551 670 1540 1541 1586 1588 1752 1767

549 551 670 672 1713

Halyard Lead Blocks

219 Mid-Range Organizers

Mid-Range Organizers

Big Boat Organizers

691

691 692

Running Backstay Fly~ngBlock*"

737 1540 1541 1586 1587

697 737 1586 1587 1918

697 737 1853 1918 1919

Running Backstay Deck Block "*"

1540 1541 1586 1587

504 1540 1541 1586 1587 1711 1881

504 588 1713 1876 1881

Spinnaker Masthead Halyard Block Spinnaker Sheet and Spreacher Blocks Afterguy Blocks Spinnaker Sheet Deflection Block

Narrow Masmead Halvard Sheaves

46-50' (14-15.25 m)

51-55' (15.5-16.7 m) -

5660' (17-18.3 m)

541 549 672 674 1715~-

541 545 674 676 1715

Big Boat Organizers

Big Boat Organizers -~

p~~

692 693 694

66-70' (20-21.4 m)

Maxi

545 676 1717

545 676 1717 1897 1898

1897 1898

511 512

512 513

- -

541 549 672 674 1713

692 693

61-65' (18.6-19.8 m)

693 694

p p -

693 694 695

694 695 716

512 513 -~

695 1734

Haraware specflcat~onsare lor masthead boats ol modern conlfg~rat~on Fracr~ona,y r~ggedboats or ooats w t h neavy or I ght d,spacemenl may requlre dltlerent haraware Boats at the Lpper ena o l each sue range snoula Lse the larger ol tne o l o c ~ s n o w Please contact a haroware consJ tan1 at Harken f vou have oLestlons reaara na tne s ~ l t a oin, l of anb naraware for yoJr ooat haraware s speclllea oy pan nLmoer wnere poss b e Y o ~ r needs may require asimiiar blockof a difterent config~ration:~iockswith polished stainless sideplates are available for many big boat applications. 63 1nroLgn 67 See ' Cnuose Iron1 D or6s snow on pages l 9 Ihro-gn 40 " Choose from blocks shown on pages 41 through 48. "' Running backstay blocks must be matched to the breaking strength of the runner wlre. '"' Assumes that runner purchase is 2:l with runner tail deadended on a separate padeye rather than on a becket block.

2.25"HI-LOAD BIG BOAT BUCKS

2.25 hi-load blocks are designed for applications w e r e me neeo for a small. l ght big boat olock odtwe ghs the neeo lor low fnct~onat ow loads. rli-load blocrs use a soec a Deanna system which combines side load carrying balls with a~eflon compos te bushing to carry the radial loads. Wh~lenor as free roll~noas the sunoara Harden bal /roller oear no svsrem. this hi-load bearing system isextremely durable a n i i e l l suited to applications where a small diameter block must carry high loads. 2.25' hi-load blocks are well suited to applications like SD nnader tweaker blocks and genoa Damerhauls where sue and we~ghtare the prlmary conslderat~onsTney sno~lonot oe used tor applications Ike ma nsneets The s~oeolateon 1754 opens to'accept lines and it is perfect for tweakers or barberhaulers. Speclal Features Three-way head system Hi-load bearing system Removable beckets

Common Spew7icatlions

Sheave dia - 21N (57 mm) Shackle pin dia - %S' (B mm) Max line size - '4' (12 mm) Max wire size - Me' (8 mm) Addtllonal l1r101matim- See pages 50 and 51 for an explanation of Special features. See pages 52 and 53 for suggested uses. See page 63 for blocks with stainless steel sideplates. 54

Dearlpilon

sat,

Lenplh

Weid11

Worklnp Load

1746

Sinple

1748 Single wibecket 1750 Double

5%~' 138 mm

WOIk 2722 kg mlk 2722kp 6WOlbs Block swivels 2722kg

1 3 3689

3Wlk 1361kg

169mm

1501 4259

3Wlk 1361 kg

5% 138mm

21 02 595g

3WIbs

9 oz

2Solbs 1134kg

YIW It6 Fits 688 padeye

WXllk 1134kQ

SOWlbs 2268~

6%'

esmm 1754 Fairlead wlopening

g$$

asmm

2559 901

2550

1361 kQ

2268kg

3.00'. big boat blocks are popular on smaller boats where they are used on mainsheets, running

O~sseripll~nLameh

Sal8 Waight Waking

halyards, and spinnaker sheets and guys. They are also used extensively on larger boats f o r such applications as reefing blocks and traveler control blocks.

504

Single

lalhoz 5248

505

Single wlbecket Double

extremely

specis1 Features

offshore backstays,

Common Specilicaliona

Sheave dia- 3 (76 mm) Shackle pin dia-%E' (8mm) 2% friction load - 3000 lbs (1361 kg) (12 mm) Max line size-',$' Max wire size - 5/76' (8 mm) Addilional lnlormation- See pages 50 and 51 for an explanation of special features. See pages 52 and 53 for suggested uses. See page 63 for blocks with stainless steel sideplates

Three-way head system Rollerlball bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot

506

Double wibecket

507 --

61%' 165mm A

197mm 6Vi 165 mm 8' M3 mm

told

73001bs 3311 kg 73mibs 3311 kg

27%. oz 780g 29'hoz 816g

mlbs 1656kg E36501bs 1656kg 49501bs 2245 kg 49501bs 2245kg

l4oz 3978 26% oz 751 g

4950 Its 2245 kg 3550 lbs 1656 kg

M ~ 531 g

990Olbs M91 kg

54B'(8 mm) Wist shackle

99001bs 4491 kg

SAs'(8 mm) WisLshackle

9900 lbs 4491 kg 73W lbs 3311 kg

Fits 689 & 690 padeyes Four51a' (8 m1FH fadeners w l l W ( 3 2 rnm)sDacinQ

~~~

551

Fairlead

670

Stand up

4lK 114 mm A '

lsmm

14.W BIG BOAT BLOCRS I ~ O oig W boat blocksare "sea when an exceptionally free ro lhng b ock 1s re0 J r e d for moderate loads o n offsnore ooats. 4.00' blg boat b l o c 6 have many appl cations on malnsheets, runnlng backslays, spinnaker sneets, a l t e q ~ y shalyard leads and reehng olocks.

Special Features

Common SpecMlc~liorrp

Sheave dia - 4' (102 mm) Shackle pin dia -54s' (8 mm) Max line size - 14' (12 mm) Max wire size - V16' (8 mm) 2% friction load - 3M)O lbs (1633 kg) Safe working load- 4950 lbs (2245 kg) Breaking strength - 9900 lbs (4491 kg) Additlonallnformation- See pages 50 and 51 for an explanation of special features. See pages 52 and 53 for suggested uses. See page 64for blocks with stainless steel sideplates. Three-way head system Rollerlball bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot 17-4 PH stainless shackles

~8~rl@lon 549

hlrlead

5BB

Slngle

589

Slngle wlbsket

590

Double

591

Double wlbsket

Lsn#lh 4

146mm l'# 191 mm 4

Z2mm M' 1% mm #A'

azmm 672

Stand up

178mm

Wsl~ht 2002

Fits 689 & 690

5679 2402

padeyes

6BOg

26m 7379 38 m 108 kg 4Om 113kg 3301 9360

%a'(€ mm) Wlst shackle

W ( 8 mm) r~lltsha~kl~ Faur%6'(8mm) RI fastenem wllVi(32 mm) spacing

4.50"big boat blocks are extremely useful for a variety of applications on

offshore boatsover 45 feet (13.7 m). They are used for mainsheets, running backstays, spinnaker sheets, foreguys, aftergup, halyard leads and reefing blocks. Special Features

Common Specifications

Sheave dia 4%rm(114 mm) Shackle in dia- l%2' (10 mm) ~ a ne'sze * - 53. (16n1m, Mar . re s7P - '06' 18 mm! 2 ' 0 fr c l on oaa --6600 10s (2994 kg Safe working load 8250 lbs (3742 kg) Breaking strenoth 16500 lbs (7484 ka) Addilional lnlormalion - See pages 50Bno 5 i l o r an exp anatton ot spec al leal.res See pages 52 an0 53 tor s.ggesfed 2,es See page? 64 an0 65 for oloc*s alln stainless steel sideplates

Three-way head system Rnllerlhall svstem . . .-bearino ~~m ~,~ Removall~ebecdets Slano-ups S* vel and p rot 17-4 PH sla n ess macdles

Description

Lenpth

Waighl

W'' 248mm

4601 1.3$

p p

542

Single wlb%ckel

292mm 8%' 222 mm

4702

1.338 56 02 FOUI W (10 mm) FH fasteners 159$ ~1138'(35 mm) swcinp

1 5.50 BIG BOAT BLOCKS I 5.50' big boat blocks are useful on mainsheets of very large offshore boatsand for halyards, backstays, reef lines, afterguys and sheets on racing and cruising boats over 50 feet (15 m). The large diameter sheave protecrs W re and rope whlle tne v e i n gh break ng strength makes 5.50' bia ooat bloc6 sd rab e for extremelv heavy loads. he 1897and 1898, hi-load blocks ' feature wide sheaves riding on Torlon rollers. They can handle large diameter line and Dercrlption extreme working loads.

SpecialFeatures Three-way head system Rolledball bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot 17-4 PH stainless shackles

AddlUonallntOnnati~-See pages 50 and 51 for an explanation of special features. See pages 52 and 53 for Suwested uses. See pages 63 through 67 for blocks with stainless steel sideplates.

545

Single

546 Single whecket 676 Stand up 1897 Hi-load stand up 1898 Hi-load

bnoth

Weipht

11' 279mm 1J 330mm

&m 1.84101 6901 1.96101 72 m 2.04 kg 124m 3.52 kg 9602

248mm 11M' 292 mm 1

% Friction LasILmd 88Wlbs 3992101 BBWlbs 3592101 8830 lbs 3992 kg 145W ibs 6677 kg 145001h

Sale Worldno Load 105001bs 4763 kg 105Wlbs 4763 kg 105001bs 4763 101 175001bs 7940 kg 14WOlbs

!g:&

Mm Sizs wire

21WOlbs %' % 9256101 19mm 8mm 21WOlbs %' %S' 9256 kg 19mm 8mm 21WO lbs %' %c' 9256 kg 19 mm 8mm 35WOlbs 1' %E. 15875kg 25mm 11 mm 28WOlh 1' 6 '

Di:Lw 15%'

12mm 1542'

12mm Uses €48 Padeye U S ~ Sm 2 Padeye %e'

BIG BOAT FOOT BLOCKS

The loads on foot blocks are some of the highest that the running rigging can impose on a piece of marine hardware. Because of the maanitude of these forces, enerw lost in the form of friction can be s~b"stantia1 Free runnlng r l a r k e n b ~boat ~ foot blocks usethe Torlon bal /roller bear ng system t o s~bstantial y reabce lncbon Sma I foot blocks W t n lockoffs allow sneers t o be ocded off to lree winches temoorar~lvdur~na sail changes. 2 25'foot blocks use the hi-load combination bearng system-an0 are designed for installat~onswhere the neea f o r a compact loot olock o b w e ghs the neea f o r vefy low friction. Special Fealures PO ashen WITSand wasners .arge snal o n s pass not< es Bolt pattern spreads l w d Addilionallnfonnalion- See page 50 and 51 for an explanation of special features. See oaoes 52 and 53 for suooested uses. See page 66 for blocks with stainless steel s;deplates See page 88for foot block hale Hpac~ng 1

Sheave

Maxsils

LenP

HeigM

Wei$~t

~ 2 :;; ~ .".."

Sale Wakinp ,"-A

1756

Single

?'/C 57mm

12mm

1765

Single wllockoft

2'%' 57mm

'A' 12 mm

1758

Double

2W 57 mm

12 mm

1766

Double wllockoff

2IW 57mm

'A' 12mm

511

Single

5 76mm

528 552

553

Double

12m

Fasteners Included (See Page 88for Fastener Spacing)

3!4' 89mm

l 29mm

702 1989

3WOlbs 1361 kg

6WOlbs 2722 kg

2 -ins' (8 mm) x 3' (75 mm) 1-W(lOmm)x3'(75mm)

m m

3M'

h' 29mm

802 2269

3WOlbs 1361 $

6OW lbs 2722 kg

2-SAS" (8 mm)x3'(75 mm) 1 -W (10 mm) x 3' (75 mm)

ins' 8 mm

314' 69 mm

54 mm

1301 3699

2MOlbs 907$

40W lbs 1816kQ

2-%s'(6mm)xd'(lOOmm) 1-38(10mm)x4'(1Wmm)

311' 89 mn

21s' 54 mm

14 01 397kQ

2M01bs 907kQ

40001bs 1816kQ

2 -SAS' (8 mm) x 4' (100 mm) l-W(10mm)x4'(100mm)

548' 8mm

41h" 114mm

30 mn

1202 3409

4950lbs 2245 kg

99Wlbs M91 kg

2 - W (8 mm) x 3' (75 mm) 1 - W (10 mm)x3' (75 mm)

SAS'

4IX 114mm

2 57 mm

21 oz 585g

30001bs 1361 kg Mmlbs 1361 kg

32501bs 1474kQ

6500ibs 2948 kg

2-546'(8 mm)x4'(100 mm) 1-M(lOmm)x4'(1Wmm)

lH6'

8mm

In'

76mm

12 mm

8mm

Single wliockofl

76mm

12mm

41s 114mm

30 mm

1301 3679

3WOIbs 1361 kg

4WIbs 2245kQ

99Wlbs 4491 kg

2 - 5h6' (8 mm) x 3' (75 mm) 1 -3 x (10 mm) x 3' (75 mm)

Double wllockofl

3 76 mm

'A' 12 mm

4 114mm

2%" 57mn

2201 6249

3WOlbs 1361 kg

32501bs 1474kQ

65Wlbs 2948kQ

2--5~8'(8mm)xC(lOOmm) 1 -3X (10mm) x4'(lWmm)

-59

'luSie

hwlh

H~IQM

~elgh

yzE:

Sale Working Load

p$:;

7Wlbs 335741

123751bs 5613$

24750lbS 11226kg

5-w

512 530 513

532 514

Single 114mm

16mm

8mm

6'4' lffimm

1%' 35mm

9070

6%' Iffimm

2%' 65mm

1.6141

74001b 3357$

80501bs 3651kg

5-38.(10

16mm

Me' 8mm

161WlbS

114mm

6mm

192mm

l %mm

47 m 133$

97Wlbs 44Wkg

123751bs 5613ko

247501bS 11227@

5-w

140mmi9mm

%6' 8 mm

192 mm

2"h6' 72 mm

8700 2.47 kg

97WlbS 4400 kg

80501b5 3651 kg

161Wlb~ 7303 kg

5-w (lOmm)

140 mm

9tl' 241 mm

1 % ' 36mm

IY)m

8mm

227kg

13WOlbs 589741

221001bs 1W25 kg

4420016s 2m9$

%6'

9'4'

2l3hd

1 4 7 ~ 13WOlk

143651bs

28730lk

Rmm

?At mm

mmm

A17k

%S'

Double Sinole

DouMe

Double

J9mm

Single 178mm

534

32m

Fartanm Included (Ss8 Paw 88 tor Fastener Spariq)

178mm

19mm 19mm

7%' 7%~'

57m

KS07C"

CE4Cb"

+M*"*"

(89 mm) mm)xh(,.l

114mm)

3,x(89 mnl x41rr. (114 mm,

11'(12 mm) x 3lh'(BB mm)

5-lh.,12

Sheave

M a Sizs

Wsig,

LsnNh

2% Fllction

Sale wwkiq

LmLwd

Bmakiq SlmnNh

Fademm Included (See Page 88 for Fastsna Spaciql

~-p.

536

Single

536

Dwble

E42

3/1.

lsmm

He'

amm

1 1 302mm

%S' 11%' 8 m 1 1 302~mm

M3mm

19mm

1/16'

254-

25mm

12mm

1%. 397mm

l' 254mm

25mm

'4s' 12mm

1%' 397mm

Double

1 44mm

147m 1SOWlbS 4 . 1 7 k ~8618kg

3 W W l b ~ 6W00lb~ ~ ~ ~ - ~ ' ( 1 2 m m ) x 3 f 4 ' ( 9 3 m m ) 1mkg 27218kg

3j4' 83mm

2 6 2 ~ 190001h 7.43 $

2WOOlbS

W l b S

1%'

2 3 0 ~ 24mOlbS

43mibS

BMHX)lk

83mm

12.11 ko

10886k0

1 - % ( l 6 mm) x 3'~'(93mm) 6-%(16mm)x4%:(114mmJ 1-%(16mm)x3'&'(90mm) 6 - % ( 1 6 m m ) x 6 (152 mm)

G FOOTBLOCKS

These unique footblocks feature a spring loaded back which allows the blockto be pulled open with one hand f& fast sheet changes. Seven sizes of opening foot blocks are offered for use on boats from 20 to 50 feet (6 to 15 m). The B165 does not open. ' The large diameter sheaves are designed to protect sheets and reduce fricl on to a m ~ n i m ~ m dousings . are nard anod zeo a l ~ mnum ana the olocns may oe oisassemoled for setvice wilhodt belng remove0 from tne decn Sprtng oaoed open ng back Large d~amelersheaves

~srwlptlon 8165

Single nonilpenlnp

82367

Single

6238 82113 82114 83113 83114

Double Siwle Double

Shean, Oiamstsr 2' 50 mm 2% 70 mm 234' 70 mm 3'%' 1W m 311A6' lWmm

Sile

Length

Htlphl

3'4 80 mm

3%'

12mm

95mm

%S' 14 mm

5W 140 mm 5M' 140 mm

ll%d 4Bmm Z'3/16' 72mm

611/1~' 170mm 6"h' 170mm

1'%6' 50 mm 3W 80 mm

3%'

12mm

95 mm

k6'

14 mm

Single

4'5~6'

W 16mm

Double

1Z5 m 4l5A6' 125 m

Sa' 16mm

Sal8 worldnu

B'"klnU Slrsngth

Fa*ensn

2205 Ibs lOW kg 3086 lbs 1400 kg 3086 lbs 1400 kg

4410 lbs 2OWkg 61731bs 28Wkg 61731bs 2fflOkg

3 X W FH 3x6mmFH lxi/rs'FH&2x'A'FH lxBmmFH&2x6mmFH l x%s'FH & 2 x 1 W FH lx8mmFH&2x6mmFH

4409 Ibs 2MO kg 4443 lbs 2WO kg

6818 lbs 4WOkg 88181bs 4MOkg

3 x 1546' FH 3xBmmFH 3x15A6'FH 3x8mmFH

8377 lbs 3fflOkg 8377 lbs m k g

18756 lbs 7WOku 16756lbs 7WOkg

3 X%' FH 3xlOmmFH 3xWFH 3xlOmmFH

37337 l k

7 r lh' FU

Load 1%' 45 mm 1W 38 mm PAS' 58 mm

1Zmm

WeigM 1002 14'h m 411 g 21hm 6109 33'4

950 9 47'4 02 1 % kg 51 or lBkg 78 02 2.21 kg

STAINLESS STEEL BLOCAS Stainless steel blocks bring the reliability and performance of Harken big boat blocks to cruising sailors who prefer the rich look of polisnea stainless steel b ocks. Stainless steel b l o c ~ sare standard Harken big boat blocks with all of Me features of their aluminum counterpalts. They feature Torlon rollerlball bearings for low maintenance performance. Sheaves and head pieces are 6061T6 aluminum which is Hardkote anodized with Tellon lmpregnatlon tor igntwe~ghtstrength and rnax mLm corros on resistance S l d e ~ates are 316 stainlesssteel hand polished to a high luster. We offer the mosr popular rlarnen b ~ boar g blocds n slzes SJ raote for boats lrom 33 ro 90' (10 to 27 m). Other sizes and configurations are available through our Custom Division. Special Features

Hand polished stainless sideplates Rollerlball bearing system AddlflonalInlormaflon- See oaoe 88 for foot o ocr no e spac nq Refer to pages <O ano 51 for an e~planattonof speca leatares See pages 52 an0 53 for suggested uses

MIXSIZ~

Derrriptlon

1837 2.25'(57mm) Single 1769 2.25'(57mm) Stand up

WeipM

5%'

18m

13emm

5100

5%' 132mm

726p

RGQ~

Wlrs

A 8mm

lzmn '8

12mn

8 m

Zlb Lad

BnaWnp 'pang Snqth

Aluminurn Ewinled

3WOlbs MaOlk

1746

2722kp WWlb 2722 kg

1767

1361 kp 3WOlbs 1361 kp

762 763

M= Size LIna Wire

m hidion

oesriptio,

Lewth

4.W(102 mm) Single

7ln' 36 m l as' 191 mm 1.02 kg 12mm 8mm

3600 lbs

4.W(102 mm) Single wlbecket

8%' 40 m '4 ZL2 mm 1.l5 kg 12 mm

3WO lbs

8 mm

1633 kp

Width

l633kg

F ' aq~nstciq Stmlglh

~~uminum Equivalent

4 9 5 0 ~m ~ lbs 2245kg 4491 kg

588

49501bs 2245 kp

589

mlbs 4491 kg

p -

4.W(102mm) Stand up

T 45 m W k6' 178 mm 128 kg 12mm 8mm

3Wl lbs l633kg

4950ib 2245 kg

mlbs 4491 kg

1741

4.WTJ.W(102mnV 76 mm) F'ik

11' 52m k6' W 279 mm 1.47 kg 12mm 8mm

3WOlbs l633 kp

49501b 2245 kg

9900ibs 4491 kg p . -

1744

4.W%1.W(102mnV 76mm)Wlewk&d

12' 56m W ke' MSmm 159kg 12mm 8mm

3Wibs 1633kg

49501b 2245kg

99mlbs 4491kg

778

4.WTJ.W(102mnV 76mm) Spreacher

12' 5902 W ' M5mm 1,'Ckg 12mm 8mm

3WOlbs 1633kg

4950lb 2245kg

m l b 4491 kg

555

779

4.50'13.W(114 mnV 76 mm) Spmacher

4 97 m 58' 362 mm 2.75 kg 16 mm

66m lbs 2994 kg

4.50'(114 mm)

'3%' 'Cm 58' 74Rmm 1 B5 ko l 6 m m

k6'

66M lbs

R mm

7 W h

8250 l b 165mlbs 3742 kg 7484 kg 8250 l b 166mibs 8747 kn 7dRd kn

583

8 mm

1736

784

Sinnle

672

541

2% h= Mclim

waIsi2e

LenP

WelgM

3'h'

1702 4828

'h' 12mm

LOed

Safeq WD,kl LWd

Breatlnu

Alumlnum Equlvalsnl

30Wlbs 1361 kg

MXX)lbs 2722$

1756

2 - & ~ s ' (8 mm) x 3' (75 mm) 1 -%(l0 mm)x3'(75mm)

2rmlbs 907 k9

4m01bs 1816kg

1758

2 -548' (8 mm) x 4' (100 mm) l-W(10mm)x4'(1Wmm)

SlnnNh

Fatsrmn Included (SW Paw 81 for F m a w S p e i q )

1839 2.25' (57 mm) Foal block

89mn

1840 2.25'(57 mm) Doublefwt block

27 02 7650

5/16.

89mn

12 mm

8mm

3.00' (76 mm) Foal block

411' 114mm

21 02 5958

l?'

%e' 8mm

3WDlbs 1361kg

49501bs Z45kg

99M)lbs 4491$

511

12mm

2 -5A6' 1 -%'(l0

3.00' (76 mm) Double lml block

4'4 114mm

34 02 970g

5~6'

8mm

3WOlbs 1361 kg

mlbs 1474141

6mlb 2948kg

528

12m

2 - 5 ~ 8 ' (8 mm) x 4' (100 mm) 1-3A'(lOmm)x4'(1Wmm)

1739 3.00' (76 mm) Fwt b k 4 w/lc~kdl

414 114mm

22 02 6248

5/16'

8mm

3WDlbs 1361kg

49501bs Z45b

99001bs M91$

552

12mm

2 (8 mm) X 3' (75 mm) 1 -ia'(10 mm)x3'(75mm)

1740 3.W (76mm) Double foablc~kwnccka

4%' 114mm

36 02 lmkg

5/16'

8mm

3WDlbs 1361 kg

32501b 1474kg

6YXlbs 2948kg

553

12mm

2 -SA' (8 mm) x 4' (100 mm) 1 -~A'(lOmm)x4'(1W mm)

770

6'4 165mm 6'4 165mm

55 02 1.56 kg 91 02 258kg

SA'

16mm

%G' 8mm

16mm

8mm

74W lbs 3357kg 74Wlbs 3357 kg

12375 Its 5513kg Bo501bS 3651 kg

24750 Its 11226kg 16104 1 b 7303kg

768 769

4.50' (114 mm) Foal block 4.50' (114 mm) Double lwl block

3%'

5/16'

8mm

5Ae'

(8 mm) x 3' (75 mm) mm) x 3'(75 mm)

5 -W (10 mm) x3lh' (89 mm) 5 -3A'(10

mm) x4'# (114 mm)

Early in the 1992 America's Cup campaign we were approached by a synolcaterhat wanteo nlgh load blocks that were very I ghrweiaht The rradlt~onal answer to that would b; blocks with hi-load composite t synd cate also wanted b ocks that bearings, b ~thls were exlreme~vfree rollino and efllc~enr to soeed sa I handling and allow use ofsmaller winches. ' Harken's custom engineers started with a clean design pad. They knew that a large diameter sheave would be required to spread the load over enough rollers to achieve good efficiency. The challenge was to cut out weight but still be able to transfer the loads to the sideplates. It took an open mind and state of the art oesgn tools like h n re E emenr Ana ys~ssohare to develoo AirSheaveslY. Thew cenrerless ~~- desion. ~ ~ ~ compute; optimized side~latesand unioue attGhmen1 method was so effective that the original AC syndicate t on theirooat used them for virtually every t ~ n con Before the America's CUDwas sal eo In Mav. 156 AirBlocks had been delivered to five AC syndicates. AirBlocks are clearly superior to other big boat blocks, both in weight and efficiency. Harken offers standard AirBlocks in four sizes for sheets, halyards, runn ng backstays and control llnes of offsnore ooats. A u m i n ~ man0 stainless steel s de~latesare offereo ro suit any applicaCon and rating rule ~

spscisl Feafums Large diameter, centerless sheaves Torlon mllers with Delrin balls Swivel shackles 68

Description

Sheave

& :W

Max Size Lina

Lewth

WeioM

S" 127mm

10%6 2Emm

49 m 138kg

3fi

%B'

19mm

8mm

%c'

8 mm

Breaking

1914

Alumlnumsingle

1906

Aluminum sngle wlbecket

127mm

12',8 307 mm

1.64 kg

19 mm

1877

Stainless steel single

5 127mm

107Va' 265mm

58 m 163 kg

?/a 19mm

Stainless steel single wlbecket

12'~' 307mm

72w 204 kg

lila'

127mm

19mm

8mm

6" 152mm

1 1 300mm

62w 1.74 kg

19mm

10 mm

3 343 mm

71 m 2.01 kg

1910 1915

Aluminums~ngle

---

1W7 1879

Alumnum single wibecket

152 mm

Stainless steel slngle

6 1113~6' 1 5 2 ~ 3Wmm fi

69m 196kg

h mm

8mm

3A'

10 mm

19mm

10mm

109WIbs 4944ks 109Wlbs 4944 kg

218WIbs

109301bs 4944 kg

218001bs 9888 kg

lO93Olbs 4944 kg

218Wlbs 99888 kg

143Wlbs kg 143Wlbs 6486 kg

286Wlbs 12973kp 286001bs 12973 kg

143Wlb 6486$

2ffi001bs 12973kg

6486

E h

218(101bs 9888 kg

h u m swivel blocks are designed for no-compromise boats wh ch are looking tor the ultimate in n gn-strength. l~antweiohthardware Titanium nas Ln aue ornoerties which make it eminently suitable for saiibdt hardware, It is virtually corrosion proof and has amazing strength coupled with low weight. The lightweight sideplates and heads are 6-4 titanium forthe best strength. The bails are shaped to hold sheets on the blocks while permitting the block to articulate close to the deck. Shackle heads on swivel blocks are designed to swivel to insure fair leads and feature the three-way nead system which allows the block to oe locked n front or s,de shackle confia~raton to Drevent The stana bp block neads are captive on a ritanium oadeve tor me owest DoSSible .eao with full anic~labon and the stand up device allows the block to follow leads even in light air. The alurninum sheaves have lightening holesand our hiah load comoosite/ball combination beariw. -~itaniumswivel blocks are available in four sizes with wirelrooe arooves. Thev are used for manv functions on boats f i o i 3 3 feet (10 in) including runnihg backstays, mainsheets, spinnaker sheets and guys, halyard leads and control lines. Special Features Hj-load sheaves Computer designed sideplates 17-4 PH stainless shackles Addlllonal lnfmmation- See pages 50 and 51 for an evianation of special features. See pages 52 and 53 for suggested uses.

Swivel Blocks

Stand Up Blocks I Diamster 1719

1723 1725

5 76mm

Haioht

6%'

Waloht

Line Max Size win

Fasunem Padmu Basa

8mm

6mmFH

h ' 8 m

lOmmFH

%'FH

4549

'4' 12mm

lWmm

157mm 7%' 2Wmm

28m 7940

12mm

5' 127mm

9lY18' 249mm

55m 159kg

Ms'

'#W

16mm

8 m

12mmFH

1 0 276mm

6501 184kg

34'

WFH

16mm

152mm

16m

'A'

5h6'

%'W

lOm 12mmFH

?'"' no s

BreaWno ,

Wlti 195Okg 6250ik 2835~

86Wms 39Wkg 125mlbs 5670~

95001bs 4310 k9

1SWOlbs 8620 kg

imoita z m i b s 5440k~ 10880Q

627 E28

Shackle Posts

1RUNNER BLOCUS I serious offshore boats. AirRunners (pages 72 and 73) were first d e signed for America's Cup boats and combine the free rolling performance of roller bearing sheaves with the lowest possible weight. Runner blocks are sold without heads. Choose shackle posts or tangs from those shown on this page.

Running backstay blocks must be extremely strong and reliable, but they must also be as small and light as possible. Harken offers three series of runner blocks for offshore boats of all sizes. Stainless steel runner blocks (pages 74 and 75) are ideal for IMS boats, mcerscruisers, and owners seeking the rich look of polished stainless steel. Titanium runner blocks (pages 74 and 75) are state-of-the-alt hardware for Shackle Pmt

Slle

Blak

Pmpsndlcular NO.

~ a n gPlate

Rwmer Pln Olameter

Tang part~o.

Parallel

pan NO.

C h s b t a y Pin Diameter

P& and TaW

Material

Y 737, 76mm1916,1922 3' 797 76mm 4' 697.706 1 0 2 m m 4' 1853.1853, 102mm 1919,1923 S 699,708 127mm S 1855,1865. 127 mm 1920,1924 6' 701,710 152mm 6" 1921.1925 152 mm 8' 1726,1726 203 mm

740

740 ~

798

799

741

742

1859

1660

702 198 9 5 0Y 142a 7m lPSg 10 01

747 739 748 1657 -~~ ~

743

744

1861 -

745 1932 1730

1862 -

746 1933 1731

280a 14 01 397 9 1301 369 a 1802 510 g 1702 470 g 47 02 1.33kg

749 1858 -

750 1934 1732

3 02 85 9 2 02 57 9 3 02 859 5% m 1560 4 a2 $139 9 02 255 9 602 1709 11 02 3100 1202 340 g

%6'

'/4'

12mm 'n6'

Ih"

12mm

6 mm

'46".W.h

' ,

Staidess Steel

6 mm

-~-

8 mm, lOmm. 12 mm

W ,%s'. %

Tmium Tinium

6 mm. 8 mm. 10 mm, 12 mm

Wdm SW

12 mm

lOmm

W,ins'. W

IN,%6', W,'As' 6 mm.6mm. 1Omm.12mm

Tinium

%a'

Stainless Steel

10mm. 12 mm

W 16mm

M&','h',k 6 ' . 58. 12mm,14mm, 16mm %E', 'X,k 6 ' . % ??mm. 14mm.16mm

12mm

W,%B', lomm, 12 mm 3h',%6', '6

Tmium ... Staidess Steel

10 mm, 12 mm

W,4%'

'h",58.

19 mm. 22 mm

12 mm, 16 mm

Tmium

IAIRRUNNERS I A i r ~ u n n e r smanifest the latest thinking in runner black technology: they are strong, lightweight blocks with extremely free rolling sheaves. For years racers have sacrificed performance for weight in their search for the ideal runner block. During the 1992 America's Cup Harken developed AirSheaves and AirBlocks for syndicates that recognized the need to combine low weight with high performance. While most runner blocks use composite bushing sheaves 10 carry n gn rLnnlng oackslay loaos. A rSneaves it; re Tor on 101e n n a large dlameter race wnlcn allorvs a larae number ol rollers to sha; the load. By removing the materii from the center of the Airsheave, Harken has been able to produce roller bearing sheaves with the same strength and weight as composite sheaves. Roller bearings run more freely than bushings, particularly at low loads such as when the runner is being set up or released. AirRunners feature comrtuter desianed sideolates with thin ba is for wegnl optlm zat i n . The r harokole anoo~zed.Tellon lmpregnaleo 6061-T6 alum nbm she s are legal Lnoer a rallng ruaes Ba Is are roLnded 10 Drevenl fo.~lno on llelnes and orner l~nesand pos~t~oned to allow a large range of lhne entry anales m a m g A rR~nnerss ~ ~ t a bfor t e ~~ealoltand on me sec* i n e y are olfereo in ootn slna e and becdel vets ons n l o i r slzes aopropriate for boats from 38 to 65' ( l 1 to 20 m). All runner blocks are sold without heads. Choose a tang plate or shackle post from those shown on page 71. ~

Special Features

AirSheaves featuring Torlon rollers Computer designed sidepiates Thin wall bails for weight optimization Addllional Information- See pages 68 and 69 for an explanation of special features. See pages 52 and 53 for suggested uses. 72

Des~riPiDR

;,":gr

Safe LinySitiR Wsisht Working 222 Lwd

Description 1920

Scngle

1924

Single

ShslYB Dianater

5' 127m

wikcket 1921

Single

S 121 mn

6" 152 mm-

LineMar

Weiohl

safe Workin@ Load

TITANIUM & STAINLESS RUNNER BLOCKS

Harken titanium and stainless steel runner blocks feature hi-load sheaves with compositehall combination bearings which can handle extreme loads for long periods of time. T tan um is a superb matenal for runn.ng backstay blocw, t is enremely strong for its we ant and s vinualv moerw o ~ tos corrosion. sideplates and head tangs are com&ter'designed for the lowest possible weight. All load bearing components are machined of 6-4 titanium and mechanically fastened. Welds are restricted to nonload bearing components like the bails. Sta n ess rJnner bloc6 are perm~nedby a I rating ru es and are perfen for IMS boats. racerhrusers and for owners who prefer the rich look of poiished stainless steel. They a& computer designed to optimize weight. All runner blocks are sold without heads. Choose a tang plate or shackle post from those shown on page 71. Spscial Features

Hi-load sheaves Computer designed sideplates Acceots tanos or shackle nnsts Aod ional ;ormat on -5ie-paes 50 an0 51 tor an explanat on 01 SDBC al leatares See pages 52 an0 53 tor suggested "ses

797 Titanium siqle 697

Safe

Breakinp

3' 76mm

50001k 2268 ko

lOOW lbs

TiIanium sirgle

62501k

102 mm

2835 $

125Wlk 5670 kg

706 Titanium becket

4' la2mm

625Olbs 2835kg

125W lbs 5670 kg

699 ntan~um s1qIe

1 ~ 9 o INS o

127 mm

4944kg

21803 ibs 9888 kg

10930 lbs

218W lbs

708

Ttanlum

Weight

: :

oescnption

;!:Er 152 mm

710

Titanium beck*

152mm

1726 Titanium siqle

Zmmm

482 kg

33 02

ntmi,am

Sate

?:W:

Breakin0

143W lbs W k p

28WO lbs 12973kg

40 01 113kg

143001bs W k g

28603 lbs 12973kg

48 02 136kg

24250 lbs IlMOkg

48500 Its 21999kg

58 02 1.64 ko

1AIRSPRHCCER BLOCKS 1 Spreachers are ideal spinnaker sheet lead blocks for modern offshore boats. The double in-linesheave configuration permits Lse of the block for splnna6er changes witnour the use of WO altachment Polnts. a serioa conslderat~onon modern ooats with cored decks Airspreachers are gntwe~ght,hlgh-slrength spinnaker sneet bocks. Thev Lse rlamen's A rSneaves wnlch leature Torlon rollers and~elrinballs for the ultimate in free roll~ng performance. Their large diameter bearing races can carry n~ghloaas. yet the open centers keep we~ghrto a m n m m When slz n0- A rsoreacners be sure rhattne smaller . secondary sheave is adequate for the highest anticipated loaa the bloc< may see All spreacner olocks leature a hang na tab so thattnev can be susoendeo from me Pan

Sped81 FeaBrat Hanging tab Three-way head system Rollerlball bearing system Extreme strength to weight ratio

NO.

1916 1917

Shemm Diameter ~ r i m vsecondarl 3' 76mm 4'

57mn

Sak WORI~O h d nmatcinu olanatmr line Pdmsy Smcondsv Stnnglh

858' 219 mm

20.702 5870

4' 12 mm

4950 l$ 2245Lp

4950 1bs 224s kg

9gWlbs 4491 kg -

d SNATCH BLOCKS I W i t h theirooenino sideplates and snap shackles, snatch blocks are versa1 e performers on offshore boars of all szes The snap snackles mean rney can oe anacned lo any free padeye or ball wnlle the ooenlna slaes mean lh3t me sheets may be ~nsened without reeving ;free end through the block. he^ are perfect for applicahons ke mast base reeling olocks or chang~ngsneell arm are onen usw for defleclor olochs on soinnader sneets or ro pass halyards to a free winch. Harken snatch blocks feature low friction sheaves and a unique one-hand opening latch. Sheaves roll on roller/ball races for ease of adjustment under high loads and instantaneous release under low loads. The 1600 uses Delrin roller bearings a h le tne h -load 1601 uses Torlon rol ers The ousn-b~nonlarcn al ows the b ocks ro be opened wlln one hand, a definite advantage on a pitching boat.Trip buttons are protected to prevent accidental release. Sideplates are urethane to prevent damage to decks, spars, and cabin houses. An integral bail permits hanging the blocks from Ifel~nesW m snockcora. Snao shackles are s zea for bloc6 loaas Thev W I f t most aoorob;iate oadevesand bails, but should not be f~tteddirectly to tod rails which do not permil properanic~ation. Snarch D ocks may oe Lsed for genoa eads. but SnO~ldnot be Jsea asgenoa foot blocks. ~~~~

Special Fealures

One-hand latch Rallerlball bearing sheaves Urethane sideplates SnaD shackles

Common Specifieatiom Sheave diameter - 2M' (64 mm) Max line size - 5N (16 mm)

z* D~a~rlpllon Landh 1MX)

Snatch block

snatchblock

5%' 146mm 6 159mm

Safa

16mm

W 16mm

~orklnl

2250 lk l m l kg 35Mlbs 1588b

19mm 1M6' 26mm

aim

Load

4850 lk 22Wkg 7WOlbs 3175kg

21 02 5829 2202

-77

6209

H a k e n offers a wide array of genoa lead cars and track slides. The tri-roller lead car offers many unique advantages. The wide sheave will accept two sheets for easy sail changes and is mounted very close to the deck to permit sheeting of low clewed genoas. The vertical side rollers protect sheets and reduce friction even when leads are unfair. The single piece construction reduces noise and damage from luffing sails. Tri-roller lead cars are provided with a towing bail for adjustment and must be used with a track stop. Tri-roller lead cars are available to fit metric or English track. Genoa lead blocks offerthe simplicity of a pin stop vpe car. The pin stops can be locked in an up position to facilitate movement along the track. Track slides offer a convenient attachment point for snatch blocks or other lead blocks. They feature plastic slides to reduce friction and to protect tracks. The pin stop may be locked in an up position. Track stops are low profile and easy to open even with cold, wet hands. T track is clear-anodized aluminum and is available only in metric sizes. 78

Mar we s h a " h ~ c l Workiw Diam*ar Dlamnta Load -.-

Bmsl;ins

1IOOlbs 500-kg 1895ibs 860b 44751bs 2WO$ Z0501bs 950kg

26501t6 1mkg ?85O lb 1750$ 9920 1 k 45WkU 4625 1 k 2100kg

3950ibs 1sOOkg S W lk z500 kg

8150 1 k 3703 kg 123MlbS S W kg

DsCdptln

Llngth

Winh

Haight

8153

Genoalead Wfor nmmmk-duminum

% 3' 95mm

2% %mm

B154

Genoalead Clockfor

3Y4

2 smm

15ih01 4 115mm 4399 34 02 4% 11smm 9619 5 6802 150mm 195kp l 13.3m 47mm 3778

nmw-mm 0155

Genoalead tlwidor 40mnw-dmme

Slidefaa mn W-chrome 8157 Slideta X mn back - dlrome B158 Slidefa40 mn back - drome

6156

95mm 5%. 142mm 3% mmm 3 %mm

541s'

14zmm

2% 70mm 1%' 37mm 1"~s" 46mm

2%'

%mm

2%' 56mm

2%'

70mm

WaipM

18'hm 52411 38M02 1.m$

2' 5zmm 2' 52mm 2"/16' 68mm

14mm

%t 14mm 22mm

smsngm

'Avalabletol~tAmemantrack. Add Eto Mrt numkr $henordernp Description 81871A Tri-roller lead car fa 25mmtmck-aluminum

Lenoth

Width

Heloht WeipW

3%' 90mm

l %mm

3% 85mm

1402 4009

Mu Sheet Diameter ,,iamelsr l'# 38mm

%C 1875lbs 39501bs 12mm 850kg 18Wkg

81872A Tri-roller lead car for 32mmtmck-aiuminum

415/16' 2%' 4%' 311hoz 115/1/16" ?45" 125mm 7Omm 1lOmm 9X)g 50mm 14mm Blanc' Tri-roller lead car for 32 mm 415/16' 2% 4%' 311h02 115/16' 948' (ll/i)irack-chrome 125mm 70mm 1lOmm W g 50mm 14mm 81873.4 Tri-mller lead car for 6llAs' 3% 5'81 5702 2% %' 40mmtmck-aluminum 170mm 85mm 13Ilmm 1.62kg 60mm 20mm Bl873c' Tri-mller lead car for 40 mm 6"As' 3% 5'81 5702 2% (1lW)track-chrome l7Omm 85mm 1 3 m m 1.62k9 60mm

4950 lbs 99Wibs 225Okg 45WQ 4630 lbs 99h)ibs 2100kg 4500kg

6945 lbs 14300 lbs 20mm 3150kg 6500kQ

18mm

1375 lbs 2850 1bs 630 kg 13W kg

2%~" 1' 56mm 25mm

4m 1139

2650 1hs 55M 10s 12Wkg 25M)kg

2%~" 78 56mm 23mm

4 113

Slap for 25 mm track

32mm

l 43mm

82056'

Stop for 40 mm (1'fl)track

11546' 50mm

Stop for 32 mm (11/11 track

1'54s' 50mm

82057'

3300 I k 70501bs 1%0kg 32WkQ

4m 1139

82055

Sale Workino B"akinp Load Strewth

'3~s'

1750 ibs 3850 10s

Metric TTrack

1W mn (3'5Afl Fastanw Spacing 26 mm (A) 32 mm (A) 40 mm (A) r 4 m m ( ~ ) r 6 m m ( ~ ) r l l m m (B) RackLanCh

8201-1.5~ B20315m - . 8202-15m .0201-2 m 8202-2 m B2032 m

1,5m(411)

8201-2.5 m 8202-25 m 82052.5 m

2 5 m 8(2% )'

2 m(68W)

8201-3 m 8202-3m BM33m 3 m(9'10Me') 8201-3.5 m 8202-3.5 m B20335m 3.5 m ( l l 5 W ) 8201-4 m

8202-4 m

82034 m

4 m (13'1'4')

8mz-4.5 m ~ 2 0 3 4 . 5m 4.5 m (149%q

8201-5 m

8202-5 m

BM35m

5 m (16'474')

STAINLESS S E E T TRACK

Stainless steel T track is designed for luxury cruisers and cruiserlracers. The back is polished to a mirror-like finish and chemically treated to resist corrosion even in tropical saltwater. Three stainless tracks are available in metnc sizes suitable for boats fmm 33 to 140' (9.5 to 42 m). Tracks feature an lntegral riser and have two pin stop holes betwean each fastener to facilitate fine adjustment of can. 1898 is a hi-load version of the 1830 40 mm trackand uses 12 mm FH fasteners. Track end stops prevent cars fmm coming off of tracks, dress the track ends, and prevent lines from snagging They are also nlghly polished sta n(e5.s. Tracks are available in two standard lengths, 2 m (6'6q4') an0 4 m (13'1lR'), or may be oraered cut to length with the ends polished. Spsdal Fedurns

Mirror like finish Corrosion resistant alloy Integral riser Pin stop holes at close intervals C m o n SprcIdwtIm Fastener Hole Spaciq - 100 mm (315%') Pin Stop Hole Spacing 50 mm (115,467 Onfwlny b I m ~ I l o n - T o order track cut to length with the ends polished, add part number 1832 to the order and specify emct length desired. Due to hole placements, it may be necessary to sligmly modify the length you request.

Lam 1833

k'! hmd,Uom 1 W

iW 1888

4OmmTback 32mmTmk 40 mm Hi-load

1835

1889

%S'

8 mm

12mm ks' 8 mm

'%e' Mmm

lhe' 40 mm % 1'

32 mn

6 mm

W 14mn

End stop for 40mmTtreck End stop for 32 mm Ttrack End Sop for

1701

WFH

76mm 238' Wmm

4820

1OmmFH %e'FH 8mmm

26mn l

338'

6m 1700 1902

Whir

38'

'%S'

lOmm ke. 8 mm

M mm

43 02A 4 kp/m

\ET'

wsipm

1830 1835

32mm

hasmr

RemmmenId Stop fin Dlannta

%FH

W 12mm 10mm

%am

l 0 mn FH ks'M

lsmm

2.4 k@n

8mnW

A? nlm

38'

1 BIG BOAT SHMVES I B i g boat sheaves are the foundation upon which big boat blocks are built. They are offered separately to give boat ownen high quality sheaves for special applications. Big boat sheaves feature the Harken balllroller bearing system in which Todon rollers carry the high radial loads whtle Delrin balls support sloe loads Wnen chooslna bia boar sheaves, care s n o ~ l doe taken to choose &heave based upon load carlying capability ratherthan physical dimensions. Speclal Features Torlon rollerlbdl bearing system Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated 6061-T6 Aluminum Addlllonal Intornation- See pages 50 and 51 for an explanation of special features.

Pan Diarnster Widlh 5W 518 519 5%

3' 76mm

W 22mm

yz:r

Safe Wwkinu Load

Center Hole Fanenats Dlameler

3WOI8 4Q50lbs 99Wlb 1 3 6 1 k g ~ 2 ~ S k g 4491 kg

lOmm

1Qmm

lomm

4 1' 114 mm 25mm

74001b 3357kg

14850 ibs 6736 kg

SW' l 140mm 2Qmm 4' W l m m m 22mm

970018 44Wkg 3ml8 163kg

1485lbbs 297Wlb 6736 kg 13472k~ 22mm 4QSlbs 99WIb W 2245kg 4491kg lOmm

297Wlb 13472 kg

Waipht 6 02 1709 l 35mm

lOmm

1% 41 mm

lOmm

16 m 454g 27ce 765g l 0 ce

Hi-load sheaves are the heart of our standard running backstay blocks and big boat deck organizers. They are offered separately for replacementsand for use in special applications which require a very strong. compact slleave. They are popular for use in masts and booms and for through-the-transom running backstay installations. Hi-load sheaves use a special bearing system which combines side load carrying balls with a Teflon composite bushing to carry the radial loads. While not as free rolling as the standard Harken balllroller bearing system, this hi-load bearing system is extremely durable and well suited to applications which must carry very high loads in a restricted diameter. Breaking strengths are based on the use of solid 304 stainless steel shahs. Special Feabrres Addilhnal ldomalion-

754 712 714 716

Lightening holes

Hi-load bearing system

Dlamter Wldh

See .oaaes - 50 and 51 for an

explanation of special features. 84

1734

3' 76mm

74'

Zmr

4' A 102mm Zmr 5' 1' 127mm a m m 6' 1' 152mm 2 5 m l 8' m m m 35mn

CsnlBr h, NZ0 PI" win Marndsr

W g;&,*

B WdMl Cw~

7'WOlbs 31754

165mlbs 737,797. 7 4 M b 1711,1719

12m01bs 54434

32WOlbs 687,705. 14515kg 1713,1721 51WOlbs W.706, 23133kg 1715.1723 51WOms 701,710, 231334 1717,1725 l m M a l b 17261728 453604

502 142~

12mm

12mn

8mm

l 0 oz 2849

11/16'

Re'

l8mm

12mn

8mm

171u 4818

Zmm

16mn

8mm

1SOWlbs 680441

'4' Zmm % '1 32mm

lsWDbs

16mm %' Zmn

23m 6529 46az 1.mb

l O m m 816641 W 37WOIbs 12mm 16783u

mat

NARROW HALYARD & STEERING SHEAVES Harken's narrow halyard and steering sheaves are specifically designed for masthead and steering system installations where size and weight are cr~t~cal considerations. Narrow halyard and steering sheaves are computer designed, use 6061-T6 aluminum, and feature lightening holes for maximum weight savings. The use of these sheaves in mastheads improves sail handling remarkably, speeding sail changes and allowing the use of smaller, lighter halyard winches. When used in steering systems, these sheaves return crucial "feel" to wheel steered boats. Because halyard and steering sheavesare subjected to very n qn oao ng lney tealure a spec a oear r ~ sysrem g wnlcn conio nes stde oao carrbtna oa s %, th a Tef on composite bushing to carry the rabial loads. While not as free rolling as the standard Harken balllroller bearing system, this high load bearing system is extremely durable and well suited to masthead and steering installations. Breaking strengths are based on a solid shaft of type 304 stainless steel. This strength will vary if other shaft materials are used.

Pan No.

Diameter

691

3 76mn1 4 1Mmm

---

692

6" ~

152mm ~~-

~~~

Sde Max S i l o Lim Wife -

3/16'

12mm

l0mm

5mm

Lold

Breakinp Stfenglh

4WOlbs

1ffi001b

1ffiOOIk 7481kg 371001k 16828ky

M E & 7484ky

801

4 '

8250b

19 mm1

2279 1202

12mm

12 mm

B mm

3749-

3409

19mm

1 2 m m B m m -~5443k9

19mm

1 2 m m 1 0 ~ - ~ 5 a ~16828ky %S 'A6 21WlIOs GMXWl lk 14 rnrrl 12 m 9526 kg 29937 kg

694

685

4 4'/2 02 16mm_l289

5' N 1271nn1 19-mm

693

Lightening holes

Hi-load bearing system Narrow wtdth Additionallnlonalion- See pages 50 and 51 for an explanalion of special features. See pages 52 and 53 for suggested uses.

Cenler Pin

Weight --

Special Features

Width

1902

22 m m

5399

~p~

178mnl

25 mm

2701 7659

7, ,,

25 mol

5,s'

3h'

12OWlbs 1GMX)lbs

37100lk

Air~heaves"are the heart of the AirBlocksm that were aevelopea for America's Cup boats Ulat demanded extremely I oht sheaves that cou d carrv.verv, hioh - working l i d s h t h v e r y low friction. By using- very. larae diameter bearing races. these sheaves can carry n gh loads on Torlon rollers Side loads are carned av -,two rolls of ball bearings to reduce friction caused by line twist and unfair leads. The center of the sheave has been eliminated to reduce weight. AirSheaves are offered se~aratelvfor use in s~ecial applications like spars, thru-deck leads, or custom finings Due to their ~nusJalsnape an0 n~ghworking loads. AirSheaves must be mOJnled W M areat care to insure that load is properly distributed to ihe support structure and to the fasteners. Normal 18-8 or 316 stainless steel fasteners may be used, but the sheave must be properly aligned to the load. ~~

Spe~Ialfislw(IE Torlon rollerlball bearing system Hardkote anodized, Teflon imprwnated 6061-76 aluminum Minimum weight for working l a d AddiffonalInlonnsfI~- See pages 50 and 51 for an explanation of special features and page 68for further information.

Fastener holes must be perpendicular tothe load

011metw

Sal0

~ 1 ~ 1 t h WO~LIW

~gnmn

Load

lea2 1883

76 mm

22mm

H-

102m 1W 1%

127mn 6

152mm

22mm 1 29mm l

29mm

49501bs 2245kg 72W bs

WI~S

3266kg

6532 kg

B m %e' 8 mm

lmlbs 4944kg 143Wbs

219Wlbs

M86h

4491 iql

144Wlbs

=kg 28MY)lb 1797Rh

12mm lh' 17-

72;

weila

H' 151Klmm

5'n m

W 2223 mm 1' 254mm 1' 76Amm

1569 9m Wg

17% m 4920 23 oz -9n

d STEERING SHEAVES I Steering sheaves are designed to put the "feel" back into boats vrith wheel sreerlng They l&o the steering cables from tne wneel to the aLadranl and red~celnctlon n t h S h " ahlv, oaoeo svstem to a minimum. Since steering sheaves are placed in the weight sensitive aft end of the boat, we use our 692 and 694 lightweight narmw sheaves. These sheaves feature a hi-load bearing system which combines side load cartying balls with a Teflon composite bushing to support the radial loads. There are four stainless brackets available for mountina steering sheaves. Pivoting brackets will lay over45" to simplify alignment of the steering cables with the sheaves and quadrant. Fixed brackets are liahter and lower. All bracketsfeature bolt slots so that thev' can be Gisted up to l0"for better alignment after installation. Special Features

316 stainless steel brackets Large diameter sheaves Hi-load bearings Additional /nformatian- See pages 50 and 51 for an explanation of special features.

waipm

Description 4' (102 mm) Steering sheave wlfixed bracket 4' (102 mm) Steering sheave w/pivoting bracket6 (152 mm)Steering Sheave wnixed bradel

19 m 539 0 21 m 5959 4002 1.1 kg

MW Wira Siza 5

8 mn 5h'

8 mm

W 10mm

Safs

workino Load 5000 1bs 2268 kg 35W lbs

1588kg 7500 lbs 3402 kg

Bmaldnp Strangth

Uses Sheave

2 25'157 mm). 3 0 V (76 mm) Foot Blocns 51 1. 528. 552. 553 768 769.1739.1740. 1839 1840.1756 1758 1765,7766

8 00' (203 mm Foot BIOCKS536 538 7.. . . . 1000 1254 mm, FOOT ~ 1 o c < s 6 0 1602. 1742 1743

4 W i 1 1 4 mm). 550'(140 mm) 7.00' (178 mm) Fmt Blacds 509.512.513. 514.530.532.534. 770. 771, 772. 773. 774.775

2.25 (57 mm), 3.00' (76 mm), 4" (100 mm), 4.50'(114 mm). 5.0V (127mm). 5.50" (140mm), 6.00" (152 mm) 1721,1723, Stand Up Blocks-670,672,874,676,1719, 1725.1735.1736,1737,1738,1767,1769.1886,1897

MARKEN USA

M667 Sta~nlesssteel h e n nabam ead P(~d~m4W(114mm)mlerbearno sheave SW. 14.850 bs l6750 rpl

C2932 Stainless stssl dew block with 6.047 (152 mm) hi-load sheave. SWL 26.WO lbs (11.800 kg)

CUSTOMIWIDWARE

(

The Harken Custom Department exists to provide products that complement the standard line. As racing and cruising boats become more sophisticated, customers require hardware that not only fills a specific need, but is also engineered and finished to the exacting standards of their custom yachts. The demand for custom blocks, traveier cars, sheaves, rudder bearings and other components continues to grow. Harken has always been attracted to this market as an outlet for our creative talents. The ability to blend production hardware with custom gear has sewed us well in a mardet once dominated by smaller spec alzed cJstom man~fact~rers. Personnel from oJr office in Newoort. Rnode Island WOrK W th b~.lders, designers, project managers, distribitors, captains, and owners to leve op ihe parts they requre. Their sal1 ng exper ence and dab to aay :ontact with a var~etvof custom oroiects ensures that darken cJSt0m hardware will be functional, attractive, and reliable O J engineers ~ and des~gnersIn PewauKee turn [he prelmlnary des~gnspec~flcat~ons Into parts U s ~ ayl we can prov de gear from

our portfolio of existing custom designs, but sometimes a new part must be designed. Manufacturing custom parts utilizes state of the art processes including EDM and CNC machining. Many parts also require careful hand polishing to produce the luster our customers expect Experience gained developing and building custom parts is invaluable in refining and improving our standard products. Many standard items have evolved directly from custom projects. This year's work included extensive involvement with mega-yachts, Whitbread boats, both W s and maxis. French multihulls, and the latest generation of IMS boats. New developments include ultra-light snatch blocks, mega-yacht gear based on the AirBlock concept, and aluminum blocks with weights and strengths comparable to titanium fittings. These pages highlight a number of custom products we have produced recently. If you're involved in a proiect that might need some special gear, contact our Custom Department to discuss your needs- we'd enjoy working with you.

C2998 S1a.n PSS *eel On lea0 b l m rblh ~ 6 OU (152 mm, meate lou1101ma- nrneets or *nere.er a low line heiohl is desirable. ~

~~~~

C3473 Stalnlffs steel foot b l ~ k wllh wlde 5 00 (127 mm) AlrSheave SWL14 500 Ibs (6590 kg)

1MEGA-YACHTS I A n e r their successful debut at the America's Cup we refined our AirBlocks for use on mega-yachts. Our feeling was that, despite the extreme loaas me olocrs dld not have to be bulky ana heavy to oe strono and ehiclent A lanter dock ma<es boat nandl.na easler and forablications such asilying runner blocks is actua~l~safer. Polished stainless sideplates and bails combine with the hollow center look of the Airsheaves to produce hardware that looks both thoroughly modern and opulent. Some customers and boats require more traditional blocks and we w n t i n ~ eto ofter oLr normal range of mega-yacntgear. Wood snell blocks uslna oLr n~ahrecn sheaves combme a Iota I/ traditional look 4 t h highlevels of performance.

Ininiv, NekonMareh /MS 54 -8iny ~ B C Xphoto

C2977 Mid-range aenoa lead carwith tmepn D#" rlop SWL 2800lbs 1270 *p, .W pht 1 54 bs (703

C2617 Aluminum low lead block with 3.00'(76 mm) hi-lad sheave. SWL 50W lbs (2268 kg): weight 1.86 lbs (840 p).

partlculany Interesting cnallenge for the C~stomDepartment th s year was to des gn and ~ JdI hardware that 111the requlremenlr of me Wnltoread 60 rule (see pages ll - 13). Restrictions on mater als Drevented the use of rtanium In any hardware ana precluaed tne dse of i 7 - 4 ~ rstaln l ess In custom Darts Parts that would normallv be slmDle deslan oroiects now weredifiicult problemsas qur designek were forced to turn to aluminum and 316 stainless steel. The gear that evolved has worked beautifully on the Whitbread 60 boats and many items have been adapted to use on large IMS yachts which face similar materials restrictions. 92

C31m

Big boat slider rad genm lead car on Broobfield. SWL 5WO ibs (2540 kp) Kai G. Llndholm Photo.

numfixed5.W C34W halyard (127lead mm)blalumiock. SWL 9000 lbs (4080 kg).

C3186 Mid-rawe headboard Car tor 2:l main halyard.SWL 7,WOIbs (3175 kg).

C3174 3.Wl4.W'(76 mm/100 mm) titanium spreacher block. SWL6250 lbs (2835 kg).

C3157 4.00' (102 mm) titanium snatch block. SWLBW l& (2268 kg): weight 20 W (567 g).

d C2741 Mini-mi outhaul wrwithtitanumwmer. SWL 10,WOlhs (4540 kg)- J Riewymut Photo.

""I"

There are still classes of boats that don't restrict materials and this gives our custom engineers the oppoltunity to explore new materials and ret~neoLr exsting range of gear us ng carbon fiber ana t tan Jm Th s vear we nave made tllanlum snatcn blocks an0 neadboard cars and carbon fiber winch pedestals as well asvariations of ourtitanium blocks using AirSheaves. For the next America's CUDwe will be takino these dwelooments to the extreme, producing blocks that are stmiger and lighter than anything we've made before. While many boats are not permitted to use exotics. we have found that oroducts develooed usina unrestricted mater~alscan often be successf;lly modified and built wiih materials that are legal in all classes.

4+=&& ~. ., ...

.,-

. :, '

C2856 Mini-maxi travelercarwith titanum cwpler. SWL 1EQmlbs (7260 kg)-J Riepeyrauf PhOlo.

C2611 Large diameter, lighhveight, self aligning rudder bearing wnh intwral shan seal.

3 SEERING GEAR I Harken steering systems are steadilv aainina DoDularitv in the racino world. Much of what we learned building steeiing'gear fbr~merica'sCJP boals nas been app ,ed to the oes gin ol steer ng heads and rJdaer beannas for ottsnore boats. Wnere steerina heads were once exlremelv ~, complicated mechanisms we have refined range of semi-standard heads that are light and simple, but sacrifice none of the performance and reel" of our earlier systems. Our aluminum wheels are stronger and stiffer than comparable composite wheels and our quadrants can be made to fit virtually any size and shape of rudder stock. Steering pedestals that were once offered only in alurninum are now offered in KevlarIS-glasslepoxy composite construction - a lighter, stronger, more versatile material. Self aligning rudder bearings allow for deflection of composite rudder stocks and hulls while maintaining ultra low friction performance. Bearings are available for shafts as large as 11' (279 mm) in diameter.

C2669 LightweigM aluminum sleerlng quadrant Weight 6.44 lbs (2.92 kg).

COMPLEMENTARY MRDWARE

Rwndedteeth dl mt cuf or t e a

line they hold by squeaiop not cuthw Into 1

Smnh Y entry keeps ltne In when cam

Super s t m g cams are made of HardhoteTeflonimpregnated die cast aluminurn.

i O d n hole aliom

A spffiial spriq nude Of tlm fimst materid in

the wwld is canple(ely

nm.cOrmsiw.

tripped walw

to esw$e.

Haldk.de Tenon irnprepnated die cast alurninun base hasfairiw for smwth entry d line and is raised so you can pllthelim in witbut scraping knuckles.

Three rows of DelrinB ball bearings distribute high loads eveniy and allow cams to rotate

Srnmthly andeasily.

A good cam cleat holds searely without damag np line, engages and

releases eawlv, w o w eauallv well witn a ranae of I ne diameters. and withstands yeirs of use wmhut suffering weit damage. In ~anuaryof 1984 a pateit was issued to Peter ~ a r l t which k covers the use oirotatable bearings in a cam cleat and me specific geometry of cam pawls. S~ncethat time no other cleat has matcned or s~rpassedthe Harken Cam-Matic" for performance and durability. Ball bearings are one key to the Cam-Matic's success. Because the pawlsfloat on multiple rows of bearings,they open easily even under high loads. Lines engage with simple downward pressure and there's l loaded lhnes through the .aws to ease sneers no need to p ~ lhlghly or halvards - lust flick mem out Because tne oaw s nde on war nas. the &m spr n'gs can be very llght to allow even easler ine entty The Cam-MancS patented geometry insues that the same nJmwr of teeth ono the line reaard.ess of ts diameter. This allows the use of rounded-teeth that do not damage line and they hold small, hard, hightech adjustment lines as well assoft large lines with equal force. ~ i g h t sorina ~ressureand soeeial oeometw also allow the use of round teeth because the pawls cl& evenly and don't need to bite into the cover to insure that they close. The aluminum jaws are Hardkote anodized with Teflon impregnation. Their hardened, round, die cast aluminum teeth and slippery Teflon surface resist line abrasion better than any plastic, including those filled with materials like carbon. Aluminum is a terrific material for

0 ssipating heat where plasrlcs ten0 to burn durlng h gh speed trimmino an0 ndvaro raislna w here are fouisizes of hen Cam-Matic cleats for boats from the smallest dinghys to large offshore boats. The 279 micro Cam-Matic is designed for small control lines. The alum num teeth wear well with the hard. small I nes tawred ovotnahv sailors. The IlA6' (27 mm) hole spacingallows cleats to be s ~ c e d c i o s e together and is perfect for use where many control lines lead to a small area. The all-plastic 200 low profile Cam-Matic is a lightweight cleat for small or medium sized line lise t when the oad s low an0 adl~stment IS infreauent Avoid the 200 when line s drawn throuah the laws dunna" adiustmenr. The 150 Cam-Manc 1s used for high oads and for appllcat~ons wnere the line s adiusted often or is drawn throuah the aws d ~ r i n a adjustment. The aliminum base and jaws make i i a stroig, durablecleat. he 280 offshore Cam-Matic was designed to complement the midranoe series of blocks. It will accommodate line to 518" (16 mm) and wiligive rugged . . service in high load situations.

Cam Klls Each cam is available in a packaged set which includes a cam, wedge and appropriate wire faidead. See page 98 for wedge and wire fairlead specifications.

Doscription

Cam

315

Micro cam kit

279

297

284

114 m

316

Cam-Malic kit

150

145

3 1 ~ 0 ~

317

Gifshore cam kit

280

283

137 . .282

Wsdps Fairlsad WdoM

34 Q

6% m

325

MicmCam-Matic wIWira f a i m d

326

Low pmtile Cam2W Matic w l w i r e f a a e a c - ~. CamMatic 150 wIWire fairlead

327

939

279

184 0 1m 28g .

284 298

2m 57 Q 3m 860

298

; I

Cam-Malic " Cam Cleats

"U.

Description

150

Cam-Matic

Low~mfile Cam-Matic

HeiuM

Lsnuth

Widlh

Wsiohl

-~~

Max ,LI

Min

Max

p$$

Fasiensr Size

Faslsmr Sprlnp

xiom

LyFH

38mm

'h' 12mm

XIO~ 5mmFH

1'8 38mm

%6'

8mm

3 mm

15oibs @kg

5W l b 227kg

X8 RH 4mmRH

1Hs' 27mm

l/<

'h'

1501t6

6mm

3 mm

'/I' FH 6mmFH

2% 52mm

58'

!v4'

C~OOI~

l6mm

6mm

3WIb PWk6 136Q duminum ~ W O I ~ S Alumhum 454 ko

Llnc s i = 'h" 3mm

Wmlnp a LO* 3 ~ i b 136kg

Malerial

7501ts 340kg

Ahmnum W

279

280

Micro Cam-Matic

llM6.

19 mm

47 mm

22 mm

Mfshore Cam-Matic

1'/4' 32mm

3W 85 mm

1'h" 38mm

2 ! g ~ 5% 02 1480

227h

Darcriptln 137 201

Eyestrap

281

Low prclile eyestrap Micm eyestrap

282

Large eyestrap

284

Micm wire faillead

Weimt 32 m 99 .l6m 4.5 g .16m 4.5 g .8m 23 24 02

.5 m

Wrefaidead

Flk

lln'

150.m

38 mm 1% 38 mm 1MS' 27 mm 2M6' 52 mm 11A6' T7 mm 1W 38 mm

79 298

hslomr Spldnu

149

150,2W 279 280 279 150,200

CAM CLEAT ACCESSORIES

[here are four eyestraps to provide afairlead on cams and to hold the llne at the cleat when not in use. The 284 and 298 wlre fa rleaas can be used with the 150.200 ~. and 279 cleats to olace a latrlead ahead of the cam. The 201 may be fitted to the l50 when a low profile fairlead is desired and the line is no larger than 5/16' (8 mm). A weage k ~ist avai able for each cam so clears can be ang ed 15'for better leads in sDeclal sltLat ons. Tne 150,200ana 279 cleats can also be fitted to either flat or 15"angled risers to provide proper leads. Eacn wedge and anglea r ser ncluaes an under-aeck sn~mto ~roviae a properly angled mo~ntings~rlace for nuts when the &m is through:bohd.98 ~~

145

297

283

293 294 295 296

Cam-Mdic wedge kit Micm cam wedge kA Offshore cam wedge kt Flat micm cam riser 1S'Angled micm cam riser Flat Cam-Matic riser 15'Angled Cam-Matic riser

l'h'

289 16m 59

38 mm 1'46' 27mm Z1/ra' 52 mm 1He' 27mm 1 K 27mm l]A. 38mm lfh' 38mm

15m 43 9 .5 m 14 Q .75 m 21 9 1m 28 Q 1.25m S o

150, 2W 279 280

Sb' 16mm

279

19mm

150, 200

22 mm l' 25mm

150. m

r 328 muntedaheadd 150cam.

<mounted

1 CAM FAIRLEAD I T h e 328 cam fairlead allows cleats to be used even when lines enter or leave the cam at unfair angles. Mounted aft of the cam, the fairlead allows engagement ano release of lines from a W de ranoe of ano es. Th~ss Ideal for controls on moiern boais where crew may move from the cockpit to a trapeze or the weather rail, yet the weight and expense of swivel cams is not justified. Mounted ahead of the cam, the 328 accepts lines with varying leads such as traveler contmls on small catamarans. Made of fiber reinforced, Teflon lubricated plastic, the fairlead is extremely resistant to abrasion. Lines ride on large diameter stainless tubes which minimize friction and wear on both the faillead and lines. The 328 fits both the 150 and 200 Cam-Matic cleats and can be reversed for eitherfront or rear mounting. Special Features Fiber reinforced plastic Teflnn . . lubricated -.~ - bndv ~ - - ~ Sta~ness tunes ~ r o t e ; ~ ws -arge alameler g.des for m fr ctlon Reversible Fits 150 and 200 Cam-Matic cleats

att OI 1% cam.

Even at acute angles. ilnes can esily be emaged imo cams. Teflon lubricated plastic and stainless steel guide tubes ensure law fridion.

M Mouni 328 sews as a engaged or released from a wlde range of angles - compact. Iw, fnctlon farlead for llnes that enter from a varlely d angles crew can m v e tothe weather rat1 or onto the trapeze and still harmle contml lows

Heifihl

Ibme Deck

Cam Fairlead

1SOCsm t7h' 48mm

zoocam

1%' 44mm

:A",

Pmjectr

cam '%S'

17mm

Projects

Weighl

'46'

sa'

l 02

tlmm

16mm

289

POWER SHEET JAMMERS

Harken sheet iamrners feature a double control system. The small hand lever allows the jammer to be opened under ligM loads. A winch handle is used to release the jamrner under heavy loads The oDen too des an allows Hamen iarnmers to be used forgenoa and spinnaker shiets. The jammer is placed in line between the block and a winch. Sheets may be forced down into the jaws to take the load off the winch. The jaws remain open until the lip of the winch socket is pressed whereupon they snap closed. The low profile, cornDact size, and the fact thar the hana ever does not protrude beyona the base v,n~allyellm~natesMe poss.ol iry of fouling sheets. Power sheet jammers are available in two sizes in Hardkoteancdized aluminium or chrorned bronze. Polished bronze is available by special order. Special Features Winch handle release for heavy loads Hand lever release for light loads Available in right or lett hand models. 100

Desription -

B1773AR --

Large aluminum sheet jammer (right) ~

Bl773CR

Larwchrmesheet iammer (right)

B1773AL

Large aluminum sheet jammer (left) Laroechromesket jammer (left)

B17T3CL

B1866AR

as'

6' 150mm 6'

3'5/16'

241s'

l W m

56mm

3901 1.1 kg

315/16'

P&'

11301

150m

lWmn

56mm

32kQ

14mm Z m m

75mm

44mm

1.3$

lOmm 14mm M W k g

14mm Z2mm 9/16'

550l lbr 25Wkg 7150lbs

3250$

Small aiuminumsheet jammer (tight)

B1866CR

Small chromesheel iammer(nght) ~.

B186SAL

Smallaluminurnsheet jammer (W) B1866CL Small chromesheel jammer (W)

lmmn

4 x lOmm

4xlomm

1 CAMBASES I Harken cam bases provide a variety of mounting possibilities for blocks and cam cleats. The patented ball bearing swivel bases. 144, 205, and 1574, ride on two rows of ball bearings to insure smooth, easy pivoting under load. As you change positions in the boat, the base will swivel freely to insure a fair lead even under high loads. The 205 and 144 are provided with the 145 wedge kit so the cam may be angled to best suit your specific needs. The lightening hole on all swivel cam bases may be used to pass the sheet when the cam is reversed for a downwards release. The 205 is perfectfor dinghys and small offshore boats where the base is mounted at deck level. It is used with big bullet blocks, dinghy blocks, 2.25" blocks, and litle Hexaratchets. The cleat is the 150 Cam-Matic. The 144 is a more upright base and is ideal for mounting on the cockpit sole or on heavy course racing keel boats and small offshore boats where a larger block is desired. The 144 accepts 2.25' blocks, 3.00"light duty blocks, and the Hexaratchet 11+2. The 150 Cam-Matic cleat will handle line to M' (12 mm). The 1574 is designed to accept mid-range blocksand is suitable for use on the mainsheet of boats as large as 43 feet (13 m). It is fitted with the 280 offshore Cam-Matic cleat which will accept line as large as 5h' (16 mm). The 240 and 241 swivel bases with cams are useful for control lines on boats of all sizes and are frequently used for mainsheets and jib sheets on boardboats and small dinghys. The 238and 239are used when your direction of pull is not always directly in line with the cleat. The bullseye fairlead holds the line at the cleat when not in use. Spmial Features Smooth pivoting under load Cam-Matic ball bearing cam cleats

Height Wqm

Dnscripion ~~~

y::

Fastnnan

:ziz

Ha; Workiw

load -

144

Swivel base

13 m l43mm 3699

j/s'-W 3-12mm

XlOFH 5mm

19mm

US, ~12.25'.3 . w lighl ~.~~ duty & Hexaratchets

205

Liale swivel base

4 12m 114mm 3409

NW 3-12mm

YIOFH 5mm

19mn

U s e w m tukt.dinghy. 22S& l W H m d l n s

Camon plate wibullseye

l 32mm

401 1139

'/s-'W 3-12mm

#l0 5mm

I l' 38825mm

3aolts

Cam on plate wpllseye

1 32 mm

301 85g

'is-%<

110 5mm

l'#B 1' 38 825mm

1501ts 68 kg

Plastic 2W CamMatic

38-mm

XI0 W 5mm

11s 26 mm

3WIk 136kg

Alurninum l 5 0 cam-~aic

X~OFH 5mm

1'~~' %mm

I S O I ~ piastic 201 cam-mtic 68kQ -

B6 239

5%'

l%$

Aluminum 150 Cam-Matic

240

Bulbeye wlswlvei bare& cam

241 ~

1%' 7'402 4 9 m 2139 61~02 Bullseye wiswive~ II?' basegram %m l & l g

1574 Mid-range ~ w i wbase l

515~s' 23 m 151 mm 6529

W 3-lzmm '~'-5n6" =mm

616mm

%' FH 6rnm

lib'

27mm

Use wlrnid-range blocks

101

Stand up bases allow a variety of blocks to be held upnght, yet swlvel heelv and ~ i v otot ~ r o v ~ fair d e leads under load. The 010 isoft&i used on the mainsheet of small dinghys. Its ball and socket design allows blocks to swivel freely and to pivot to a 45"angle. Blocks may befittedwith springs, but even wimout springs, blocks will not hit the deck. The 010 accepts all Harken blocks with W (10 mm) swivel posts. These include big bullet blocks, dinghy blocks, 2.25' b l m , little fiddles, the 005 and 006, little Hexaratchets.and Hexaratchel llt2's Use care when selecting blocks as tne maxlmum worlung load ot the 010 1s often less man that of the corresponding Mocks The 029 is similar to the 010 except that it accepts Harken blocks with 7A6' (11 mm) swivel posts. These include 3.00' cruiser blocks and fiddle blocks. Many of these blocks have working loads in excess of the W m u m work'mg load of the 029 so it must be selected with care. The 061 stanchion mount base permits easy attachment of a variety of blocks to W or 1' (22 mm or 25 mm) stanchions or pulpits. It is frequently used for leading furling lines aft to the cockpit. The block is

E ogtripnn 010

029 061

Ball & m k e l base

Larw ball & sccka base Stanchion m w r l base

1573 Mbranw stani lp blSe

Inrids

Haim

WsiM

Dimmar

DiSockel ,mdar

1%' 44mm

3 or 85g

2%' 54mm

1Omm

2W 54mm

4 02

51mm

1130

1%' 32 mm llshs' 49mm

2 02 570

702 1980

2%' 73mm

free to swivel and p~votto give Me fairest lead while a ruboer stand up device kee~sthe block from hirtino the deck or stanchion Tne 061 . .ac~ cepts ~ & e n blo& with W (10 m ; ) swivel posts. These include big bullet blocks, dinghy blocks. 2.25' blocks, little fiddles. the 005 and 006, little Hexaratchets, and Hexaratchet 11+2's. The 061 is sometimes used for Rag halyards and light air spinnaker sheets. The 1573 is a stand up base for mid-range blocks. Blocks are supported by a spring, but are free to pivot to permit fair leads under load The 1573 nas a very low profile des~gnwh~chkeeps the sheave close to the deck, maklng it deal for use as a mast base halyard lead block The safe working .oad of the 1573 1s such that it may be used with any single, ratchet, or fiddle mid-range block. Mid-range double and triple blocks may be fitted to the 1573, but their safe working load is higher than that of the base. ~

Spedal Maturns Bases accept a variety of blocb ~ ~ o c will k s not hit deck Block can swivel and pivot freely

SIR

3a'

"#%I# Lmd

4Mlbs

13olbS

a0Ri

5mm

181 kg

5mm

25mm

%S'

mlbs

13001b

12mm

6mm

181kg

59Okg

~ O W 5mm

1' 25mm

%S'

lOmm

5 m

Wlb5 lMkg

%6'

15mm

8 m

18D0lbs 816b

YJMIbs 22671ro

ViRH 6mm

1%' 41 mm

UsevdZ2S,WmeMMe, & Hexaratckts Use wMddle, SOU cruiser&HexaGis Use whllet, big bullet, 2.25'8 Hmmchets Use wlMbrange Uccks

S W BOAT DECK ORGMERS

Deck organizers are used when a large nJmoer of lines need to be led n a small soace. Tnev are often used to rJn halvaros and control lines an from tie mast 6 winches near Me cockpit:~eck organizers are also ideal for many other applications which require mulliple sheave cheek blocks. Small boat deck omanizers feature llh' 138 mm) ball bearin~ sheaves. They are intended for use on rope halyards on boats under 26 feet (8 m) or for lightly loaded control lines on larger boats. Small boat deck organizers are available in double or triple sheave configurations. Stacked double and triple organizers are used when it is necessaly to lead a large number of lines aft in a small area. Special Features

Self-contained sheaves Compact length LW profile construction

Commm Specilicafims Sheave dia- 1W (38 mm) Fasteners-810 (5 mm) FH Max line size - 3 ~ ' (10 mm) Max working load (per sheave) - 300 lbs (136 kg) Breaking Strength - 2000 lbs (907 kg)

.*. - .. ,*,,. '

. . .~ -

MID-MNGE DECK ORMNERS

0 M*".,".

r -

Spscial Fealunrr Self-containedsheaves Large diameter sheaves Cornpad length Law profile construction Aluminum wire sheaves

104

Common Spsciticallom Sheave dia - 2' (51 mm) Fasteners - 1h' (6 mm) Max line size - W (16 mm) Max wire size (alum sheave) (5mm) Max working load (per sheave) 500 lbs (227 kg)

Single height mid-ranw d s k organizers are amilable with six sheaves by specia order

~esriptin

LenNh

HaigM

1500 Twosheave R u n n i n g halyards and control I nes att a1 ows the creN to ooerate the Doal from the sec~nhro l the cockoit. Deck iganizers are used to lead multiple lines f r o i t h e mast. They are useful for halyards, reef lines, outhauls, pole lifts ana other control llnes. Decu organ zen are also ideal for manv other aoolications whlch reauire mult~olesheave che& blocks: ' Harken mid-range deck organizers feature 2' (51 mm) ball bearing sheaves. Sheaves arr mallable n plast~cfor rope nalvaras or controls and in Haraltore anod~zeda l ~ mnum for w i i halyards. They are intended for use on halyards on boats to 37 feet (11.5 m) or tor lightly loaded control lines on larger boats.

1501 1593 1591

A 1% 175mn %mm Three sheave 945' 1%' 233mn 29Foursheave 1%' l 3 2 4 29mm ~ Five sheave IS l 381mn 29mm Stackedtwo 6%' 2W sheave 1 7 5 m 54mm Smedthrea 9%~' 2%' skaw 233mn 54mm Two sheave 6 % 1' 175mn 29mm aluminum mreesheave !?he' 1%' aluminurn mm %mm Foursheave 1Z3K 1%' aluminurn 3 2 4 m 29mm - . p p Five sheave 15' 1W aluminum 3 8 1 m ?mm -Stacked two 6 2 shaarealuminum 175mn 54mm Stackedthree Be' 2% sheavealuminurn 233mn 54mm ~

15E

15M

sate Weisl Wr;# 9koz 2mg 13hoz 3839 1602 454g 19m 5399 1mm 4889 23hm

Wig ~

p p

15W

ism 1592 --

1593 15%

7/32.

1507

1202 3419 17m 482g 2101 5958 2602 7379 Zoz 6249 31 m 6809

p -

125018 Wkg 125018 567kg 1875bs Wkg 18751bs W$ 12501bs 5ykg 125018 Wkg 1W)bS 567111 1mbs 561111 16751bs

edy;

25mlbs 5i3/1s'x13/16' 1134kg 148mmx30mm 2500ite 8'Nx134s' 11340 207mnx30mm 375018 1158'x13/1~' lmkg 295mx30mm 37501bs 13'IAs'xl"na' 1703kg 354mmx30mm 2SMlbs 5'3A6'~1W 1134kg 14Bmmx30mm 2500lbs 8'A'x1%6' 1134kg - 207mmx30mm -2500lbS 5'3/16'xl%6' 11340 148mnxS3mm 25mi8 8Wx1416' 1134kg 207mmx30mm 375lbs 11Wxl%d WLD 1mOkg 295mmx30mm 18751bs 37501bs 1 3 W x l % @ ' W k g 1.7030 354mmx30mm 125018 250018 5 1 % ~13/16. '~ 567kg 1134kg 148mx30mm 12Ylbs 250018 BWx13/18' 567h 1134kg 207mx30mn

BIG BOAT DECK ORGANIZRS

D e c k organizers are used to lead multiple lines to halyard stoppers or winches. They are used for halyards, reef lines, outhauls, pole lifts and any other control lines which must be lead aft from me mast base. Organizers are also perfect for many other applications which call for a multiple sheave cheek-mounted lead block.

Speclal Features Self-contained sheaves Compact length Low profile construction Hardkote anodized aluminum

Common Specifications Sheave dia - 2'/4' (57 mm) Fastener spacing - 2%' (70 mm) Max wire dia - 5176'' (8 mm) Max line size - 5/8' (16 mm) Height - I l A " (29 mm) Safe working load per sheave 4950 - - Ibs ~ -~ 12245 ~ - - ko\ ", Breaking strength per sheave 9 9 W lbs (4491 kg) See oaae 63 for blocks with stainless steel ~

Additional Inbrmationsideplates.

Big h a t deck organize6 areavailable with up to ten sheaves by specid order.

n~esrription

724

Twosheave

725

Three sheave

726

Foursheave

1867

Flvesheave

1868

Lxsheave

Total Langth WelgM W e Worting Load 7%' 19'402 4E601bs 156mm 5 5 3 9 Z45 kg 1 0 5 ~ ~27lh01 ' 7425lb 262 mm 7809 33M)kg 13%~' % m mlbs 332 mm 9928 M91 kg 151%~' M m 123751k 402mm 9648 5613kg 1%~' 40m 14850lb 471 mm 11349 6736k9

Tolal Breling Stmnmlh 99Wlb 4491 kg 14850lbS 6736kg 198Wlbs 8981 kg 24750lb 11227 kg 297M)lb 13472kg

Fastennm Included

2-W(10mm)x3'C15mm) 3-W(lOmm)xY(7Smrn) ~-

4-W(10mm)xJ(75rnml 5--W(IOmm)x3'(75mm) 6-W(lOmm)x3'(75mm)

105

1 RUDDER BEARINGS I Harken rudder bearings bring steering out of the Stone Age. Mu t~pleraces of oalls an0 rollers reduce steenng frictlon to a mlnlmLm a owlna me Jse of tlljers on ooats tu 45 feet (13 m) and optimizingfeel" on wheel steered boats These beanngs are deslgned to handle 00th rad al (Sdel an0 ax~allverllcall loads The ax~alload catmlna ab~lN' allows the bearingsto carry the weight of theiudder. Rudder bearings are machined from solid 6061-T6 aluminum which is Hardkote anodized with Teflon impregnation. A plastic liner on the inner race bears directly on the rudder shaft to insure proper fit and to minimize electrolysis. This provides a strong, lightweight bearing that is nearly impervious to corrosion. Torlon ball and roller bearings require no lubrication and are designed to operate either immersed or dry. Production rudder bearings are offered in seven sizesfw boats from one designs to offshore racers as large as 50 feet (15 m). Minor variations of inside diameter are available on a special order basis at slight additional cost. Fiberglass ruddertubes which are sized to exactly match our large1 bearings are available to simplify installation. The inside surface of these tubes is gelcoat for a smooth. waterproof finish. Polyester resin is used so that the tubes may be bonded to your boat without using exotic resins.

Modification to standard ID is part number 641.

Common Specifications

FastenerrFlange

106

1760 1761

1762, 1763 1764

614

611625

2%' Flange. 6 3 5 m hubup

%'m 6mmm

X8W 4mmW

18RI 4mmFH

615

%S'

616

2%' Flaqe, 6 3 5 m hubdown 2'4' Plain

6mm

5mm

6mm

6.m 5.750' 4.490' 2.506 2.718' 3.6m 291b 171001bs 2025ks 166.10mm 14606mm. 114a5mm 63.65mm -.Mm71 9 1 S m m 1 3 Q m7b 9 1 9 k 2506 2.718' 3.620' 2 9 b 171001bs 20251bs 6.W 5.750' 4.490' 165.10mm 14605mrn 114.ffimm 6366mm 89.01m 91.45mm 1 3 k ~ 7757kg 9 1 9 9 2.61b 171001bs 2025W 4.490 2506 2.W 3,620' 114.05mm 6355mm m.61m 9195mm 1 . 2 b T157kg 9 1 9 h

Dernlplion

Pan

Dianmlm 617 618 619 620 621

622 623 624 625

3' Flange. 762mm hubup 3' Flange. 76.2mm hubdown 3' Plain 762 mm Flange. 3%' 8 8 . 9 ~hubup ~ % 3' Flange, 88.9mm hubdown 3h' Plain 88.9 mm ~Flange. 4' 101.6mm hubup 4' RW~, 101.6mm hubdown 4' Plain 101.6 mm

7.W

lnmy 7.W 1Tl.Fm

7.5m' 190Wmn 7.w 19350mn

8.W 2m20nm 8.W 2m.20nm

6.250' 4.990' 3006' 158.Anm 126.75mm 76.35mm 6.250' 4.990' $036 1 5 8 7 3 m 126.75mm 76.35mm 4.W 3.W 12675mm 76.35 mm 3.506' 5.490' 67W l n 4 5 m 13945mm 8905mm 3.506' 5.490' 6.750' 171.45m 13945mm 89.ffimm 5.490' 3.506' 13945mm 89.ffimm 5.990' 4.006' 7.250' 184.15nm 1>2.15mm 1 0 1 7 5 m

2.718' @.W mm 2.718' M.Wm 2.780' M61nm 2.718' 69.Wm 2.7l8' @.Mm 2.780' m.61 m 2.718' @.Mm

4 Welohl

S* Waking Load Radial hial

3.620' 3.4 1b 196751t6 91.%mm 1 . 6 b 8925kg 3.620' 3.4 1b 19675 Its 91.%mm 16kg 8925k9 3.620' 2.9 15 19675 Its 9 1 % m 1.3 kg 8925 kg 3.8 lb 222501b 3.620' 9 1 . 9 5 5 1.7kq 1 M k n 381b 222501hs 3W 9195mm 171yl 1 M k g 3.W 3.4 lb 22250lb 91.%mm 1.6% l(1392kq 3.620' 4.1 1b 248251bs 9 1 . % m m ~ 1 . 9 k g 11261Q

7.250' 5.990' 4.W 2.718' 3.620' 18415 m 152.15mm 1 0 1 . 7 5 ~ffl.Wmm 91.95mm 5.990' 4.W 2.780' 3.620' 15215mm 101.75mm m 6 1 m n 9 1 9 5 m

4.1 15 1.9kg 3.8 lb 17kg

23251bs 1Ekg 23251bs 1055ko~ 2325 1bs 1055 kg 26251bs 1191kg 26251bs 1191 kg 26251bs 1191 kg 29251bs 1327kg

24825 Its 2925 Ibs 11261 kg 1327kg 24825 It6 2925 1bs 11261 kg 1327 kg

Proper and safe operation of Harken rudder bearings requires a good installation. A properly installed bearing will operate more efficiently and last longer, Improper installations are prone to premature wear and can result in a dangerous tailure of the steerlng system There are several important factors to conslder when lnstallina Harken rudder bearings: All bearin* must fit snugly into a housing tnat is capable of provid~ng sufficient lateral suo~ortto me bearina bodv to transfer loao~nato the hull or deck st~cture.Flanges ( ~ i a r en i t intended to car; lateral loads. When using ~arkenrudder tubes be sure that the area where the bearina rides is sufficientlv reinforced (D)to cam the load as the tubes themselves are not structural. Provisionshould be made to prevent the outer race of the bearing fmm turning in the hull. Upper bealings are usually provided with flanges (A) which serve this purpose. Lower bearings which do not have flanges must also be secured. Common means of doing this include drilling and tapping through the heavily reinforced glass where the doert tube IS bonded to the hull 10) and finina set screws to prevent rotation in the rudder tube &d to prevent the e boats will sec~re bearing from migrating vertically in the t ~ b Other the bearing with an adhesive sealant like 3M 5200 aoo~ied ~ . . at the outside interface between the hull and the bearing (E). Do not bed the bearing in the tube with a sealant as this will make removal very difficult The rudder shaft should be prevented from turning in the bearing by tightening the set screws (C). Loctite should be used on the set screws to prevent loosening. The rudder shafl must be a s n ~ g fit inside the beatinn. The set screws should never be used to compensate for a lwse fit. Harken rudder beanngs will allow water to pass so provlslon mJst be made to orevent water f r m enterina the hul When DOsslble. tubes should extend from the hull to the deck On wheei steered boats, where the tube must be cut just above the lower bearing (G) to accommodate the auadrant. a shaft seal (HI, must be orovided. ~~The vertical load of the mdder'must be transferred to thk rudder bearings. The set screws are not sufficient ta hold the vertical load. The normal means of transferring this load is to have the rudder head (F) or a shaft w l h r ride on the hub of the upper bearing (B). On wheel steered boats the emergency filler head is oflen used for this purpose. Rudder bearings must not be painted wiM normal anti-fobling paints. TOorevent accelerated corrosion, onlv. Dams soecificallv.aooroveo for . .. U& on aluminum may be used. b p u havemncemsaboutyour rudder bearing installation, contact your boatbuilder or &&er. If vou ham aueslions reoardiname suitabilltv of a

.-,

A ~mpIIterload analysis must be done on evely boat More a bearing may be ordered Aease supply the f o l h n g ~ntonnanon' 1.Boat Model 2. Length Ovemll 3. Length Waterline 4. Displacement 5. Rudder Length (A) 6. Suriaoe Area of One Side of B!a& 7. Distance Between Upper and Lower Bearings (B) 8. Exact Shafl Diameter at Each Bearing (C)

c RII NO.

Flu B~riws

634

611.612.613

4.0%' 101.75mm

WeipM Pr hd 1701 482 Q

635

614,615,616

4.506 114.45mm

22 02 624 Q

636

617,618,819

637

520.62l.622

ImldlOlamder

5.0%'

26 m

127.15mm

737 Q

5.w

30 m 851 Q 35 m 992 Q

13985mm

638

623.624.625

6.1335' 15255 mm

1MAGIC BOXES I

WeioM

Special Features Ball bearing sheaves Low stretch line Removable beckets Numerk tensioning guide

Common Specifications Line size - 552' (4 mm) Fasteners -R10 (5 mm) RH

load 3Mllbs 136b

Bmating S'nnP

117 M a g i c boxes are ~owerful,multipart tackles housed in a compact aluminum extrusion. The box eliminates tw sts and keeps tne I ne perfectly organlzea The secret to m e rlamen maa c box i s a Datenrea oall bearing system t o prevent friction bktween the sheaves and between the sheaves and Me axles. Maaic boxes are useful for outhauls. downhauls. cunninqhams, jib halyards, backstays and many other control; wnlch requlre a powerful tackle w ~ t ha l ~ m ~ t e d ranae o l ad~ustment Thev are used on boats from s m i l l dinghys to large ofkhore racers. Hi-load versions which use Torlon balls are available to increase the working load capability.

Hole

glCiR

IT9

Ddrin

Todon

6:l

6:1

l a l Todon

8:l

l81

8:l

Todon

135

136

25mm

2 2 5 m 22/g

254m

25mm

349m

2849

10'

IOW

327m

254m

25mm

19%' 349m

2849

327m

9lh'

11202

'%6'%8h'

24x213mm

127m 10' 254mm 15'

looz

8%' 210mn

3wbs

136b

Malbs

~ l b s

4MhQ

1sWlbs

680kg mlbs 907hQ mbS

35mm

ZJLmn

3409

lh'

14'N 358m

151102 154s'x1338' lmOlbs

35mm

Wlbs 408M

1WObS 454hQ

272b

439g 24x34Qmm 454hQ Todon 8:l 1%' 19' 1802 15As'x18%' lWDlbs 381 m 35mm 4 8 3 m 5109 24x464mm 454b V i (6 mm) diameler stainless steel S hook for6 part magic box. Allows quick diswnned of halyar*. Ws' (8 mm) diameter stainless sted S hmkfa 8 parl magic box. Allows qulck disconned of halyards. ~~

182

127mn 10'

W7kQ 20001bs

W7kg

SPINMKER W E END FITTINGS

H a k e n offers a wide range of spinnaker pole end fittings in metric sizes. All pole ends are hard anodized aluminum with stainless steel pistons and pins. Piston type ends are ideal for the outboard end of poles and for the inboard end of poles for small and mid sized offshore boats. They offer internal and external release levers. The B1471100 and B149/100 are automatic with a trigger mechanism which holds the piston open until the guy is inserted, at which time they automatically close. Bell end fittings are popular on medium and large boats which dip pole jibe. The bell and sacket arrangement is verv strona. easv to enaaae. and allows the pole to & t i c u ~ a ~ ~ r oin~alle condilions. rl~ The B141/100 Is a socket end stud for the inboard end of poles for boats to 55 feet (17 m). This fitting features a recessed hand release lever. Toggle track slides accept bells and are available with or without pin stops. Pole ends also fit appropriate adjustable spinnaker pole cars shown on page 142. 110 v

C 8120

Large bell sacket

8130

Srmll bell sacket

82mm @mm

8140

Bell s&t

%mm

wlslud

1 6 8 ~ 85mm 154 mn BOmm 225 mn %mm

WalgM

Fii

850g

0121Sensbelstuds

65og

B131 Senesbelstuds B141 Senes Mstuds

244 kg

Length

E Track10 Pin

8276.4

Tradt sllder fa bell

95 mm

35 mm

5m Q

26mmTtrack

82768

Tradr sllder fa bell wlslop

95mm

35 mm

550 g

26 mmTbadr

W@._ Tradt sllder fa bell W 8 8 Tradt slder fa bell wlstm

95 mm 95 mm

35 mm

32mmTbadr

35 mm

470 0

B131M B131M 8131/70 8131180 8121i70

Bellendfor pok Bellendfor pok Bellendforpok Bellendforpok Bellendforpole

BE@ 812lnW

Bellendforpob Bellendforpole

Lam

46m 55m

&mm

am mmm 80mm 7Omm 80mm lmmn

M m

~arrripllm B141M 8145/60 B14W0 B14W B147E

H G ID Pole

Dslaiplin Pole OD

Plstoo pcie end Plslon poleendPistoo pole end Piston pole end Pistoo pole end wArigger

&mm 75mm &mm

&mm &mm &mm

2209 3500 440~ 5409

HOT

33Ig

75mm 94mm

11Omn liOmn

4600 6mg

F PoleOD 50mm Wmm 70mm Wmm lWmm

ntt

Waism

4 6 ~ 55mm &mm 75mm 94mm

=mm 146mm 175mm 175mm 134mm

PolslD

8130belsockd B130belsockd B130belsodrd B130belsodrd MBlmbelsockd BlZObeIlsockd

I Wlah Jm

WeI@t

20mm 28mm 30mm 30mm 36mm

..370g 8200 llkQ 1.5kg 133$

Evestraos are useful accessories. Thevform lioht dutv mounting bases for block, serve as ~ down-points: i i and several are used on Cam-Matic cleats as fairleads.

'Vertical pull. EyesDaps will d i n M at much lmrer loads.

IPADEKES I Padeyes are great for mounting blocks and are also used as attachment points for staysails, reefing block?.,and hundreds

of . . other . ...- . .iterns~ -...-.

Harken offers a range of stainless steel padeyes. The diamond shaped oadeyes, 688 and 689, are 316 stainless and are often osed at mast bases where me diamond shape allows them to be mounted very dose togemer. The 627.628.629.648 and 690 padeyes are 17-4 PH stainless he 702,717, and 729 toggle padeyes are designed for extremely high load appllcahons. They w l l accept Harken titanium and b ~ aboat blocks onlv WIM cJstom head ~ o s t s available by special order. For maximum strengm, always align padeye bails to the load.

627.608: Use 114' (6 mm) FH 689.690: Use 446' (8 mm) M 628,648: Use 38' (10 mm) FH

hsn~p~on 627 628

629

W 688

-689 680 -702 717 729

15/18'

WI@I

58.

sm W u2k i q bad a

~ruamnpsbsqth 2 3

Small round

2 57 mm

11/16. 27m

1%' 30mn

16-

lW6' 24m

4M02 1160

XOlk 227Okg

4Ylllbs W k g

43a)lbs 1950kg

lWWlbs 453514

9m01bs 4080kg

86001bs =kg

Medlum mund

S-

1516' 33m

1%' 40m

1%' 44m

1' 25m

1'1' % m

W ~ O Z lWWlbs 2148 4535kg

Wlbs

Wlbs 3850kg

2WWlbs a7014

132001bs

76 mm

l7tWlbs 7710kg

Large round

3914' 95 mm

% '1 M m

l 48m

lt16'

51mn

27-

76 mm

15/16' 33m

1%' 40m

1 44mn

24m

2302 ~8529 l101 320

ZWWlbs12m01bs14WOlbs 9070kg 544lkg 6350kg 12MX)lbs llmOlbs 85001h 5446kg 4994kg W k g

240a)lbs 10890kg 22rmlbs W k g

280M)lbs 127mkg

Hlload mdlum

1 4 4 1%' 37m

Small dbamond

3l,f 79mm

2' 51m

2H'

M m

114' 32mn

30m

14m

402 1350

38001bs 1770kg

10m)lbs 4535kg

86001ts m k o

Large dlamond

3 98mm

2%' 59m

2W 73m

1H' 35m

1%6' 40mn

Zmn

Square -. Titanlum talple Large lalde SWll fwle

2%' 70mm

20/,

llh'

70m

38m

l 37m

2lm

107 mm S 126m

A 48m

2%' 53mm 3%~' 97mn

414'

2kd 53m 3%~' M m 2348' 53m

414'

107 mm

2%' 53mn

2l# 54mn 2% 67mn X 54m

IM6'

$,id

W l%s' 'k6'

2lmn 1'X Z9m %%S'

21mn

XOIbs Z70$

43001bs 1950kg

4WWlb l6lOkg 240a)Ib 1Wkg 78Wlbs 354014

7h02 6Y~llk m l b s ?l& =kg_ 3528kg

78mlbs 3540kg

1 m I k 8618kg

172mlbs 78Wkg

1SMY)lbs 7075kg

lks' 30m

802 2270

85001bs =kg

W l b s 78mlbs 17MOlbs %J 3540kQ I$ THOM

l72mlbs 78WU

156001b 7075kg

A 14mn

2601 7270 6801 19420 3601 1mZo

11UX)lbs W k g WlbS 13W8kg 11UX)lbs 6426kg

143Wlbs 12WOlbs 286Wlb W k g 5448kg 1Z972kg %LTOlbS 18WOlbS 60mOIb 13M)814 8166kg 27216kp 143Wlbs 12WOlbS 286Wlb Wffikg 5448kg 12973kg

286001bs 12973kg 60mOlbs 2R16kg 286Wlb 12973kg

24m)lbs 10896kg 36m01bs 1633014

Zmn

%' 19mn %6'

14mn

1mX)lbS TllOkg

10876kg

SE1FlCONTAINED SHEAVES

M o s t small Harken sheavesare not self-contained and cannot be supplied loose. We offer the sheaves which are self-contained for applications where you need to add a free rolling sheave to you; own special configuration. Consider loadina carefullv and remember that halvard sheaves mrrytwic;the loadof the halyard. self-conkned sheaves are sensitive to over tightening. Use lock nuts on the fasteners and avoid applying squeezing loads on the sheaves. The micro, bullet and big bullet self-contained sheaves are Delrin with Delrin ball bearigs. They are scored for rope and should not be Jsea for wlre Mid-range sneaves are ava~labe In ellher Delrln or alLn11n~mJse aldmln~nisheaves tor wlre Self-contained wire sheaves are Hardkote anodized aluminum with Teflon impregnation. They ride on a hi-load composite bearing. The 114" (38 mm) and 2" (51 mm) sheaves have ball bearings to minimize friction between the sheave and the sideplates caused by twisting loads. The 1" (25 mm) wire sheave uses low friction thrust washers for this purpose. The 161 dual sheave universal lead includes two 160 sheaves and is used to divert a line which must turn in either direction. It is often used behind the traveler car on aself-tacking jib or to lead a catamaran traveler control line to a cleat. 114

IACCESSORIES I Accessories are useful items that complement the product line. Modularity is a consistent concept in the Harken range and many of the accessories are designed to make standard blocks more versatile. Other accessoriesare small pieces that fill a special niche.

Hand Holds The 062 hand hold is popular on boats like Solings and scows to nelp n (lng crew re-enter the boat It 1s also freq~enty Lsea as a hand e for ena ne covers etc lr IS llhea w~thtwo dram Dorls wnlch are s n l ~ ~ e d closedbut can be punched out if desired

Bullseye Fairlead The 237 bullseye is used as a fairlead when there is linle deflection in the line such as when routing the spinnaker pole foreguy aft along the cabin house.

Deacriplian

Sail Chafe Prolectors

062

Hand hold

Sail chafe protectors are rollers designed to ease genoas over lifelines or past shrouds and to help large roach mainsails clear backstays. They are pre-drilled to fit 3/16 (5 mm) wire, but can be drilled to fit wire as large as 318" (10 mm). Sail chafe protectors are made of two interlocking halves that snap together so they can be fitted to preswaged wire and can be removed. They are sold as a pair.

Prefeeder The 947 is asail prefeeder for use with racing foils or with furling systems. It is supplied with a 2 4 (610 mm) long Dacron pennant for easy attachment to the bow. The 947 weighs 1 oz (25 g) and will work with X5, #6 or#7 (4, 5, 6 mm) luff tape,

077 ON adapter Z m m 2 7 093 U-adapter

Shackle Max Pin Working Fasteners Dia Load 3'6 #lOFH Cutwt 4 % ~x" 1'4' 5%' 146mm 89 mm 5mm 113mmx48mm

l m

'9s' m

'h'

'/r<

12 m m - l l m m 1598 237 285 947

Mid-range 'h" U-adapter l 2 mm Butlseye l fairlead 38mm Sail chafe 2% Drotedor set 70mm Prefeeder -

74"

22mm 1%' 32mm

%c'' m ~

3/16'

5 mm %s' 8 mm

Attaches OW to DN steering paa

inside dimensions Aande - Inside dimensions AandB #l0 RH Hole spacing 5 mm l ( 2 5 mm) TWDper set

Supplied with 24' (610 mm) pennant

115

o:Darcripllon

€34 H!inptab

1' W He' Suspnds blakfmm lifeline 1%' 44 mn 25mn 10mm 5 m n w/shob;cwd. Fi2.25'. 3.0: 4.W: 4 . w and5.5U b l a b .

Hanging Tab The 630 handno tab reoiaces a fastener on bio boat blocks t o brm a shockcord aGchkent point for suspending bloiks from the lifelines. They can be added to all big boat blocks up to 4.5' (1 14 mm).

Pollslred SiaInless S$el Boh & Washers

Shackles The 072 and 138 shackles are used on most of the small boat blocds. ~ n e are y also useful for a wide range of otner appllcat ons. Tne 077 is a special shack e to atlach a 009 hexaratchet to the steering post of a DN class iceboat. The 093 and 1598 u-adapters convert standard block with posts to a female shackle so that they can be attached to other blocks with posts or to tangs and chainplates. Snap shackles fit a wide variety of small boat and mid-range blocks to make them removable. Many boats fit a snap shackle to the lower vang block so that it can be moved from the mast base to the toerail to be used as a preventer. Small catamarans otten fit snap shackles to their mainsheet tackle so that it can be removed when the boat is left on the beach. Spinnaker sheet and spreacher block are often fitted with snap shackles so that they can be removed when not in use and so that they can be placed in avariety of positions along the rail.

Springs Springs are used to support blocks on padeyes, eyestraps, bases and traveler cars.

Fasteners Polished and machined bolts are offered for use with Harken foot blocks or for other mounting requirements on your boat. The heads are machined to a smooth, low profile shape and the bolts, washers and nuts are polished for a great appearance and to minimize corrosion. 116

I ~oltscome ww two washem and a nut

071

Stand up

Smll stand upspinp 072 Smdll smclde 138 Large shacMe 111 snap shaclde 112 Larwswp sbclde 1584 MlbRange smp shaale 097

25mm 19mm 'n' he' 12mm l l m m "Aa' W 17mm l 6 m m 2%' 65 mm 3%' BS mm 3%' 76 mm

416' Smm

Yi 6mm He' 5mm 14 6mm

%d Bmm

F'rball small blocks excev bullet& mlcro. Fits bullet blocks

1360 6 m ~ n s l 0 ~ AaMB Inside dmensions AandE 1 a K l l b Fb blakswith 454b %e' (5 mm) shacMe 15IMlh F i e blakswith B B O b Yi (6 mm) shackle 18001h 616191

Cars accept a variety of blocks tomatch your boat's needs.

Mid-range and big boat carsare available with aand up taggles that accepta wide variety of blocks.

P .alng rhaca e a lows car to roll free y e e n >met non-vema l m m

Control block assemblies mount on tra& for easy installation.

Trim caps dress tlack ends and prevent sharp edges.

Ball bearing sheaves ease traveler adjuament.

Recirculadng Torion balls ride diredly on track socan won't bind under nonvertical Mtwisting loads

Cam-Matic cam cleats engage and release easily under #l loads.

Hodzonla bearino races allow a very lbw pmtile car design.

Pivoting cam arms permit traveler adjustmemfrom avanety 01 positions in the coclylit.

HI-Beam Track Risers allow easy retrnlil cabin b p lrave". cl

End Stms Every car, eno slop an0 control assembly teatures energy aosorb. Ing oumpers t o cusn on me nlgh shock oads 01 acc oenlal Ioes.

155 560 and 151 l h -oeam tracks are des Qneo ro span coc6ptts or companIonways W t h o d a s ~ p p o nbrloge 563 an0 1511 t r a m Lse a patented s1 dlng o o ~ atlacnmenl t process wnlcn at ows var~abe bolt spaclng

1 TRAVELERFEATURES I W h e n you're ready f o r pure speed y o u need trave ers rhatal ow y o 10 ~ make the q u i c l t a d ~ u s t m e n t sthat keep your ooat m o g l n g llar o ~ Tnal's t @ny boats li6e the Melges 24 (page 117) use Harken rec r c ~ l a r ~ noall a oeanna cars for 1ne man traveler and aenoa leads Harken introduced recirculatingball bearing travelers. t hey are designed to move freely under even high non-vertical loads. They offer a multitude of unique features that make them the lowest, freest running and most versatile travelers in the world. Five ranges of Harken travelers are available to fit any boat from the smallest dinghy or beach cat to the largest mega yacht. 118

Track is Hardkote anodized with Tefion mpregnation for superior ~orrosionresstance

Adjustable Stops

BaN Bearing Control Blocks

~diustablestopsareavailablefor many tracks for use where control lines are not desired.

Ball bearing control block assemblies are available to fit small, mid-range and btg boat tracks.

Tmck nsers articulate so that either straight orcurved trackscan be lined to any cabin house.

Track available in low profile or high beam confiQurations.

Mainsheet Sheave Carriers Mainsheet sheave carriers pivot forward to allow fair leads when the boat is running.

Windward Sheelino Traveler Cars h nd.tar0 sneetlng cars a o r l d 01s to p. Ine car an0.e the cenler ne .it h o ~ l re eJs ng tnp lez..aro rotitco ne Tnr car sta/s n pos Ion dr. ng a lacr an0 can !npn ne P.I eo auo\e tne center in? 1 rrle otnet alrert on

Swivel Ears and Low Pivoting Shackle S.! 1e ears a 0.1 3 choce 01 ionlro snacce a o;.s

OIOCIIS a10 me 0.. p tot nq oao to oe app leo at ,<.ere anger .v 1no.t h n d ng

i.?--> =

-Traveler Car Couplers

Cars with Cam Cleats

Couplers are available to join some cars, increasing load carrying ability while maintaining the ability to roll on tight radii.

Small boat and mid-range travelers are offered with cam cleats on the car for simple multiple purchase sptems.

Breaking Strength The load at which fastening bolts will shear, shackles will break, cars will come off of the track, or the hardware will experience some other catastrophic failure. At this load you can expect permanent deformation of the sheave, sideplates, car bodies, track, and bearings. Breaking strength is determined in a static condition on straight track and may be less on curved track or when cars are rolling.

Safe Working Load A rating based on 50% of the breaking strength. Safe working load provides a margin of safety and should never be exceeded. Free Rolling Load The load at which cars will roll freely. Cars should not be used at loads higher than free rolling load.

Dinghys & Light Daysailers P

Mainsail Area under 70 ft2 Under 6 m'

Monohulls End-Boom Sheeting Mid-Boom Sheeling

Mullihulls End-Boom Sheetin0 Mid-Boom Sheeling

156 157 171 209 211

156 157 171 209

156 157 171 209 211 -158 159 172 210 212

156 171 158 172

158 159 172 210

100-130ft2 9 - 12 m2

156 157 171 209 211 156 157 171 209 211

130- 160tt2 12-15m2

158 159 172 210 212

158 159 172 210 247

214 215

158 159 172 210 212

158 159 172 210

70 - 100 6-9m

g2 P

157 209 159 210

214 215 214 215 + 1508

Small Oftshore Boats & Heavy Daysailers Under 90ft2 Under 8 m2

158 159 172 210 212

P~~

9 0 - 135ft2 8-13m2 135-i70ft2 13-16m2 170 - 225 H' 1 6 - 2 1 m'

158 159 172 210 212 212 215 247

158 159 172 210 212 -

214 215 247

158 159 172 210

214 215 ~

214 215 247

1508

1508 1575

1509 1576

1509

1508 1575

1509 + 515

1509 P~

225 - 285 ft2 21 - 27 m2

1509 1576

285 - 325 It2 27-30m2

515 608

1509 1576

515 608

1509 + 515

515

558 584

Larpe Offshore Boats

Custom

1TRAVELER USE CHART I .

This chalt shows proper travelers for three categories of boats: Dinghys and small daysailers.

Small offshore boats and heavier keel daysailers. Large offshore boats.

Traveler specifimtionsare based on mainsail area and the posltion of the sheet on Me boom. Where an arrow is shown, use Me larger traveler if your sal area is at Me upper end of the range. 120

Custom

HorizontalBend- In a horizontal bend, the track stays flat and the ends curve to the bow or stern of the boat. Horizontal bends allow the traveler to follow the radius of the boom as it swings across the boat, but are sometimes used for boom vanas and occasionally for staysails, especially those with booms.

V ~ r i i c aBend, l m& Down-This is the most common bend. It is usually used for mainsheet travelers mounted over the cabin house. The curve matches the crown of the cabin house for aesthetic reasons and allows the track to clear the companionway hatch while minimizingthe height of the track risers. VerticaIBends, Ends Up- Some racing boats use a vertical bend with the ends up to relieve leech tensioning which occurs when the traveler car is moved off of the centerline, a phenomenon which is exacerbated when part of the mainsheet tackle is placed on of the trawler car These bends are also frequently used for staysails. The track is bent to a radius equal to the LP of the sail plus the distance from the clew to the track. The track is then mounted on risers and angled forward to face the clew of the sail

Compo.no oenas are a comolnat on of a .en ca and a norlzonta ben0 A common erample w o ~ l aoe Hnen a track IS curved In tne nor~zontaplane to l01 o u the raol-s of the ooom and S mo.nlea to a oeck which has a slight vertical crown. CompoundBend-

3 CURVED TRACK I Traveler trackis often bent to follow the curve of the cabin house or the radius of the boom. Occasionally, tracks are bent vertically with the ends up to relieve tensioning of the leech as the traveler car is moved off of the centerline of the boat. Very shallow curves i n low profile tracks can often be bent during installation, but if necessary Harken will bend traveler track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or comoound bends can be made. Bends cannot be extended completely . to the track end, but typically leave ?to S (50 to 125 mm) unbent at each end depending on the type of track. harken lraveler c a n m ~ sbe t malcned to the raa JS of your track The loaa carrvlna ab I I ol~a car s dim n shed in re allon to the seventy of the bend. C & S ~the charts on the traveler track pages forthe minimum radius a car will ride on. When your loads demand a long car and track needs to be bent in a tiaht radius,. . vou mav need to use t w o short cars joined by a coupler. Standard Harken mini-maxi and maxi traveler carscannot ride on vertical bends with a radius under 50 feet (15.25 m). ~

Radius

-r

Chord Length

m -,

Chord Depth I

Slmpla Major Compound Bends Bend Simple Malor Bond Pall No. Part No. Part NO. Palt No. 286 142,~3.1~L155 274 275 276 1528 1529 1581 1510. 1535, 1596 1527 1530 15311532 1582 1511 793 516, 660,758,759.1&17 789 791 576 792 793 794 577 560.1701, 1706.1&18 795 795 660.661 795 795 Slmple Bend-Track Length 016' (1.83 m) or less and chord depth lessthan 6"(200 mm). MalorBend-Track lengh of 7' (2.13 m)or greater or chord depth of 8' (NOmm) Or greater. CompwndBend- Bend in both horizontal and velllcal planes. CompmndSinrplsBend- Both bends are simpie bends. Compound Major Bend- One or both bends are major bends. Rack

Orderinfl lnlormation -

To order curved trawler track, please specity the following information: 1. Part number of track 2. Length of track or length of chord 3. Directionof bend: Horizontal fi Vertical. ends down Venical. ends up Compound horizontal and vertical up Compound horizontal and vertical down 4. Chord depth or radius of bend Communicate the information carefully to Harken or your Harken dealer to insure that your track is bent correctly. To determine the price of a bend, see chart for part numbers. ~~~~

~~~

121

SMAU BOAT TMVELER CURS

Harken small boat traveler cars are used on boats from the smallest dinghys to offshore boats as large as 27 feet (8 m). A wide variety of cars insures that you will find exactly the right system for your boat. Dinghy cars use Delrin ball bearings while hi-load cars use Torlon balls for greater working load. 1250 series cars feature a longer body and Torlon balls for maximum load carrvlna abilitv. Trave ers with fixed sneaws and eyestrapsare desigoeo fo; s,luations wnere the rna~nsheetoao s w rh n 10 degrees o f VeRtcal Cars wlth D voting shackles are des~anedlo acceo! loads up to 40degrees f r o m verlical withouibinding, though load carrying ability is decreased propoltionally to the angle of loading. 209 and 210 traveler cars with fixed sheaves and adiustable cam cleats allowa very s rnple nstallat on. Tne cams can be adlLsted to su t a vanety 01 C O C ~ D arranaements I~ he 139 trawler kit is a packaged traveler system suitable for small offshore boats to 27 feet. Maximum mainsail area is 1 7 0 fF (16 m2)for end boom sheeting and 135 ft2 (1 2 m2)f o r mid-boom sheeting. The kit includes a 215 car, two 083 blocks, and 259 and 260 control blocks for a 3:1 system. You need to add track from page 123 and control lines. Special Feahmms

Common Specllicafions

Recirculating ball bearings Pivoting shackles Choice of control blocks

Width 23Af (56 mm) Breaking strength - 2500 lbs (1 134 kg) Car body height -1%6"(24 mm) Ball dia - W (6 mm) Track- 142, 143, 154, 155 No. of balls 42 (214 and 215 use 64) AddillonsllnlomaIim See pages l 1 8 and 119for an explanation of spgial features. See page 120 for suggested uses. See pages 210 and 211 for suggested traveler systems.

122

oastriplion

156

Car wlpivlng shackle

157

Car wflixed sheaves 8 eyestrap Hi-load carwlpivoting shackle

158 159

Hi-load carwmxed sheaves 8 eyestrap 171 Car wlpivming shackle 8 swivel wmrol blocks 172 Hi-load carwl~ivotingshackle 8 swivelcontmi blocks 2W Car wMixed sheaves 8 adjustable cam cleats 210 Hi-load carwflixed sheaves 8 adjustable camcleats 214 1250 carwnixed sheaves 8 eyestrap 215 1250car wIplvMing shackle &swivel wntrol blocks 175 Carcoupler 176 177 139

21 Replacement Delrin balls 21 Replacement Torlon balls Small baat traveler kii

2%' 4Moz 73 mm 1289 Z 7 5%.01 73mm 1569 2 4Mm 73mm 1289

Wlbs 227kg SW IDs 227kg 85Olbs 386$

Useforvangs, selllckinpiibs Use only il load isverfical Uselorvangs, self-tackingiibs

2 5hoz 73mm 156 g 2%' 501 73mm 1429

8501bs 386 kg SWlts 227$

Use only if load isve,lical UseC82fwZ:l; OtUlor3:l

2 73mm

850 Ibs Use C82 for 2:l; 3 8 6 h OtUfor3:l

5 02 1429

W4' 14Moz 171 mm 411 g 6%' 171 mm 438' Illmm 438' Illmm

14Moz 411 g

SWlbs Usemly l l w d 227kg isvenicd

8501bs 386kg 8m 12501bs 2279 567$ 7%20z 12Mlbs 2139 567$

Use only W load is vertical Useon~iflwd isvertical Use 1251or 2:l; 1261or3:i

4Moz 1 5 W l k Joinstwo l58can to 128 g 680 kg increase working load Fits 156, 157.171.209.211 can F* 158.159.172.210,212,214.215,249can

Purchase 142 143.154or 155trackand conrol

Fasteners Not Included

SMALL BOAT TRACK & ACCESSORIES

Small boat track is available in low profile or high beam configurations. Low profile track should be used when the track can be supported at each fastener hole. Hi-beam track should be used when spanning a cockpit or other unsupported area. See chart below for spanning capabilityof small boat track. Eithertrack will accept any small boat car. The f~rstfastenernole on 154 an0 155 track IS ocated 2 I51 mm1 from the end The first fastener hole on 142 and 143 track is located 50 mm (IWis")from the end.

Curved Track Harken will bend any track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or compound curves can be made. Refer to page 121 f r t information regarding track bending. Common Specitications

Trackwidlh-W (22 mm) Hole spacing - 154. 155: 4'(102 mm) 142, 143: 100 mm (315h6')

Fasteners - X10 (5 mm) FH WeiQM- 142, 154: 4.93 ozlfl (459 glm) 143, 155: 6.5 ozltt (607 gim)

Track Bending Traveler Car

Minimum

Radius 156 - 159,209 - 212, 42(1 07 m) 171.172.2~158~1175 214.215 60' (2.E m)

End Stops and Trim Caps All track is supplied without end stops. 173 and 174 ends are designed for small dinghys and low load situations. 263 and 264 heavy duty end stops are designed to absorb the shock loads of unintentional iibes and are for Jse on arger dinghys and smal keelooats. 261 and 262 trlm caps are deslgned to Iln sh me ends of tram when control block assemblies are used.

Fib -.--L

American Track (Lenglh~lnchas)

l 173 174 263

Llphtdutyend stop

262 278

TnmCap

L ~ h t d u t y e n dslop-

Heavy duty end stop

Splice Link

154,142 156.143 154,142

155 143 154.142

Metric lndr (Length!MelersJ

Joins 7-4,

TMVELER CONTROLS Small boat traveler controls make Harken small boat travelers complete systems. Control blocks allow simple installation of purchases from 2:l to 4:l. Assemblies secure to the travelertrack itself so no additional holes in the boat are required. Cams are m o u n t e d on pvorlng arms so that conrrol inescan be enaaoeo or re eased f r o m a varien, ol oosltions on the b&.The 255, single sheave control, is often used with the 21 1 or 21 2 windward sheeting traveler car to build a 3:l purchase. It is also used on boats to 25 feet (7.6m) 10 bu jo a 2:l phrcnase f o r rhe 249 genoa eao car. The 258 is used on boats to 28 feet (85 m) t o bu lo a 3.1 taclde f o r the 249 genoa lead car. >

Special Faaluns

.~~~

Common Sperilicalions

Ba oear ng sheaves 200 Cam.Matlc cam cleat Pivoting cam arm Shock absorbing bumper Fasteners included

.ength41 4' (108 mm, W ~ d l n- 1%' (40 mm, Track-142, 143, 154,'155 Fasteners - 1 N (6 mm) Max line size - %S" (8 mm) Sheave dia 1%' 129 mm1 AddMlonal lnlofmalion See pages 118 an0 119 lor an' erplanat on of spec al l e a l ~ r e sSee page 120 lor S-ggesled .ses See pages 21 0 ana 21 1 lor sLgges1ed trave er systems

D~stcription 255 256 257

Tnvalar Cor~lrolPurchare Rocemmsndatimr 258 under 140n2 Under 13 id

259

2W 13-16m2

Weilht

Single skave traveler contml Single skeve traveler colaml w12W.cam (part) Single sheave traveler control wI2W cam (slbd) Double sheave travelercontml Double sheave lraveler mnIr01wIZW cam (part)

7 02 1980 lllhoz 3260 Ilfhor 3269 8 02 2270 1302 3679

Double skavelmveler mntrol wi2W cam islbdl

1302 367a

ri!

2:l purchase

51 mm

M O Ibs 136 kg MOlb 136 kg

Brsaking Strsndh WO l b 272 kg WOlbs 272 kg

Y 51 mm

300 lbs 136 kg

MM Its 272 kg

2:l purchase

BWlbs 272Lg 600ibs 272 kg

12Wlbs 544 kg 1mOlbs 544 kg

3:lor4:1 purchase 3:l or4:l purchase

6001b 272 h

1MOIbs

3:l 014:l

544h

ourchase

Track l3A' 44mm 2'

2'8

E4 mm ~.

27~' 73 mm 2 ' ~ 73 mm

2:l purchase

MID-MNGE TMVELER CARS & CONTROL BLOCKS Mid-range traveler cars are designed for use on offshore boats from 27 to 34' (8 to 10 m). Four cars are available with a variety of track and control accessories. The 1508 car is suitable for end boom sheeting on l e end mainsails as large as 240 ft2 (22 m'). The 1509 car i ~ ~ u i t a bfor boom sheeting on mainsails as large as 275 ft2 (25 m ). 1508 and 1509 mid-range traveler cars are sold with no control block fixtures, but a variety of special control blocks anach to the cars to allow tacklesfrom 2:l to 4:l purchase. 1594 and 1595 cars include control blocks and cams for simple 3:l control systems. They are popular on boats with the traveler in the cockpit. The 1561 stand-up toggle fits all mid-range cars and holds a variety of blocks in an upright position so they will not hit the cars or deck when the sheet is slack. The 1557 coupler joins two 1508 cars to provide a high load assembly which will still roll on radii as tight as 70" (1.78 m). The coupler assembly offers a very low attachment point. The coupler may be used in conjunction with mid-range control blocks. The 1536 traveler kit is a packaged traveler system suitable for offshore boats to 34' (10 m). Maximum mainsail area is 275ft2 (25 mZ)for end-boom sheeting and 225 ft2 (21 m2)for mid-boom sheeting. The kit includes a 1509 car, two 1515 blocks, and 1520 and 1521 control blocks for a 4:l system. You need to add track from page 126 and control lines. Common Specifications

Special Features

~ p p P p

1508 Mid-range

1595

4 W 1002 lSW lbs 1 0 8 m m 2 M g 816kg

48 End-boom stmetiw on

mains to 240 n2(22 m')

~~~~

-r

-Cars

Breaking strength - 5000 lbs (2268 kg) Width- 2%' (70 mm) 11A' (32 mm) Car body height Ball dia 5/16' (B mm) Track-1510, 1511, 1535, 1596 Additional Information- See pages 118 and 119for an explanation of special features. See page 120for suggested uses. See pages 210 and 211 for suggested traveler systems. Recirculating ball bearings Pivoting shackles Choice of control blocks

Joins tw 1508 cars

1561

1536

Waight H 8 i ~ h l Sale

Each Abwe Warl;inl Trick LOild 1512 Control tang 258' l'h m W 10W ibs 2WOlbs 1:l punhase kit 67mm 140 280 454kg 907$ 2WOlbs 2:l purchase 1513 Single mntrol blocks 2W 2% m 11L 3001bs 907 kg (=Id as pair) 67mm 71 g 32 mm 136 kg 1514 Single mntrol blocks 258' 3 or 1%" 300ibs 2WOibs 3:l purchase wlbedel (sold as pair) 67 mm 85 g 44 mm 136 L 0 7 kg - 1515 Double control blocks 258' 4 01 l 6WIk 2WO ibs 4:1 purchase (=Id as pair) 67mm 1139 48mm 272kg 907kg 25W lbs ACC~QIS 3W'small boat, 1561 Stand UP 2%' 3% m 1134 kg fiddle & single blocks & d l toggle 59mm 994 mlbrange blacks 1526 25 Replacement Vie' Fit mid-range can (8 mm) Torlon balls 1536 Mid-ranoe Purchase 1510. 1511.1535 or 1596 trackand ~ercript~on

Lsnpth P

BOlt Slides included. Fastenen Not Included.

MID-R" "Im€ TRACK Mid-range traveler track is available in either IOW profile or high beam configurations. 1510 and 1535 low profile track is ideal where ifs supported for its entire length. 1596 track has W (l0mm) holes spaced on 1 'h" (34mm) centers to accept 1597 adjustable pin stops. 1511 high beam track is designed to bridge cockpits and companionways without expensive bridge structures. It mounts with bolts riding in a channel in the bottom of the track. Bolt spacing is flexible, but at least three bolts should be placed together at each span end. The fastener hole on 151 0 track is located 2"(51 mm) from the end. The first fastener hole on 1535 and 1596 track is located 50 mm (11%6")from the end.

SPAN (Wmasrs)

are not included with risers.

End Stops and liim Caps 1522 and 1523 end stops are energy absorbing polyurethane to absorb the shock loads. 1524 and 1525 trim caps finish track ends when control assemblies are used.

Track Risers 1849 track risers are sold by the pair. They permit easy installation of mid-boom travelers which need to be raised to clear companionway hatches. Risers articulate to allow use with either straight or curved trackand to fit most any cabin house.

Curved Track Harken will bend any track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or compound curves can be made. Refer to page 121.

Common Spscilicatiom Track width- l1As' (27 mm) Hole spacing- 1510: 4 (102 mm) 1535, 1596: 100 mm (31Hs') Fasteners- 1510,1535, 1596: 'V4(6 mm) FH 1511: l N ( 6 mm) HH Weight -1510, 1535: 7 Wft (655 g m ) 1511: 16ozltt (1.5 kglm) 1596: 6M odfI(620 glm)

126

Amstiran Tnck (LenflhlFaetl .~4.FMtsmr Variable Spacing Fastener Spsino Length Regular Hi.8sm Part NO: Part No.

Metric Track IlenptNMnem) 100 mm Faalsnsr Spacing Reoular

Part No.

. 1535-930mm 15351.2 m

w l ~ t o pHoles ; PanNo. i

Lsnpth

(2'11%) l.Zm(3'11f~')

15103

1511-3

3J914m)

15104

1511-4

4'(1.Zm)

15351 5 m

1593-1.5m

15m(4'11')

15105

1511-5

S(1.52 m)

153M8m

1596-lam

18m(5'10W)

1511-6

fi'(l.53 m)

15352.1 m

1511-7

7 (2.13 m)

15352.4 m -

1596-2.1 m 1596-2.4 m

2.1 -~ m(fi'lOW) 2.4 m(T10h7

1519 15107

1596-l2 m

15108

1511-8

8'(2.M m )

15353m

1593-3m

3m(9'1O7A6')

151&10

1511-10

lO'(3.M m)

15353.6 m

1596-3.6 m

3 6 m (11"W)

151D12

1511-12

lZ'(3ffim)

15356m

1596-6m

6m(198'X)

blue moose - Nemck31

MID-RANGE TMVELER CONTROLS

Mid-range traveler controls make Harken mid-range travelers complete systems. Traveler controls allow simple installation of purchases f r o m 2:l to 4:l. Assemblies secure to the traveler track itself so no additional holes in the boat are required. Bail bearing sheaves insure that cars can be adjusted under load and released instantly in a gust. Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so that control lines can be engaged or released f r o m a variety of positions on the boat. The 1597 pin stop is used on 1596 track to provide a positive adjustable stop for genoa leads, traveler cars, or self-tacking jibs and staysails. Speeial Fealures

Common Specilisalions Length - 4%'' (1 14 mm) Width- 1%' (M mm) Track-1510,1511,1535 Fasteners - 5Af (8 mm) Max line size - W (10 mm) ~ mm) Sheave dia - 1 1 (38 Additional lnlormalion- See pages 118 and 119 for an explanation of specialfealures. See page 120for suggested uses. See pages 214 and 215 for suggested lraveler systems. Ball bearing sheaves 150 Cam-Malic cam cleat Pivoting cam arm Shack absorbing bumper Fasteners included

F," 1516 1517 1518

. .

Sail llrsa

1519 1520 125-200fI2 !2-!g%!Z

1521

3:l ~ - ~ - ~ ~ ~ - -

1597

~esctip~i~~

WeigM

Single sheavetraveler cmtml Single sheave traveler contml w!150 cam (pot) Single sheavetraveler contmlw/150 cam (stbd) Double sheave traveler corn~ol Ooublesheavetraveler contml w!150 cam (poll) Ooublesheavelmveler cmtmi w!lM cam (stbd) Mid-range pin stop

m 2559 1502 425 g 15oz 425 g 10'hoz 298 g 16'hoz 468 Q 16'hoz 468 g 5m 142 Q

Hslg~

Sale

A ~ D Y Workinn ~

Track

Load

111' 38mm ll%e' 43 mm l'%< 43 mm 2% 54 mm 2%' W mm 2%' W mm 1% 35mm

3001bs t36kg 300 lbs 136 kg 3Wbs 136 kg WOlbs 272 kg WOlbs 272 kg WOlbs 272 kg

15mlbs 680kg 15M lbs 680 kg 15M lbs 680 kg 15mlbs 680 kg 15Mlbs 680 kg 15Mlbs 680 kg

2:1 purchase 2:l purchase 2:l purchase 3:1 ar4:l purchase 3:l ar4:l purchase 3:l or4:l purchase Fits 1596 track

BIG BOAT TRAVELER CARS lSd5mdnnpe IiMk ona 1928car widrsfandup

Harken big boat traveler carsare known as the best big boattraveien in the world. They have earned their reputation as the most sought after racing and cruising travelers because they roll freely under high non-vertical loads. Where others have failed, Harken has succeeded bringing the ease of dinghy traveier control to the offshore yacht. Variations of the big boat traveler cars are available to fit boats from 32 to 65' (9.8 to 19.8 m). Big boat traveler cars are used primarily for mainsheet travelers, but they are also frequenly used for self-tacking jibs, outhauls, and vangs. Big boat cars ride on recirculating Todon ball bearings. They feature pivoting shackles which allow them to accept loads up to 40" from vertical without binding, though load carrying ability is decreased proportionally to the angle of loading. The 1928 and 1929 cars feature a stand up toggle which holds a variety of blocks in an upright position so they will not hit the deck when the sheet is slack. The 1896 toggle kit can be added to most 515 or 558 cars. Big boat cars will ride on curved tracks, though load carrying ability is decreased propoltionaiiy to the tightness of the radius. See page 121 for minimum radii. Each car will accept a variety of control blocks allowing a selection of controls ranging from 1.1 to 6.1. See page 129for car couplers and control blocks. The 561 traveler kit is a packaged traveler system suitable for offshore boats to 43'(13 m). Maximum mainsail area is 400 ft2 (37 m2) for end-boom sheeting and 300 ft2 (28 m2)for mid-boom sheeting. The kit includes a 515 car, two 1515 blocks, and 564 and 565 control blocks for a 4:l system. You need to add track from page 130 and control lines. Spacial Featurns

Common Specifications

Car width - 35/16" (84 mm) Car heigM- % 1' (43 mm) Track- 516. 560, 680. 758, 759, 1847 AddHional Infmalion- See pages 118 and 119for an explanation of special features. See page 120 for suggested uses. See pages 210 and 21 1 for suggested traveler systems. Recirculating ball bearings Pivoting shacldes Choice of control blocks

128

~escription 515

3WOSeriescar

558

4500Seriescar

1928

Length

Weight

Number ot Balls 50

5'/i 24 02 133mm 6809 7%' 350z 72 9929 184mm 5lN' 2702 XI 133mm 7659 7 3802 72 184mm 1.08kg Fits 515,554,558, 559,587 cars

Fme Rolling Load W O lbs 1361 kg 45001bs M41 kg mlbs -1361 . kg 45001bs m41 kg

3WOSeriescar wlslacd up 1929 450OSeriescar wlstacd up 547 25Torlon replacement balls 561 Big boa1 Purchase 516,560,758,759 or 1847 trackand traveler kit contml lines separately 1896 Stand up toggle Accepts mid-range blocks and 2.25'. 3.W. and 40V biQboat block wlth swivel posts

71x43 lbs 3175 kg SWOlbs 4081 kg 7WOlbs 3175 kg mlbs 4M11 kg

BIG BOAT CAR COUPLERS & CONTROL BLOCKS

B i g boat car couplers join t w o b i g boat cars t o f o r m a h i g h load assembly which will r u n o n curved track. The 517 coupler i s used t o join t w o 515 cars. It accepts a wide variety o f standard blocks for control lines. The 580 coupler i s used with t w o 515 cars when 1797,1798,or 1799 control blocks are used. It forms an assembly which i s useful o n boats with mainsails to 650 ft2 (62 m2) and end b o o m sheeting. The 752 coupler i s used w i t h t w o 558 cars f o r boats like 12 Meters a n d Formula 4 0 s which have vely high sheet loads. It accepts a variety o f slandard o ocns l o r control llnes 51 5 and 558 080 ooat cars VVIIacceot a varletv o l conrro ~ l o c w offering a control purchase f r o m 2:l td4.1. Car h o u n t e d control blocks will not hit the track o r end stops. Use tne 659 SW vel oracket f o r l:l contro s o r when y o W~ s h t o anach vo,r o w n se ectlon o f contro blocns All conrrol o o c ~ an0 s s n ~ v e bracuers l a r e s o 0 oy the palr an0 are s n ~ p p e dc o m p ele rv i n ~nstallallonInstrJcl ons, -ochte' 242, a n d fasteners when required Special Features

MOO. ar anatnnient to o y ooal c a s Conlrol olocds 00 not h Ivac6 or eno stop5 Free rolling roller sheaves Additional Information- See oaoes 118 and 119 for an exolanation of special features. See page 120for suggested uses. See pages 210 and 21 1 for suggested traveler systems. Car Pan No.

Langlh WaigM

Height AbDua

Tmck p

~ ~

Swivel bmckets (pair) Control tangs

!E%

lMO lh

2WO lbs

1797 1514

2x515

21558

wB17

wlSIII

wm2

1797 1798

2x1746 2x1740

1797

2x1746 2x1748

1798

454 kg

lMO lbs

(pair)

p~ p -

3 ?m1bS

Single control blocks wlbeckels (pair) Double control blocks

136kg

Description

GM lbs 272 kg

(pair)

HI-load slngle contml blocks (palr) HI-load single control blocks wibeckets (palr) HI-load double control blocks (pall)

Sal8 Workiq Load

2x515

558

750 lbs 340 kg 750 1bs 340 kg 1500 1 h 25Wlbs 680 kg 1134kg

517

Couplerfor 515 c a n

580

P p

752

Couplerfor 515 can Couplerfor 558 cars

Lanpth 8%

225 mm 7%' 184 mm 10%'

273 mm

Safa

Weight 2301

€52 g

21 oz 5958 2802

7 % ~

Waklw Load 60MIbs 27%~ 60mlbs 2722 kg 9OWlbs 4W2 ko

120Mlb 5443 kg

120Wlb 5443 kg lKOlb

8165 kg

Bdt Slides lnclded

Fastems Nut Iduded I

MG BOAT TRACK & ACCESSORIES L

tasuners Not IxIudBd am

B i g boat traveler track is available in either low profile or hi-beam configurations. Use low profile tracks where they can be supported for their entire length. 560 hi-beam track is designed to bridge cockpits or companionways without support structures. See the graph below for spanning capabilily of 560 track. This track mounts with bolts riding on sliders in the bottom of the track so spacing is flexible. ' mm) holes 680 and 759 tracks have 7 ~ 6 (12 spaced on 11h"(34 mm) centers to accept 703 and 704 adjustable pin stops. 1847 Airtrack" is a very light track ideal for travelers, lead cars and spinnaker poles on racing boats. The first fastener hole on 516 and 680 tracks is located 2" (51 mm) from the track end. The first hole on 758,759, and 1847 tracks is located 50 mm (11516')from theend.

Traveler track, line and components are not included with

I,a

End Stops and Tdm Caps 548 and 562 end stops are energy absorbing polyurethane to absorb the shock loads. 631 and 632 trim caps finish track ends when control assemblies are fitted.

Curved Track Harken will bend any track to your specifications. See page 121 for information.

Common Sp~~ificatims Track width - IVa" (32 mm) Hole spacing - 516, 680: 4'(102 mm) 756,759,1847: 100 mm (315461) Fastenen- 516,680.758.759.1847: %s' (8 mm) FH 560 5% HH Weight - 516,758: 11.4 oznt (1.06kg/m) 56U: 35.3 odfl(3.29 kg/m) 680,759: 10.8 02% (1.01 kg/m) 1847: 6.3 ozlft (775 g/m)

l.8

SPAN(feeVmem1

Tnck B e M i q T n l l e r car Minimum Radius

6 (1.83m) ti (2.44 m)

~arrripion

548

End stop

562 631 632 1786

End stop Trim rap Trim cap Sphce link

la'(5.49 m)

1849 Track riser

ntr

TIsCk

516,680,758759,1847 560

516,680,758 759,1847

Palr

560 516,758 680,759,1847

Johs2

560

Fair

bacXs

B i g boat traveler controls make Harken big boat travelers complete systems. Traveler controls allow simple installation of purchases f r o m 2:1 to 4:l. Assemblies secure to the traveler track itself so no additional holes in the boat are required. Ball bearing sheaves insure that cars can be adjusted under load and released instantly in agust Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so that control lines can be engaged or released from a variety o f positions on the boat. T h e 599 stop acceptsa standard winch handle and is used to limit car movement on 516,560, or 7 5 8 track when control lines are not desired. The 703 stop is used on 6 8 0 or 759 track to provide a positive stop for travelers or genoa lead cars. The 704 no1 only serves as a stop on 680 o r 759 rracd oJr also selves as a oalt f o r anachmenr o f snalcn Special Features

Common Specifications

Ball bearing sheaves 150 Cam-Matic cam cleat Pivoting cam arm Shockabsorbing bumper Fasteners ~ncluded

W i d t h 21A" (54 mm) Track - 516. 560. 680

~escdplion ~

563

758,759

Fasteners - 4%"(10 mm) Max line size- W (10 mm) Sheave dia - 1 W (44 mm) Additionallnformation- See Daoes 118 and 119 for an Pipaoat.ot 01 a 1 e ~ 1 . r ~See ~ Laqe 120 tot s~ggesleoLses See page, 714 dno 215 tor S-ggesteo traveler systems

5M 565

566 682

Lenpth p

Trawler Colllrol Purchaae Recamrnendaliom

683

Double sheave fraveler control ~ 1 1 5 0cam (stbd) Single sheave tmveler contml Single Sheave traveler contmlwl150 cam (poll) Single sheave traveler contmlwl150 c? (stbd)

5M' 140 mm 5% 140 mm 5 140 mm 5%' 140 mm

28oz 7111 g 18'401 5248 2502 7W g 2502 709 Q 5'4 oz 1569 714 oz 213 g

ld-dlmz

ll-Wm2

HeigM Above Track 2"As" 68mm 21'/15' 68 mm

2'1As" 68 mm 1 44mm 2'

51 mm

p p p

Under240 f12 Under22 mZ 240 -400 f12

21 or 595 g 2801 794 Q

76mm Under 21% f12 Under 24 r? 260-450nZ

5% 140 mm 5M' 140 mm

Sail Area p

Double sheave traveler control Double sheave tmveler cootrol ~ 1 1 5 0cam (poll)

P p p p -

WelgM

51 mm

Safe Workin@ Load 700 ibs 318kg 9 7001bs 318 kg 7001bs 318$ 3501bs 159kg 3501bs 159 kg 3501bs 159 kg

'%a

24mm

20M lbs

07% 20Wlbs 907 kg 20Mlbs 907 kg 20Wlbs 907$ 2OMlbs 907 kg ZOMIbs 907 kg

For controls wRh remote cleats 3:l or4:l purchase 3:1 or4:l purchase

2.1 purchase 2 1 purchase Accepts standard winch handle

16mm

p ~ p P -

76 mm

!br,:!i

HI-LOAD TMVELER COIYTROLS

Hi-load traveler controls are designed for use on boats with mainsails over 400 f? (37 m'). They use big boat sheaves and hi-load aluminum sideplates to withstand the severe shock loading generate0 oy unintent~onajlbes on arge offshore boats HI- oao trave er controls a1 ow s m ~ l e installation of purchases from 2:l to 6:1.'~i-load traveler controls are also suitable for genoa lead car adjusters on offshore boats. Special Feahnep Hi-load bearings 150 Cam-Matic cam cleat Shock absorbing bumpers TWObolts for strenoth Fasteners included-

Common Speclllcallom Length - 75X (194 mm) Width - 27A2" (56 mm) Track - 516,560,680

758.759.1847 Fasteners - W (i0 mm) Max line size - 'h'(12 mm) Sheave dia 21N (57 mm) AddilionalInlormalion- See Daaes 118 and 119 for an explanation of special features. S k h a g e 120 for suggested uses. See pages 210 and 211 tor suggested traveler systems

TraVnler Control Purchase Rsomlnnndalion

~erxriptian

WnigM

730

~~~~

Single sheave hi-load traveler ccnlml Single sheave hi-load tmveler contrd wil5Ocam (port) Single sheave hi-load tmveler control w1150cam (stbd) Double sheave hi-load tramlet control Double sheave hi-load tmveler control ~1150cam (port) Double sheave hi-load tmveler control ~1150cam (stbd)~ Triple sheave hi-load lraveler control

731

732 733 734 735 736

Abova

rnd;

-~ ~

Height

27'h 02 780 g 34%oz 9788 34% oz 978 8 3501 9 % 41'4 01 ll8kg 411h 01 1.189 4202 119Q

Saln Worklno Load 2WO l b 907Q 7001Ps 318Q 7001bs

2%~' 56mm 21/16' 56mm23/18' 56 mm 3 1 3%' 14Wlb 8 1 mm ~ 635b 3%' 14Wlb 8 1 m E$ 33%' 14001b 81 mm 635Q 4%' 14Wlb 1Emn 635b

B"akinp

St"nQth-~ 40W Ibs 2:l purchase 1614Q 14W lbs 2:l purchase 635Q 14ffllbs 2:l purchase K 635 Q 28ffllbs 3:l or4:l purchase 127OQ 28fflIbs 3:1 or43 purchase 1270kg 28ffllbs 3:l or4-1 purchase 1270kg 28ffllbs 5:1 or61 purchase 1270k0 -

MIIYI-MAXI TRAVELER CARS

MI~I-maxl - . . traveler cars are designed for large offshore boats from 55 ro 71 leet (16 5 ro 22 m, harken ni nl-rnax [rave er cars rodeon W.0 rows of reclrcL allng Tor OII oa bear i g s so lnef are free ro ling . noer even high non-vertical loads. One standard configuration of mini-maxi mainsheet traveler car is available in three variations to fit different horizontal track radii. Minimaxi traveler cars cannot ride on vertical radii under 50' (15.25 m). Each standard mini-maxi car features a hi-load pivoting shackle and 2.25 control blocks for a 2:l traveler control system. Other variations are available on a special order basis. Special Features

Common Specifications

Recirculating ball bearlngs Free Rolling Load - 8750 lbs (3969 kg) Breaking Strength - 18000 lbs (8164 kg) Pivoting shackles Foot blocks tor control blocks Length - 1 0 (254 mm) Width- 43h' i l l 1 mm1 ~ e k h- l3 3 i '(95 mm) WelgM - 89 Oz (2 52 kg) Ball bia - 14''(12 mm) No. of balls - 68 Additional lnlomalion- Sre uages 118 ano 119 111r an erp .II~( on 01 s p e ~d 1eal.rer See page 1771,lr sACge,leJ .res Sze S-qgesleo systems on pages 210 and 211

~stfipt~on --

1705

Mlnl-maxi car for

Maximum Radlur

(Horizontal Bmd)

1525m curved track

Minimum Radius -~ -~

24 732m

MINI-MAXI TRACK & CONTROLS Three configurations of low profile mini-maxi traveier track are available. 1701 is a low profile track suited for most applications. It is commonly used for applications like mainsheet travelen. 1706 is a low profile track with hoiesfor the 1708 adjustable stop. 1706 is typically used as a genoa track. 1848 Airtrack" is a lightweight track well suited to mainsheet and genoa lead applications as well as spinnaker pole, outhaui and Battcar track. Thefintfastener hole in 1701 and 1706 track is located 17/16'' (37.5mm) from the end. The first fastener hole in 1848 track is located 21546" (75mm) from the end.

End Stops Tracks are sold without end stops. The 1703 provides a 2:l traveler control to lead to a winch. The 1708 adiustabie stoo is used to limit movement by genoa lead c a n or to control malnsneet trave ers when control lines are not aesirable.

Rwular Pafl No. 1701-15m 1701-1.8m 1701-2.1m 1701-2.4m 1701-3m 1701-3.6m 17016m

L W Pmllla MMrir Tract Regular wlSmp W r AlrTrack Pml No. Pan No. 1706-15m 18481.5m 1706-lam 1706-2.1m 170-2.4 m 1848-2.4m 1706-3m 170-3.6 m 1848-36m 1848-6m

I Rack Length 4'11'(1.5 m)

51Wl'(lAm) 610ra'(21m) 7'1011'(24m) 9'10W (3 m) llW~'(S6m) 1981~'(6 m)

Curved Track Harken will bend track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. The minimum vertical bend for mini-maxi track is 50' (15.25m). Refer to page 121 for information regarding track bending.

E ~ e ~ r i p t i o n b w ~ h winh

Common Speciticalions Track Width- 111Ad (42 mm) Height - W (22 mm) Weight- 1701: 17oLltt (1.58 kglm) 1706: 16.25 oUfl(1.51kglrn) 1848: 13.25oUfl (1.23 kglm) Fastener hole spacing 75 mm (21$16') Fasteners W (10 mm)

134

3% 95mm

wnODt block

FA' 67mm 5%' 2%' 143mm 6i mn

wlpadeye

5r/, 2%' 133mm 67 mn

Heiml ~biuhtWOrkiw Load 1'6 1301 p

38m 4

mmn 3 79 m

3690 822g

49501bs Hi-load 2245kQ sheave

2902

78Wlbs

2902

8 2 2 ~ 3540kQ F'ts 1706

Also amilable with stainless steel sideplates.

1 M!

TMVELER CARS

Harken maxi travelers bring the ease of dinghy traveler adjustment to the largest of offshore boats. The Harken maxi traveler is a development of the recirculating ball bearing principle which makesall Harken travelers free rollina even under high non-vertical loads. One standard cinfiguration of maxi mainsheet traveler car is avai ab e in three vanat onr to 14 olfferent horizontal track rao I Max 1rave er cars cannot r~deon ven ca radi, under 50' 115 25 ml Each standard maxi car features a hi-load pivoting shackle and' control blocks for a 2:l traveler control system. Other variaCons are available on a special order basis. Special Features Recirculating ball bearings Pivoting shackles 511 foot blocks for controls

Common Specifications Free rolling load - 12000 ibs (5443 kg) Breaking strength -25000 lbs (11340 kg) Length - 13W (353 mm) Width- 514'' (133 mm) Height - 5 (127 mm) WeigM- 180 oz (5.1 kg) Ball dia- 'ii(12 mm) No. of balls - 1W AdditionalInlormation- See pages 118 and 119 for an explanation of special features. See page 120 for suggested uses. See pages 210 and 211 for suggested traveler systems.

Minimum Radlus

Madmum Radlus

(Haimntal Bend)

30.5 m

678

Maxi carfor straight track .-Maxi car for curved track

24' 7.32m

32' 9.75 m

679

Maxi car for curved track

16'

24'

665

103

1MM1 TMCK & CONTROLS I Low Profile Tree

T w o standard configurations of maxi track are available. Both are lightweight low profile tracks perfectly suited for mainsheet and genoa sheet applications on maxi boats. 660 is a low prollie tracd sulted for most appl ca1,ons 661 s a low pro1 le Irac6 w.tn holes lor ine 664 an0 668 aalLstao,e slops The first laslener h o e on 660and 661 track s locateo 50 mm illrlti I from the end

End Stops Tracksare sold without end stops. End stops are available in a variety of configurations to Suit every need. The 667 i s generally used to build 2:l traveler controls to lead to a winch. The664adjustable stop is often used to limit movement by maxl genoa lead cars or to colltrol max ma nsheet lravelers wnen conlrol lnes are not des~raoe Tne 668 a d ~ ~ s t ae ostoo with padeye serves a dual role as a stop and also serves as ' an auxiliary sheeting position on maxi genoa track.

C U N Track ~ ~ Harken will bend any track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Refer to page 121 for information regarding track bending. Common Specilicafions -Track

width-212 (M mm) HeigM - 11X (29 mm) Weight -660: 33 ozm (3.09 kgim) 661: 32 orifl (3.01 kglm) Fastener hole spacing - 3%5' (100 mm) Fasteners- 1,4' (12 mm) FH

660,661

662 End stop

)" Sm

End stop

Adjustable stop WiSCleW

Maxl end stop wnoot b l o c k 667 Maxl end stop W/ becket toot block 668 Adlustable stop

665

3W 162 mm

95mm

g o m m %mm 3%' 146 mn %mm 7 3%' 181 m 95mm me' 3%'

86 mm 2"

26"

64mm

7379

3 86mm

46'401 132 kg

3% 57 01 8 6 m m 162 kg 3%

44 02 8~~1lbs 1.25k 9 _ 3 8 5 6kg

59'h oz

Fits 661

49W 1bs w1511 2 2 3 kg foot block 4900 lbs

2223kg 85W lbs

wlM5 fwtblock Fits 661

584 Cars not included

586 Can no1 included

MAINSHEET CARS & SHEAVE CARRIERS

Mainsheet sheave carriers are used with double-ended mainsheets to give 2:l or 4:l purchases on larger offshore boats Tnese sheave carr ers leat-re low fr cllon darken blg ooat sneaves or o~-~~~ OCI(S 10 nsure ease 01 malnsneel a n 0 lrave er car adlusrmenl under any load. Sheave carriers are designed to lay down within 15" ot hor zonla 10 ma nla n fa r eaos even i n e n reach ng and r,nning. The 584 and 586 serve as a coupler f o r nvo 515 o g boat cars. Tne 751 111sa slandaro max, trave~ercar These carriers 0 0 not ncl-oe traveler cars. The 1841. 1842 and 1843 mini-maxi cars and carriers will accept either -~~~ aluminum., stainless or titanium swivel blocks. These assemblies are designed for applications where the sheet winches are not directly in line with the traveler trackor the track is curved. ~

751 Car not included

~~~

Spacial Features Big boat mainsheet sheaves Carriers pivot No loose blocks

Additional inionnation - See pages 118 and 119 for an explanation of special features. See page 120 for suggested uses.

7; 584

~esrription Small mainsheel sheave camer

10"

2?!mm 16% 425 mm

carrier 751

HeiuM Abwe Track

Length

Tltanlum 4.1 maxi malnsheet sheave carrier

8 carrier for swive!blocks

121K 31Lmm 12' 305 mm

Purchase ~

Traveler Control Block

Sheave BIDCL6

56U555

Included .-

Track Radius ~

c(2.5 m) or greater

44 or 1.25k~

3.W 76mm

93 01 2.55 kg

4 00 102mm

12902 3.66 kg 149 02 4.23 kg

4.50" 114mm 4' or 4%:" 102 mm or 114 m

2:l

666 or 667

Included

Chwse 665.678. or

2:l

1703

Use 541,764

SO'(15.2 m) or greater

149or 4.23kg

4or4W 102mmorll4mn

2:l

1703

Use 541.764 or1713

24'toP

4 or4%

2.1

1703

Use 541.764 or 1713

229 mm 9' 229 mm

12" 305mm

1843 2'1 Minl-maxi car 9 ca..,a. 'm .=,.,

12'

7"s m,n

1% m

h#"+e

Sheave Diameter

6% 11% mm 8' 2Emm

1842 2:t Mini-maxi car g cartier for swivel blocks :,,ON

WeipM

229 mm

149 01 d??h

F3L 6:1

736

in7mmor l l d mm

Included ~~

or greater

p -

or1713~~p-~

4.91073 m

WINDWARD S H E E T / , TMVEER CARS

W n d w a r d sheeting traveler cars bring a new ease to traveler adjustment. Cars may be pulled above the centerline without releasing Me leeward control line. Tack, and the car stays in the same position on the track, ready to be pulled to Me new windward side. The windward sheeting car allows the mainsail trimmer to stay on Me high side of the boat and allows the boat to be tacked witnout the need to flrst cleat the leeward conrrol lnes Once vou've shed W tn a Harken wlndward sneetlno trave er car, VOJ II ,-wonder how you ever sailed without one. Windward sheeCng traveler cars are available in seven sizes for boats from dinghys to large offshore boats. Adapter kits are available to fit most Harken small boat, mid-range and big boat traveler .. .-.- . cars --.-. The 21 1 and 212 feat~rea sma ooar traveler car The 21 1 flts smaller oinanvs whtle Me 212 IS ~ s e on d aroer oinonvs the - ,llne~ Flying ~utchmanand small offshore boats liie the Jl24. The 247 features a 1250 series car and can be used on heavy course racing keel boats like the Dragon and on offshore boats to 26' (7.9 m) with mains as large as 175 f? (16 m'). Small boat cars can be rigged with 2:l o r 3 : l traveler controls. The 1575 is built on a 1508 traveler car and is ideal for offshore boats to 33' (10 m) with mainsailsas large as 240 ftz 122 m'). The 1576 uses a 1509 car and may be ~ s e idn ooats to 35' (10.6 m) wlrh mainsailsto 275 ft2 (25 m2) an0 eno ooom sneetlng. AI existing mid-range windward sneellna- cars W I acceot tne 1561 stand up toggle. The 608 and l930 use a 515 blg boat traveler car and are su~table for three-quarter tonnen and some otfrnore ooats as large as 40' (12 m) wlth malnsalls as large as 400 ? (38 m2) The 609 and 1931 are based on a 558 car and are ~ s e don boars lhke oneg ronners w~thlarge malnsa Is to 525 ? (50 m2) All exlst ng b ~ ooat wlndwaro SheeDn~cars will acceot the 1896 stand uo tooale an0 the 1930 and 193i include the toggle. A I wndward sheeting cars nave 150 Cam-Mat~ccleats b~ It Into the control mechanism Tney are best sulted for trave ers mounteo in the cockp t and at, or near, oec< leve Contro s cannot oe led through turning blocks to a remote location ~

Special Featufes

-eeward cleat opens aRomatncally Recnrculatlng ba I bearlng cars Pivoting shackles 150 Cam-Matic cam cleats Intearated control sheaves ~dditionaiinionnat~on- See pages Il8 ana 119 lor an explanatnon of specla features of trave er cars See page 120 for S-ggesleduses See pages 210ano 211 for sugoesleo lrawler systems Desoiiplion Lawth

Width

Fib

WeloM

Trsct

~211 Small boat car

212 Hi-load small

6%'

3'As

175mm

78mm 3'4s' 78mm

6529

6%' 175mm 6 175mm

247 1250Seriessmdl

23m 6529

142.143 154,155 142.143 154,155

Number B& 42 42 ~-

~p~ ~~ ~~

3Ms'

nor

78mm

7698

142.143 154.155

Free ?; :R 5001bs Z7kg 8501bs 386kg 12501bs 567kg

~rarl6np S1mqlh glDCb l m l b s 2.1 544kg 3:l 255 2molbs 2.1 907kg 3:l 255 3m01bs 2:1 1361 kg 3:l 255 ~~

Fils Hatken Traveler C a n

sheeting adapter kid

248

Control

Purrhare

p -

159.171 6 172 ~p~

1250 Series windward

2:l or 3:l

p -

1577 Mid-range windward sheeting adapler k11 p ~~

1508.15W

3:l or4:l

~ ~

610

Big bwf windward skeling adapter kd

515.558

4:1,5:1

Wind ,

Boompulls

1 1-1 1 4 leeward

Windwardcleatisengaged Carcan bepulledabovethecenterltne wtthoutreleasingleewardcontrolline.

Lenglh

Width

pp-pp

Weight ~

Fi16

Number 01

~ ~

Balls ~ ~

Free Rolling Load

E,","::

Purchasei Contml Blocks

WWsd Contml Woda P~mha~a~

Ca 323

2:l

3:l

4:l

Harken adjustable lead blocks ride on traveler car bodies. Torlon ball cars adjust easily even under high loads. Tollon rod cars require more effort to adjust, but are removable from tracks. These blocks feature wide sheaves which will accommodate two sheets during sail changes. They pivot to either side to accommodate changing lead angles. Small boat cars accept either bullet or big bullet blocks. The 1537 mid-range lead car accepts 1513,1514,or 1515 control blocks. The 587 accepts 1799 control blocks fora 4:l purchase. Mini-maxi and maxi cars are offered with eithercontrol blocks for a 2:l purchase or puller tangs for a 1 :lsystem.

140

DDareriptim

318

Small b a t

Car Contrd Control% Bloat

249

Two 258

255 258

1514

1519

1515

563

MaxSaII A m ylorn

Fllr Tmdr

LMPh

142 154

25'-31' 76m-9.1 m

Two OS3

08201146 08301147

49n2 41.8m2

175n2 16.3mZ

Maximum wind speed 25 knots "Maaimum wind speed 40 kmts

oemipt~o.

~ m Dlamata

249

Small boat wr

211' 84mn 2 64mn Ph' 84mn

323

Smallboatcar wlslider mds 1537 Mid-ran* car

Sprrlsl Fsahrnw Recimlating ball bearings w Torlon rods Pivating sheave carriers Wide sheaves pass two sheets LOWprofile genoatracks A d d l l m s l I M m r f l m - S e e pages 118 and 119 for an explanation of special features. See page 209 for sheet loading formulas. See sugwsted systems on pages 212 and 213.

Gama

on Track

1599 Mid-rang car wlslider mds 587 BC boat car 1873 Bip boat car wlslider mds

M' 84mm 2's 84m

Wmm

G a o : brd

Brallino slra@h

12501k

25Wlbs

width

car

La@h

2W 5W 142 56mm 14omm 154 25W lbs 25/16, 51n. 142 154 11Mkg 56mm140mm 46Wlbs 2%' 5U' 1510 1535 2 w k g 7omm 133mm 5'x 1510 46W lbs 2%' 20ffikg 70mm 133mm 1535 8' 516.W758 60001bs 3lH 759,1847 2722kg 85mm 203mm

56711~ 1 W k g

12501bs 5670 23Wlbs 1Wkg 23001bs 1043kg mlbs 1361 kg

3 ~ 0 1 b s m l b s 3% 1361 kg 2722kg &mm

203mm

516.68~758 759,1847

1802 5100 1902 539 9 27 01 765 Q 28 01 804 Q

3701 1.B@ 37m l.@&

Q-. m

Sheare DOencription 554 1874 1669 1870 1871 1872

Bio boat

4sba car Big boat 45W car wisliderrcds Mini-maxi car wipuller tang Mini-maxi car wiadjusler black Maxi car wipuller tang Maxi car wiadiuster block

Oiamslar 5 76mm 2%' Mmm 4'8 114mm 4'4' 114mrn 5'4' 140rnm 514' 140mm

F"B

O;R:f 45Wlbs 2041 kg 450olbs 2041 kg SOWlbs 4Wkg SOWIbs 4082 kfl 11MKllbs 5253kg 11MOlbs 52531yl

BrmWop Sarqth 9COlta 4082kg 9mO lbs 4082kg

Wlmh car L gx anp 3lA'

85mm 248rnm 3'A' 9%' 85rnm 248rnm l(KXXllbs 4% 16'As' 8 l M k g Illmm 417mm 1BWOlbs 4% 13'%s' E l M j g . 111 mm m =! 250001bs 5%' 17%~' 11340kg 133mm 433mm 25WOlbs 5 15%~' 11340kg 133mm 392mm

516. W.758 759,1847 516. €80,758 759.1847 1701.1706

i.67kg 5902 1.67kg 16002 IW 4.54b 1701.1706 18402 %--~-Lffikg 660.661 26802 7.6 kg €60.661 27202 7.71 kg

Harken spinnaker pole canare based on recirculating ball bearing travelers to perm11 ad.usrment under any oad Thev rol f r e e k on low Droflle trave er traclt 10 allow the c r e w to adjust the inboard pole end for optimal sail shape on all points of sail. Eight cars are available to fit boah from daysailers to offshore boats as large as 48 feet (14.6 m). Cars with rings for end-for-end jibing are available in small boat and midrange. Mid-range and big boat cars are offered to accept two popular toggle studs as well as Harken bell end fittings. Spinnaker pole cars for larger boats or with other attachment configurations are available from our Custom Division. SpmIaI Features Reclrculating ball bearings Accepts most popular pole ends Cars fit low profile track Addlfional InImallon- See pages 118 and 119 for an explanation of special features.

142

Dereriptim

Safe Mm Spin No. b w t h Wsighl Wohinl Sall ol

Pole

780 Small boat nngcar

4% 13m 11251b 9 ~ R 2 &1 l l l m m 3 6 9 g 510kg diff

142 154

Ring

781

Mid-range ring car

5 2302 21Wlbs 1350n2 133mm 652g 953 kg 1 2 5 d

1510 1535

Ring

1578 Mid-range bellcar

5 21 m 2 3 W l b 1500f12 133mm 5959 1 W k g 1 4 0 d

1510 1535

8120,8130, B140 bellend

12 mm

1579 Mid-range tcgglecar

23 ra 23W lbs 15Wf12 5 133mm 6528 1 W k g lad

1510 1535

Sparcrafl tcggle

165mm

1580 Mid-range ~cgolecar

5 21 m 23Wlbs 15WflZ 1 3 m m 9 5 g 1 ~ k g1 m d

1510 1535

Forespar toggle

12.7mm

782

Big b a t bell car 783 Big b a t tcgglecar

7 l84mm 7'/4 1Mmm

516,758 1847 516,758 1847

B120,8130, 8140 bell end Spamfl tcggk

165mm

784

7 35 m 40501bs m+ 72 184mm 992s 1837ko difl

516,758 1847

Forespar tmak

127mm

Big b a t togglecar

35 m 9928 36 m 102kg

4050 lbs 1837 kg 40501bs 1837 kg

m13f12 lffi d mI3@ 186 d

72 72

5e'

'h' 12 mm

58'

'h'

reef, not just furl. And from their gleaming stainless baskets to the bright anodized foils and polished stainless feeders, Harken units have

g -~

W h e n one of the world's top custom boat builders builds one for himself, he chooses sail handling systems that will be light and reliable for years of high performance sailing. ffitie G(page 143) is Eric Goetzs own Rodger Maltin designed 40 fwter and it's equipped with a Harken Unit 1.5 furling system. Harken systems are preferred because they have more features than any other units. They ride on high strength Torlon ball bearings which don't need lubricantsor seals SO they roll freely with minimal maintenance. The foils are tough, low weight, airfoil-shaped extrusions for excellent performance under sail. Structural components are precision machined from stainless steel, silicon bronze and Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated aluminum for years of corrosion resistant service. Sail shaping devices insure that you can really

a clean modern look that complements fine yachts. They're all backed by worldwide distribution and service so you're never far from support no matter where your cruising takes you.

Easy to Assemble Designed for owner installation with only simple hand tools. Picture book instruction manuals make assembly a snap.

Uses Existing Headstay The integrity of your rig is unaffected by the furling system because the aft facing double-grooved foils ride over your existing headstay.

Adapiable 10 Swage, Rod, Norseman, or Sla-Lok Terminals You may choose the type of rigging you prefer. For easiest installation, use swage fittings - our long swage stud allows you to reuse your existing wire. There's a special terminal for low stretch rod headstays. Many people prefer Norseman and Sta-Lok fittings, especially for extended cruising or for tropical saltwater.

Multiple races of 3 bearings distribute load to ail bails. Properly designed furling turnbuckle allows easy adjustman while preventingfatigue failure caused by side loading.

Nickle p k t a siiiwn bronze turnbuckle body imures gall prod operation.

Swage, Norseman. Sla-Lok or rodfitdws may be used with mos1 Harken systems.

mple Interlock Foils Foils are joined with splice links shaped to match the extrusion. Screws secure the splices. An adhesive is used to remove point loading from the fasteners and insure a joint that will endure years of torque loading.

Clean Aerodynamic Foils Our foils won't offend your sense of aesthetics or spoil the airflow on your genoa. They are engineered for superior strength without offensive bulk.

Superb Reefing, Not Just Furling If a unit doesn't provide sail shaping, it's wrong to call it a reefing unit. All Harken units incorporate independent head and tack swivels to give good sail shape when reefed. They can be used with existing sails, sails with foam luff pads, or sails with luff tape lag systems like Aeroluff @. The foil sections are tough enough to stand reefing loads and the bearings roll freely in the highest winds. Winching doesn't bother them. Excellent Racing Unit A harken Lnlts can be convened to rac ng Dy removlng me drum and lower~nqthe na yard SW ve 10 c ear the tvrln aroove lo for sal changes. ~ i o p t i o n dsplit drum allows removal di the drum without removing the headstay clevis pin. The airfoil shaped extrusions give you racing performance that round foils can never offer The top of our foils are clean and they completely cover your headstay for maximum luff lengths. Harken units are also light, crucial for racing and advantageous for cruising. Easy Length Adjustment The integral turnbuckle makes installation and mast tuning easy. It is a very special turnbuckle, designed expressly to handle the side loads of a furling system. The silicon bronze and stainless steel construction is gall resistant and durable. Easy Sail Changes and Shaping Reefing is great, but there are times when you may want to change sails. ~ a c ~arken h unit has a built-in prefeeder and a superbly designed stainless steel feeder which make sail changes smooth. Since sails raise and lower on your own halyard and there are no mechanical devices at the masthead, you can change sail shape through halyard tension:

Free ~Rollina. . . =, Low Maintenance Bearings Torlon bearings in multiple stacked races distribute radial and thrust loads evenly allowing the units to turn with exceptional ease. Maintenance reauires an occasional rinse and they're so tough that you can winch the units in heavy winds. They're even covered by our seven year limited warranty. ~

Finest Materials and Construction All ol oLr loao oearlng components. Inc Jdlng the a r m are mach~nedspun, or eX.tr~Oedof 6061-T6 alum~n~m, s Ikon bronze, or stainless steel for years of service. Alurninum components are Harodore anod zed W rh Teflon mpregnat on for trLe corrosion Drotecr on. Even the s Icon bronze is eleclro ess n cde olatea for better durability. Seven Year Warranty Harken units are covered by a simple seven year limited warranty. The warranty is transferable and requires no cumbersomedocumentation procedure. Worldwide Service Harken's network of distributors means that no matter where you cruise expert service and parts will be available.

Drum Lock A unique drum lock allows you to secure the unit when moored for extra peace of mind when you're ashore

Unidirectional bearing system handles loads fmm all directions.

Feeders are carefully shaped and finished to allow quick singlehanded hoistlng and efficient racing sail

changes.

Our scientific testing program has resulted in an exceptionally freerunning swivel design.

ReliableTorlan ball bearings require no lubricationand minimal maintenancs.

Main components are machined from solid 6061-T6 duminum which is Hardcote anodized lmthTeflon impte~naon for years of swvice.

Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems are offered in nine sizes. There sals so a rac ng mode ava able tor mosr of [he Jnlts Mosr Ln rs can be ~ s e wlth d swaae. rod. Norseman or Sta-Lo6 terminals The correct Jnlt for your boat iHeasy to determine:

Units 0.3, 3.5,4and Hydraulic Units are offered with a variety of clevis pin diameters to match your chainplate. Specify Me clevis pin diameter you require.

Rod Headstays All sizes of Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems may be used with rod headstays. Rod headstays must use a special adapter fitting and must be cut and reheaded by an authorized rod service center. Rod headstays work very well with furling units. They offer the performance advantage of low stretch and are felt to offer very good corrosion resistance in tropical saltwater.

0 Determine thesize of the unit you need for your headstay diameter and boat length. 0 Decide whether you want a split d ~ tommake conversion to racing mode easier. 0 Choose between units for wire or rod headstays 3 Cnoose whlch wlre termlnal style you preter swage or StaLoWNorseman

Swage F M n p vs Sla-Lok or Norseman Terminals

Most Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems can be used with either wage f~ningsor witn Sta-Lo* or Norseman term nals Most slzes of snnaard unlts come wltn swage Inlngs wnich must equipment If y o Jse ~ a swage be lnsta led by a rlgger Jslng spec~al~zed f Itlng yoJr dealer or alstrlbJror can provlde you wlth a a r e wn~chIS cbr to length and swaged on both ends - ready to install. Some people prefer Sta-Lok or Norseman terminals. They can be installed without specialized equipment -all you need is a wire cutter, pliers ana wrench. They are therefore, pop~larwith peope in reniole areas who do nor have access to swaaina machines Norseman and Sta-Lok terminals are also consideredbymany people to be superior to swage finings in tropical saltwater as they are felt to be less susceptible to stress corrosion

Racing Option All Harken unitscan be converted to racing. In addition, all units except Unit 4 can also be ordered with a split drum and basket to simplify conversion to racing. Without this option, conversion to racing requires removing the headstay clevis pin. With the split drum, conversion to racing is done with the headstay connected using only a screwdriver. To order a split drum, simply add an "R" to the part number you want. For example, 8MlR is a Unit 1 with a swage fitting and a split drum.

Wire, Rod and Clevis Pin Diameier .

When ordering a system, specify the wire or rod diameter Most rod is sized by "dash numbers" such as -12 or -40.

Wlm SIZS (l X l 9 Sbilllem Steel)

Unto

%z',

%8',

standed packwe Max Allowable

-4 (4.37 mm) -6 (503mm)

4 mm.-5 ~ mm.: 6mm

384' 11.fflm

45'4' 13.82 m-

p p -

Unit l

'/4',

Un11.5

5/18' ~

%S'. W 8mm.lOmn

%s'. M' mm. f4mm' %/ls', 'W 11 mm. 12mm. 14 mm*

Un13.5

Unit4

-22 (9.53 mm) -30(11.1 mm) -40(12.7mm) ~

-40(12.7mm)

%S'

16mm'

W, %'

W.%'

Unit4 HydmuE

16mm.19mn

Un14.5 ttjdlauk

1. 22 mm. 25 mm

For iype 316 metric wire ody.

-48 (14.27 m)

- -60 (16.76 mm) ~

-48 (14.27 mm) -60 (16.76 mm) -76 (20.62 m) -91 (22.23 m)

.v, l 1.lmm

52'8'

'W 127mm

W .-

19 mm. 22.3

74'7' Z.73 m

81'7' 24.87 m

74'9

78O' Z3.n m

151

15.8 mm

151

19mm V4',

152

%',W

154

152

22.3 mm

88'7'

27m

22.3 mm

101'8

l', !!A., 1 W 25.4 mm, 28.6 mm, 31.8mm

153

30.93m 102'0' 3109m

1'W. 1%' 28.6mm. 31.8 mm

154

1WO' 31.Wm

1W, 1%' 28.6mm.31.8mm

154

7T8' . ... 23.67 .. m 78O' B.nm

-~150

81'9 24.Q m

149 P

15.8 mm

- 22.78 m

P w

150

19 m,22.3 m n

Z.78 m ._ -p

W,'M

674' 20.52 m WO' 20.73 m 81'7' 24.87 m

6V4' 18.39 m _ 61'W 16.59 m 74'T 22.73 _ m-

5/18',

. 7.9 mm, 95

16.05 m 53'2" 16.21 m

~ ~~~~~ p -

-22 (9.53 mm) -30(11.1 mm)

%S'

Iernm, l9 mm- -

p p

16mm' Un13.5 Wnuk

~ ~

-22 (9.53 mm)

11-2 "I'

MU3 Hydnuk

-12 (7.14 mm) -17 (8.38mm)

Unt2.5

Unit3

S2' -14.07 m

-12 (7.14 mm)

8 mm p p p p

Unit 2

45'8 13.2 m

-8 (572 mm) -10 (6.35 mm)

6mm,7mn.8mm'

c~eyispin Diamlter

nu Lamh

R @ Size

W P a@ ~

. .-

FURUIYG ACCESSORIES

J i b Reefing and Furlina Svstems are sold readv to install, but we offer a few accessoriesto iornplement the systkms and ailow you to tailor your installation to your exact needs.

Stanchion Mount Bases 061 slrlnchion mobnl oases Drovlde an aea anachmenr melhoo for furling line lead blocks.The ball joint socket accepts most small ratchet olocks They swlve and p~vol boar swivel o ocks, ~nclua~ng 10 Drovlae a talr lea0 Thev f r all standard 7 4 and l 122 an0 25 mm1 puipits and stanchions, ske page 102 for further details. The 319 is ' a 061 base with a 127 double big bullet block. It is useful for boats w rh con1 nJous l~nefud ng systems or when lead~ngrnL Ip e lines all s ~ c has a f ~ rng l llne an0 snysa I sneet

Furling Lead Block Kits Fuding lead block kits are available. Kits include ball bearing blocks. Hexaratchets to provide proper drag on furling lines, stanchion mount bases, and cleats. Use a266 lead block kit with Units 0,l, and 1.5.Use a 267 lead block kit with Units 2 and 2.5. Use a 969 lead block kit for Units 3 and 3.5.

Halyard Restrainers Tne masthead geometry of some ooats o ctates rhal a ha yard restralner oe Jseo. Two slzes of nalvaro resha ners are ava laole Each is a stainless steel bracket shaped to fit radiused spars. The Hardkoteanodized aluminum sheave is grooved for both wire and rope halyards and rides on Teflon impregnated epoxy bearings. Halyard restrainers should not be used unless required. Please refer to installation instructionsfor details. Use a 944 restrainer with Units 0,1, and 1.5.Usea 945 restrainer with Units 2,2.5, 3, and 3.5.

Racing Prefeeder The 947 is a sail prefeeder particularly suited for use when racing. It is supplied with a 2 4 (610mm) long Dacron pennant for easy attachment to the bow. The 947 weighs 1 oz. (25g) and will work with #S,#6.or#7 (4,5,or 6 mm) luff tapes.

266

Small lead

0.1.1.5 2.2.5

969

061 319

Large l a d

Starchlon mount base Stall~h~on mount double lead Mock

3.35

170 Q

350 1 b 159 kg

Three 166. one 019,

four 061, and one cleat Three 168. one 019. four 061. and one cleat One011. three W1.

1 Questions & Answers about Jib Reefing and Furling I A

jib reefing and furling system isa major purchase and should be considered carefully. The following are questions people often ask about furling svstems:

Every Harken system includes a built-in prefeeder and an excellent feeder so sail changes are a breeze. Chances are you'll fit a genoa to your system and reef it to suit the conditions, but i f s easy to change sails to take advantage of a specialty sail like a drifter.

Can I install my own furling system? Harken systems are designed for owner installation. The system is shipped with a picture book instruction manual and is easy to install. You can have your headstay cut to length and swaged by a rigger and complete the installation yourself or you can use Norseman or Sta-Lok fittings to do the whole job.

Why would I use a rigger to install my unit?

BdW mcx photo

Can I use mv existing sails? Any sail ingood c o i i t i o n can be modified to fit a Harken system. rlarken f~rlers~leature inoependent nead ana racn s w e S so trie cenrer of the sa I W II roll before tne ends ano the sa WIIIflatten as r rsels. Sails need a luff tape and the primary sail should have a sun cover added. Even if you purchase a new reefing genoa, good seamanship reqJlres that you have neavy alr sallsaboara so y o ur~ ~ prooaoly ~ addlna a ufl taoe Tne conven four work no IID and srorm I I bv independent swivelfiill ensure thaitheie sailsalso reef effectively

A Droless~onalrlaaer 1s exDerlenceo in f ~ r l ~ ~nstallatlons na ano 1s comfortable workingin a bosun's chair. If you are not comfortable working on your rig or if time does not permit you to install your own system, a professional rigger can do an excellent job.

Why do I have to cut the headstay to install a Harken system? Fbrllnq Jn ts place a h gn horlzonta oad on the lower parl ol me headstaybecause the sailsare tacked on the drum rather khan on the aec6 Harken sysrenis ncorporare a rtlrnoucde that 1s speclal eng neereo to hano e tne S de loads of a f ~ r l l n gsystem We fee this s a

What are the advantages of a new genoa? A pLrpose b~ It genoaw feat~rea shaplng devlce to s~pplement tne doub e SW ve S: 11wl I adaress me IssLe of strenotn NDca v thro~an use of radial construction or variable cloth weights,ind jiwill Tncludeprotection against ultraviolet, frequently without a heavy add-on cover.

Can I really reel with a Harken furling system? Yes, elfecr ve reellna s a rea N. Tne ndeoendent swuels nelo. shaoe , sails and work well with any shaping device a sailmaker might install. The 10, s are small so !he reeled sal 1s not a o ~ k yro that o!sr,prs a rilow. Tne trlole ~nrerlocklolls don't relv on mecnan ca fasteners ro handle the toque loads of reefing. whenthe wind comes up, roll up part of the sail and keep sailing.

Can I use a winch to reel? The Torlon bearings are so tough that you can winch your unit when conditions dictate a reef, but so free rolling that you probably won't have to use a winch unless you have a large boat.

Can I change sails? Because you use your jib halyard to raise sails, it's easy to change sail shape through halyard tension and it's simple to change them.

K 8 H Banu Matav -ad&

BI~CXphoto

better solution than utilizing the existing turnbuckle of unknown quality. YOL can reJse tne exlstlng W re. o ~don't t forqn that neadstay wlres naJe a In re die and oloer rvlres need to be rep ace0

Can I race with a Harken syslem? Harken furling systems are designed, first and foremost, as the best f.r~~ngsystems lor cruls~nq,but they are also very effecl ve vrhen .sed for rac na Convers~onto rac no s s mole on a sues of svstems Tne small, a&odynamically shapedioils are great for racing a i d each unit is supplied with a prefeeder and excellent feeder for fast, smooth racing sail changes. The overall weight of Harken systems is quite low, especially weight aloft in the racing mode. Boats equipped with Harken furling have won many races and many modern performance boats are supplied with Harken furling as standard equipment.

What's involved in converting to racing? That depends on the level of racing. For casual races most people will simply leave the furling gear in place, reef when the wind comes up, and furl to douse the genoa when the spinnaker is up. For more serious racing the halyard swivel can be lowered below the feeder and the drum removed so that you can tack the sails on deck and execute racing sail changes.

38W

Connector

M,"

Foil

/ Actual Size

Small C ~ s.ng L boars are easlly overpo*ered and need an effechve reef~nosvstem to allow shorten~no - sal1 f r o m the safety of the cockpit. Unit 0 is the ideal jib reefing and furling system f o r boats with headstay wires of sA2', %C. 7A2', 4 mm, or 5 mm and with -4 (4.37 m m ) or -6 15.03 mm) rod headstays JnllO m a y also be sea W [h 6 mm bpe 316 metrlc wire Tfp~cay these are boats 22 t o 28 feet (6 5 to 8 5 m ) o ~heaaslav t slze 1s the contro i n 0 d~menson when selecting the proper unit f o r your boat. -

Dercriplion

EMI

Unit with swage fining

901

Unit with Sta-LoWNoneman terminal Unit with rod terminal

?3S

Additional Infwmation-See

pages 144 and 145 for an explanation of special features. See pages 146 and 147 for an explanation of options.

spll Drum Oplion

AM ' r t o

S p W wire a clevk pn size

part number Specify md 6 cl& pin size

906

Extra 7'(2.13 m) foil extrusion

Required ifheadstay length is over 38'4' (11.58 m) . One required for each extra 906foil ordered

909

Extra 6' (152 mm) connedor

266

Lead block ki

Includes three 166 bullet blo~ks,ore 019 linle Hexarstchet,four 061 bases, and one cleat

884

Optional snap shackle

937

Split drum retrofit klt

For head or tack-ordertwo if SMD shackle required at both head and tack For adding a split drum l0 existing unils

C61

Stanchion mount base

Attaches 166,168,023,001, or01910 pulpi: or stanchion

940

lsomat adapler kit

For use on lsomat span. Includes stemball fining and toggle.

Halyard restrainer

For use only when required - see inslruction manual

149

@ Actual Size

U n i t 1 isan extremely popular jib reefing and furling system for moderately sized boats. It is also often found on the staysails of larger boats. Unit 1 fits boats from 28'to 36' (8.3 to 11 m) with lh",%2', 6 mm or 7 mm headstay wires and -8 or -10 rod headstays. Unit 1 may be used with 8 mm type 316 wire. Unit 1.5 is a Unit 1 with a heavy duty turnbuckle to fit 8 mm or %6' wire and -12 rod. It should only be used when the boat size and headstay length suggest a Unit 1, but the headstay size is too large. Do not use a Unit 1.5 if the boat length exceeds36' (11 m) orthe headstay length exceeds 53'2" (16.2 m) except after consultation with Harken regarding the suitability of the unit for your application. AWitio~alInl~nalim-See pages 144 and 145 tor an explanation ot special feaues. See pages 146 ano 147 for an explanation of options -

Cmmon Spadllratlas Lull tap Headstay wire

Rod headstay Clevil pin diamter

Headstay length Standard package Maximum allowable

Ull l Y6 W5mm W.W.6mm.7mm (8 mm Type 316 onb) -8 (5.72 mm) -10 (635 mm) '8 12.7 mm 45'8' (13.W m)

52'8'(16.m m)

Unitl.5 #6 kg',

5 mm

516'.

6 mm

-12 714 mm

ss' 15.9mm 462'(14.07 m) 53'2 (16.2 m)

Connector

Foil

Actual Size

Unit 2 is a j i b reefing and furling system for most cruising boats from 35' to 46' (10.6 to 14.2 m). It fits boats with headstay wires of 5/16', W,8 mm or 10 mm. It also fits -12 17.14 mm) and -17 (8.38 m m ) rod headstavs. unit 2.5 is a high load version of Unit 2 tha6s suitable for use with -22 (9.53 mm) rod headstays on boats that are under 46' 114.2 m) and have headstav lenaths under 68' (20.73 rn)'lt s h o i d only be used whin the boat and headstay length suggest a Unit 2 , but the boat has -22 rod. Before uslng Unlt 2.5 on olner boats p ease consL 1 Harden regaro ng me sultab~lry o f yoLr a p p lcatlon Additional Informalion- See oaoes 144 and 145 for an expanat on of spec a teatdres ~eebages146ano 147 for an expianal on of opt ons

Common Specilicstionn

Unit 2

Unit 2.5

Unil2

Unit 2.5

Splll Drum DCion Unit with swagefining swlfywire sie

990

Unn with rcd tenninal

842

Exlm 7' (213 m) foil eXtmsiw

Order if headstay length is over: Ulrt 2 - 6 0 ' f (18.39 m); Unit 2.5- 61' (18.59 m)

844

Extra 9' ( 2 9 mm) cwnectar

Orderonefweach ffl2fdl ordered

~287

267

Lead block kit

Includes three 168 bullet blocks. one 019 Hexaratchet,four 061 bases, and one cleat

885

Optional smp shackle

For head or tack -order two if snap shackle required at both head and tack

887

Split drum retmfi kit

Foraddingasplit drum to existing units

061

Stanchion mwnt base

Amches 168,023,001, or019 to pulpit or standllon

15.9 mm

942

943

lsomat adapter kit

For use or lsomal span. Includes stemball fining and tOQQle.

W'4'(18.39 m) 67'4" (20.52m)

945

Halyard restminer

For use only when required-

Lutf tape ~

Headslay wire

Rcd headstay

-12 (714mm) -17(838mm)

Clevis pln diameter Headstay length Standard package Maximum allowable

SDeuhl rod sie

ses instruction

. Connector Foil

Actual Size Unit3

Unit 3 is a furling system for most boats from 45'to 70' to 21 m). It fits boats with Vis", lR", 11 mm, 12 mm, or 14 mm wire headstays and boats with -22 (9.53 mm) and -30 (11.1 mm) rod headstays. Unit 3.5 is a high load version of Unit 3 that is suitable for boats with 946"and 16 mm wire headstays, or -40 rod headstays. Unit 3.5 should not be used on boats with headstays longer than 88'7" (27 m). (13.7

Unil3 Uni13.5 Pafl Dssaipion Pan No. No. able tor 14 mm or 16 mm w~re

See pages 144 and 145 for an explanation of special features. See pages 146 and 147 for an explanation of options.

Luff tape Headstay wire ~

Rod headslay Clevis pin diameter Headstay length Standard package Maximum allowable

1ml

Unit with rod terminal

Specfy rod 8 c h i s pin she

Hydraulic Unit 3.5

558

1044

Extra 7' (2.13 m) toil extr~~lon

1045

Extra 10'(251 mm) connector

11x2

#6 hz.,5 mm h', 'h',l 1 mm, 12 mm. 14 mm -22 (9.53 mm) -30(11.1 mm) V i or 7X 19mm. 222mm

X6 W .5 mm

7 4 7 (22.73 m)

74'T (22.73 m) 88'7 (27 m)

Extra 1W (254 mm) connectw for 14 mm w~re

969

469

Lead block Kt

968

Split drum retrofit kit

061

Stanchton mount base

Allaches 001 ot 009 to pulpit or stanchion

943

lsomatadapter kit

945

Halyard restrainer

For use on Isomal Span. Includes stemball fining and toggle. For use only when required - see instruction manual

14 m -40 12.7 mm

Required !f headstay length is we1 74'7 (22.73 m) One requ~redforeach extra foil ordered One required for each extra 958foil ordered when uslng 14 mm wire Includesane 011. three Wf, one W9, and one cleat For adding a split drum to existmg units

AS'

Specifyw~rea clevls pm sae

termfnal E62

Additional Informalion-

CommonSpecifications

Split Drum Opion

W D 7 3 mm

~~ P

Connector Foil

One Third Size

Unit 4 is a jib reefing and furling system forthe largest cruising boats. It fits boats with headstay wiresof W, W. 16mm, 19mm, and -40 (12.7 mm), -48 (14.27 mm) or -60 (16.76 mm) rod headstays. Typically these are boats 60' to 90' (18.3 to 27 m), but headstay size is the controlling dimension when selecting the proper unit f o r your boat. Unit 4 is a limited production item. Allow up to 6 weeks for delivery Additional Inlmalion- See pages 144 and 145 for an explanation of special features. See pages 146 and 147 for an explantion of options.

$7 'M.6 mm

Dsxriplion

Headstay wire

%,W.16 mm. 19mm

1001

unn wlth Sta-LoWNoneman

Rod headstay

-40(127mn) -48 (14.27 mm), -60 (16.76 mm) l", I1A" 25.4 mm, 286mm. 31.8mm

Lun tape ~

terminal

Clevis pin diameter Headstay length Standard package Maximum allowable

77'8'(23.67 m) 101'8' (M99m)

Specify wire 8 clevis pin size --.p

1W2

Unitwith rod terminal

Speclfy md & clevis pin size

1W3

~ x l r a12' (3.56 m) f o l extrusion

Required if headslay lengthis over 77'8'(23.67 m)

1W5

Extra 13l.4' (343 mm) connector

One required for eachextra 1W3 foil wdered

For manual operation, simply flip the switcn, then insert a winch handle an3 furl.

Hahen hydraulic furlers have an Innovative winch handle driven headstay tensioning system using aself-locking bevel gear lead screw mechanism in a sealed oil bath.

3 HYDRAULIC FURLING I HydraJ~lcfurl~ngbnngs the ~mrnatein automahc sa control to large offsnore boats Sa s are reefea, furled or set wlth the toucn of a bunon darken hvdraullc f~rlina1s s ~ ~ t a bfor l e CNIS na boars from 50 to l00'(5 to 30.5 m) with headstays as largeas l ' (25 mni) wire or -90 rod. Harken hydraulic furling combines elegant styling and materials with advanced design and construction to produce a thoroughly madern unit. The streamlined housing tits easily within existing pulpits and minimizes sail distortion during reefing. The unit is Hardkote anodized aluminum with investment cast stainless steel body components which are polished and chrome plated fora durable, elegant look. Harken hydraulic furlers incorporate an innovative headstay adjustment and tensioning system which is activated with a winch handle. This manual tensionino system uses a self-lockina bevel aear lead screw mechanism in a sealed oil bath. The easy to operate manual override automaticallyhive~tsiheflow of oil from the hydraulic motor when a winch handle is inserted to prevent accidental use of the powered system. Standard winch handles are used. The reversible hydraulic drive uses a high reduction, double enveloping, worm gear set which has an inherent ability to maintain position when reefed -there is no creep or possibility of hydrauiic system failure from reefed loads. The main gear set is supported by heavy duty tapered roller bearings and the manual overdrive mechanism rides on ball bearings. Standard hydraulic components are used throughout so parts and service are available worldwide. Common Spnillcaiom L d l tape Headstay wire

Unn 3 ffi W.5mm

'no'.

ffiorX7

W, 5 mm. 'M.6 mm

I t .

9/16'

l 1 mm. l 2 mm, l 4 m m Rod headstay -22 (9.53 mm) 40(11.1 mm) Clwis pin diameter Wor74' 19mm, 222mm Recommended now rate 3 gaVmin Rmmmemed pressure

W,5 mm 16 m 40 127mm 'A' 22.2 mm

1WO psi (70 bar)

BMXI

W , 5 mm, 'h:6 mm 59: W %,l' 19mm 22 mm, 25 mm 4 8 (14.27mm) -75 (20.Q m) M] (16.76mm) -90(22.23 m) l", lW.11W 1Vi.138' 25.4mm.28mm.31.8mm 31.8mm.34.9m 5% gaVmin (19.87 I'tedmin) lmOpsi(70) bar

Unit 3,3.5

Unll S ~ a t NB. t

Unlt3.5 Pad NO.

Unll PW NO.

Unit 4.5 ~ a rNO. l

1048

Unit 4,4.5

DsrcriCion Specilyvnre and clevis pin s i n

1049

Unit with Sta-LokINoneman terminal Unit with rod t e n i n 4

10%

Extra toil cxtms~on

1051

Extra connector

Rewired if headstay lwth is over standard package length One required for each extra foil

Specify rod and clevis pin s i a

3 @-

SMAU BOAT FURLING PULLON FURLING UWE

Harken small boat furling systems are designed to allow the dinghy ortrallerable cruising sailor the ability to furl the jib from the cockpit. Both the drums and halyard swivels of these furling systemsfeature multiple stacked races of Delrin or Torlon bear ngs to InsLre smooth romt~onunoer load Smaller olnahvs use Me 162 and 163 unlrs wlth Delr~nbear nos whiieiarger dinghys use the 164 and 165 which feat6e hi-load Torlon bearings. TraileraMes and other small cruls ng boats use rhe l i e ad removable 207 and 208. Tne 207 swivel s s ~ ~ ~ w~th retainer to hold the swivel nearthe headstay when in use. All small boat hding systems require a j o with a I L ~ wire ~ r o ~ e rsel vzed to tne sail. The luff wlre carries most of the headsiay load in use and must be properly sized for the boat. Some boats, part culany oinghys remove o sma I the headstav enlirelv while others, n c l ~ d ~ nmost cruising boats keepthe headstay to suppoi the mast when the sail is not hoisted. Small boat j ~ bturllng gear does rot a low a sa.l to be used enclentlv in a reefeo confio~rationbur does al o b the jib to be set and doused from the cockpit.

~.scrlplion

162

Upperswivel

lhl

Furling drum

154

Hidad upper swivel

165

Hi-lad furling

Oillance

Diam6ier BllwsRn p'n= - - ~ ~211' 1' 64mm 25mm ZiX ZW 1' 64mm 70mm 25mm 2'X 1' Mmm 25mm ......

drum

2M'

ad''

64mm

70mm

25mm

Max LuLutfWire Diameter

Line %o'

8mm % %o'i 4mm 8mm p

%o'

Cruisinp upper swivel

208

Cruisingfurling

I 102 mm C

line. 37 mm 4%~'

h' 3mm

422'

4mm

340. 8mm

3mm %'

lOmm

5mm

p -

207

h' 3mm

Clais Pin WsigM Diameter~-~ '/i 2'AOz 6rnm Mg %' 4'hoz 6mm 128g W 2% W 6mm 640 K' 41101 6mm 128g ME" 6 01 6mm 1709 -~

Max Walling ~~

Lmd WO 1 b 227kg 5CO lbs 227kg 9% lb

431-kg 9%lb 431kg

2WOlbs EO7kg

Use on dinghys to 20 R. (6.1 m); c a t a m a r a n s t o l E ~ ( 5 . 5m) Usewl164

Use on cruising b a t s to 25 R. (7.6 m); catamarans to 23n (7 m) Use wiz07

~p~ ~p~ ~p

17h6'

'/4'

%n'

5/1s'

14'h oz

2030 Ibs

Use on dinghys under 16R (4.9 m) Use w1162

Furling has recently been applied to both staysailsand Gennafiers W m excellent resL IS Sp nnaner staysais are very easy to holst when rolled and can be demoved or doused without the need for crew to go forward and upset the balance of the boat. This is particularly useful in marginal conditions where the sail can instantly be struck without changing the trim of the boat so that its effectiveness can be analyzed. Staysail furling systems include both a lower drum with snap shackle, fairlead and cleat, and the upper swivel with provision for halyard attachment. The staysa must be oesgned for Iurllng W th a lutl wlre selzeo ro tne sal1 Tnese unlls are based on rlarkens popular small furlers and utilize the same patented, multiple stacked races of Torlon ball bearings to insure smooth operation under load. Gennaker furling was developed for the large single-handed boats and dramatic multihulls like Primagaz, The Gennaker is a reaching sail with a luff wire and is furled into a camuact sausaoe-like roll which is easy to stow and remains under control while being hoisted. Once aloft, the sail is clean and efficient without the windaae or confusion of snuffers. The 1900 ~ennakerfurl& is ideal for drifters and reachers on multihulls as large as 45' (14 m). The drum unit features afairlead while the upper swivel is designed for direct halyard attachment. Gennaker furling on very large boats is a custom product, but Harken has gained much experience dealing with boats like Primagazand can readily specify the Proper unit for your needs. ~~~

The LP of a sail is a perpendicular line measurea from the lull tolhe clew.

'Smaller line may be requlred for SfaySalls with long fool lerglhs.

t:! 1851

DDeaofI~lim

,,,,

Dimcler

smallstaysail 2% 1. fudingsyslem 73mm 25mn 1852 Large stayail 4Vi l furl[ngsystem 108mrn 37 mn l e s s Maxi staysail 5 ' 8 lax fuding s y s l e n ~ l 3 8 m r n 44 mn 1900 Gennaker 5'8 l fuding system 138mrn M mn

Length

Swivel

53/16.

43/16,

132mrn 106mrn 7%' 6Va' 186mm 159mm 7% 7. 191 mm 178mm 6 6 15Zmm 152mm

;hg Halyard Load W

WeiuM 13; 3669

l/<

9531KllbS 431 kg 2WO lbs

6mm

Wkg

8Wg

4mm

3WOlbs 1361 kg %G' 3WOlbs 8mm 1361 kg

28 m

SA'

34 or

8mm

964g

29 m 8228

Mar

Max

Lull Slayrail Length Overlq (LP) 50' 13.5' 1525m 4.1 m 70' 20' 6m 21.33m 80' 28' 24m 8.5m 50' 28' 15m 85m

157

Slandard cats a avaihLhk wnh 8 b a n . temibd: accepts vaMy

~OlbamMdlit

:. . '

lnstal!allon ls smple and can be done mth the mast ,o place

Harken Battcar systems allow full batten mainsails to realize their full potential. Mainsails with full length battens are easier to trim, last longer and have a more powerful shape. Coupled with lazy jacks, full length battens make cantrolling the main easier when reefing and furling. Because of their length, however, battens can exert tremendous leverage on conventional sail slides and make raising and lowering sails difficult. Harken Battcar systems place the battens and headboards on recirculating ball bearing cars so that sails raise easily and drop instantly when the halyard is released. Battcars are the result of years of research by our custom department which first developed the systems for the huge French ocean racing multihulls. Properly engineered cars with ball bearings provide the lowest friction, most reliable systems available. Standard Battcar systems are available in three size ranges for boats from 30 to 80' (9 to 24 m). Each size range includes a headboard car assembly, a variety of batten end cars, short luff cars, and an easy to install, lightweight track. Custom or modified systems are amilable for speclal appllcat ons. Headboard couplers join two cars and replace me mainsai neadboard. These un que designs spread tne load of the leecn across both cars and allow even large sa~lsto be carried by free roll~ngbal bearing cars.

There are a varety of slogs 10 01 m s f grooves no need 10 dnlls,

Batten end cars are offered with a wide variety of batten terminals to suit a full range of sailmaker preferences. Battslide fittings protect sails from excessive wear by placing the batten end in a rugged batten receptacle which removes the stress from the sailcloth. Their unique. patented*, multi-axis articulating link allows battens to move in all planes. The precise mechanical linkage holds the batten end in its intended position for optimal sail shape, a feature loose attachments cannot offer. Battslide fittings allow battens to rotate into a horizontal position when the sail is lowered so sails are easier to flake and furl and the wide range of movement allows the boom to be moved off the centedine even when the sail is furled. Where the use of Battslide fittings is not desired, cars are offered with threaded studs to accept other receptacles. Short luff cars hold the main to the mast between battens to prevent scallo~ina. Bait& systems require the installation of Harken track on the mast. Spec a1track can be attached to rhe lntema groove on most span sing OJr patenteo mounting sysrem that eliminates the need 10 dr II the mast. For spars without internal sal grooves, standard Haken traveeer track can be mounted by drilling and tapping the spar. Bamlide is a trademark of SailpowerSystems, Inc. which holds all Banslide patents.

( ORDERING BATTCARS

Ordering the correct Battcar system for your boat involves choosing the correct size range, choosing the correct number of cars for yoursail, and determ nlng the proper trac6 and mount ng s ~ g for s yoLr mast Y o ~ sal r mader must be cons~ltedn tne process beca~sey o u sal1 WIIIneeo moo f cahon, out yo, can cnoose me correct components by following the l~vesteps oelow Owners ol unJsLal boats should contact Harken for f~rtherdeta s 1. Choose the correct size batten traveler system based on sail area. Maximum Sail Arm Manohull Mullitmll

Maximm Bua~Length

SpBm

Papa

p -

425 n'

40 m' p-pp-.

5a0 6 46 ~~. .. m2

3% If 33 m2

14.6rn

425 n' 40 m'

146m

48 48

1M)-l61

R - Rioad

160- 161

162- 163

B - Hiioad

162- 163

164-165

P -

sm n2

56 m'

46 m' P

750 n' 69m2

If ,

1 3 ~ 6 120 m'

58' 17.7m.- -

60'

56 m'

1R3m

1 ~ 0 6 93 m2

80' 24 m

2. Order the correct n~mberand conhgurabon of cars for yoJr Doat Choose can aner ConsJltat~onwnn yoLr sal rnader Eacn system needs one neadooaro car assembly. tne correct number of barten ena can and snon IJV can for berween the banens

3. Determinethe correct number of tracksecfons. I

Mainsail LUll Length

Maimail Lufl Lsnglh

Numbsrof Track Srtionn

25'11'-327' 7.9m-9.93 m 32'8" - 39'4' . .~ 9.96m-11.99m 39'5'-46'1' 1201 m - 3 0 5 m

Number of Track Soclions pp

66'4-7x0 M 2 2 m -22.25 m

731'-789 22.28 m -24.31 m

7 ~

11 12 p

791U-W6 2433 m -2637 m

86'T-933' 2639 m -2842

462-52'10' 1407 m-16.10m

52'11'-597' lsl3m-18~16m

934-$911' 28.45 m 3 0 . 4 5 m

598'-W? 1819m-20.19m

lW-1068' 30.48 m -32.51 m

4. Determinethe correct mounfng slugsfor p u r mast. For each size system Mere are slugs for flat mast grooves and two slugs for round mast grooves, If your mast'boes not have an internal sail track which will accept Harken mounting slugs, you must attach conventional Harken ttaveler track by drilling and tapping the spar System A uses 142track with 278 splice links; System B uses 1535 track with 1538 splice links; System C uses 758 or 1847 tmck wth 1786 spl ce Ihns Each mounbng kR nClJdeS en0Jgh sl~gslofd one traclc a ona wdn fasteners. -octlteb and a connectors ua Order one mo~ntlngkn for eachimck section.

5. Order one end stop lot Each Kt includestwoend stops, fasteners and special mounf ng slugs for track ends.

rrr-

p -

1 SYSTEMA I System A Battcars are designed for mononulls wlm mainsails of less than 425 It2(45 m2) or mullih~llswith ess than 350 It2133 m21 rli-load cars- &ith aluminum end'capsand Torlon balls are used on mbnohuils with mains to 500 R (46 m2)and on multihulls with mains as large as 425 W (40 m2). ~~~~

Track D i m m I o n ~ 1B00 Length - 80%"(2.05 m) Weight 4 . 1 6 ozlft (387 glm) Track fastener size - 5 mm x 10 mm Fastener spacing - 100 mm (3754s') Use 142 track for drilling and tapping

164

~~~~~

Common Sp~ciliicslions Cars Car width - 23/16. (56 mm) Ball diameter - 'A' (6 mm) Fits track- 18W (142, 154) Max headboard thickness - 'R' (12 mm)

m i

Actual Slze

1803iits mast grooves wilha SA6 (8 mm) gap or greater but less than % c ' (11 mm). 1823litsllm mast grooves w t h a 'l< (11 mm) gap or greater but less than 5B' (16 mm).

1802

W Actual

1801

Mast Cross Sectlon

I :i

Length Mounllng Slug

Deacr~ptian

1801

Mounting klt for shallow

round mast groove

1802

2% 67 mm 25/8' 67 mm

46'

i.,

19 nlnl 1li 32-mm

mast yroove End kllfor deep round mast Q ~ O O ? ~ End kll foiflat mast g r ~ v e

1806

19mm

End klt for shallow round

1805

2% 67 m m ~

Mountng krtfor wldefat mast grwve

1804

19mn

Mountlllg klt for fast mast groove

1823

oi 69 '/a az 69 % oz 89 "3 o i 109 1,3oz log 1%

Mount~ngklt for deep round mast g r o p e

1803

Number Per Klt

19mm

1'A' 32 mm 1l,< 32 mm

End k ~ t f o wlde r

D~e~cription

. p

1772'

Baitcar with nylon m l d Battslide

l773

baitcar ~ / f i x e d round Banslide

25a 67 mm

02 20 9- h 02 20 9

5% 02

22 9 l%ol 35 9

3,4

Kil Includes

Number Per Klt

Omerane klt per lenm of track

Slugs, fasteners. Loctite.

Order ane kfl per mast

a one pair 263 end stcps

Sl~gs.fasteners 8 Lwllte

Max Billten Width or Diameter

M a i mickneas Batlen viClolh

l?< 41 mm '4a 11 inm

',?" ---

au_p

2 ~

'h 02 1 0 Q ~ ~

1lY

Length Connector

!3 02 ID g

1824

Weight Connador Slug

Weight Mounli~g Slug

12mm

:::i:

Max Load CBpEity

Weight

'lat

I# Round lZmm .

low 2849

350h 159kg

l 1 oz 3129 ~

450b 204kg ~

1In %mm

2% Mmm

4"Ms' 119mm

- 18

2 M m m

~"AS'

~ A -S 18

119mm

3 76mm

3 ~

E Fastemer

~ p

l'?"

76mm

%mm

p--~

1774

Bancar wlaluminum Mldl Baltsl~de ~

1775

Battcar wlalurllinum Maxl Banslide

1792

Headboard car assembly wllleadboard-

1825

1sh" 41--mm

12mm

2' 51 mm

18 12 mm

>h"

Flal

Flat

~~~~~-~

Bancar wl10 m m stud

Round

17mm ~~~

4501b

1'h

204kg 76mm

2%'

- 18

411/16'

3 W m m 6 4 n 119mm

1307 3699

4501h ~--204 kg

28oz 794 g8 01 2279

5 76mm

1700lb

1%/ 38 mm

2fh 64mm

~~~

3134s'

7;X

2~ ~ mm 76 mm

1!C 41 mm

2001b 91 kg

54 mm

15~" 41 mm

i16

41- g i m m 2 9 1 m m

450 lb 204 kg

4i%, 546 - 18 1 1 9 m m ~--~

2' 51 mm

3/la' 5 mm

1894

Luff car

1901 ~- -~

1202 y 0 g

301 859 4 01

Bancarviladiustable l!C !q Fiat of 450 lb 3 l round 204 kg 76 mm 38 mm f a t or round banslde 41 lllm ---- HI-Load Ballcars and headboard can are required for larger nlalnsalls. To order add' HL" to the pan number. Does not apply to 1894 lull cars. ~

l ~ m ~ ~ - P ~ - - ~5329 ~~-

3/1C

51 mm

12mm-

5 mm

2'6 64---p-..-.p mm

8W 216 mm

"16-18

~~~~

~~~~~~ p

&tern B Battws are aesigned tor monoh~llsW th ma nsa s of ess tnan 600 (56 m2) or multihdlls with ess than 500 t? (46 m2).Hi- oad cars with aluminurn end caps and Todon balls are used on monohulls with mains to 750ft2 (69 m2) and on multihulls with mains as large as 600 ft2 (56 m2). RacC D i m e n ~ ~-~1808 w Conmron Speclllcatiom - Cam Length - 81 'h' (2.06m) Car width - 2%' (70mm) Weight - 5.92 ozlft (551 g/m) Ball diameter - %6' (B mm) TrackFastenersize-6mm X 12 mm FH Fits track- 1808 (1510,1535) Fartener spacing - 100 mm (31%~') Max headboard thickness - W (16mm) Use 1535 track for drilling and tapping. 162

System C batten travelers are designed for monohulls with mainsailsof less than 1300ft2 (120 m2)or multihulls with less than 1000 ft2(93 I+). custom or modified systems are available for larger boats. R& D i m n t l m l816 Cornmm SpeelficaIims -Car0

Length - 811%6' (2.08 m) Car width - 3%6" (84 mm) Ball diameter - 3A" (10 mm) Weight - 9.38 oz/H (874 @m) Track fastener size - 8 mm x 16 mm FH Fits track - 1816 (516,758) Fastener spacing- 100 mm (31sAB') Max headboard thickness-llAs'(17mm) Use 759 or 1847 track for drilling and tapping.

1795

Actual Size 1819Fitsflat mast grooves with a 7AC (11 mm) gapor greater but less than 5N (16 mm). Actual Size

A Mast Cross Section

Length Mountin# S1W 1' 25 mm

Weight Mounling Slup

1818 Mounting kit fordeep round mast groove

1" 25 mm

M 02 1oQ

1819 Mwntinfl kitfor flat mast groove

1' 25 mm

'102

% 02 20 Q

51 mm

Description

1817

Moumng kit torshallow round mast pmove

1620 End kit for shallow round mast gmpve

~~~

' A 02

Number Per K't 19

log

169

1821 End kit for deep round masl groove

% oz

51 mm

20 9

1822 End kitforflat masl groove

2' 51 mm

101 30 9

Lenpth Connector ._-Slup 4%' 105 mm

Weiuht Conmuor Slug 1% m 46 9

Number Per Kit 1

4%' 105rnm

1% m 46 fl

4% 105 mm

2'4 m 66 9

Kit Includes

Slugs, fasteners 6 Lotille

Oder one lot W length of m k

slugs. fasteners. m m . a One pair end stops

Order me per mast

SINGLE LINE REEFING & LAZY JACKS

Single line reefing and lazy jack kits allow easy installation of these two mainsail handling systems. Lazy jacks control mainsails during reefing and dousing. The sail drops between the l a y jacks and is contained on the boom until it can be secured. They workexceptionally well with full batten mains, but can be used with conventional sails as well. Harken lazy jack kits provide everything that is required for installation including pre-swaged wires, blocks, eyestraps, line, a cleat, fasteners, and clear pictorial instructions. Harken single line reefing kits are based on Garry Hoyt's patented reefing system which has been used successfully on hundreds of boats. Blocks are track mounted so that they can easily be correctly positioned and so that block position can be changed as sails stretch or are replaced. Single line reefing kits include tracks, blocks, fasteners, and simple pictorial instructions, including sailmaker instructions for modifying your sail. You need to furnish rope and a cleat or stopper to match those on your boat. Spacial Features L q Jacks Single Line Reeling Pre-swaged vinyl coated stainless cable Ball bearing blocks Ball bearing blocks AdjustaMe track-mounted blocks Complete pictorial instructions Simple pictorial instructions 166

Lazy-Jacks l

I BO~b I qth

252

253 254

Small lw isck l Medium l w j a c k kit Laqe lw jack kii

21'-28'

6.4 m - a5 m 27-n' 82m-11.3m

35' 42'

mm L a e h 6-10'6' 2 4 m -3.2 m

10'6'-14' 32m-427m 17-16

Single Line Reetin1 I

254 251

Small sinple line reeling kit Laroe sinole line

Boa Llnph

Mniml Ama

27.F

Under 1% f12

6.7 m -8.2 m 28-38

Mer14m2

Patented M l bearing rdler

Wwr

and reducesfrictim.

Self-tailingarm isadjlsfat4e to 22 pos~onsafterthe mnchis mmnted.

17-4 PH M n l m stee roler bearinos rldein all metalcages. Metal ogesare alfter prevewing M m c y mMilg distotilon and allow more beanngsforthe same d i m e r . decreasingthe load carried 4eachbearing. Lesslad bearing msansgreater~iency

Largediameter spindles form a laqe beMw surface to pmwrlj

Stainless steel bdl bearings carry vertical lold af drums,

Pawlsan tmldwme ay thesprirqs. my are easym remove but won't dmp out a& dendyduring s e M .

Him load carryiw w r pim m 174 PH sginsssstua for maxlrmm sbengnand durabili.

&a on uinchsfmm the 42 W r e f o u r paulsla d m u m 6iWiliiand

m mini&

Winchesas s m l asthe 4tlfmlure mlkr bearings insvewwpar

All ~ f m l u e $we drain Mes.

durabili, and mclency.

T h e Dehler 43 CWS (page 167) features an innovative design that leads all of the halyards and control lines to centrally located electric winches. Sails can be raised and lowered, trimmed and adjusted from the safety of the cockpit with the simple push of a button. Dehler uses Harken winches as standard equipment because they know that efficient winches are essential to the proper operation of the modern yacht. Harken winches features more bearings than otherwinches so they are extremely efficient in operation and make sailing easier and more fun.

168

....,... * ,

" 7

Self-Tailing

Winch Handles Harken winch handles are a unique blend of good looks and smooth efficiency, the perfect complement to Harken winches and a positive addition to any winch. All thirteen winch handles feature ball bearing grips for more efficient and comfortable operation. Lock-in handles are easily released with a conveniently positioned thumb switch. They are safer to use as they will not slip out of the winch while you are cranking and may be left unattended in a winch.

Harken winches feature a self-tailing mechanism of unDaralleled efllc ency rvn ch 1s exlreme~ygentle toyour sheers. The feeder s a patented ba bear ng roller whlcn greatly red~ces Ir~cl~on. Drolecllna sheex and lncreas no efflc encv The traall onal steel hook feederis inefficient and damaging to line. Harken's self-tailing device accommodates a wide range of line sizes, including many of today's small diameter hi-tech lines. The jaws are adjustable by depressing and turning the upper jaw. Opening the jaws makes the winch extremely efficient with larger lines and closing the jaw allows small lines to be tailed.

Three Speed Winches Harken three speed winches are extremely simple to use. The name plate ring next to the winch handle socket is depressed to engage the three speed mode. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed winchesoffer very high line speeds for racing or fast cruising.

Modularity Available in Chmme, Aluminum or Polished Bronze Most standard winches are available with chromed-bronze or hard anodized aluminum drums. All winches offered with chrome drums are available with polished bronze drums by special order. Aluminum is lighter and many people prefer me look of b ack @ nches. Cnromea oronze w~nches offer a r ~ c hook and orear durabil N. Pollshed bronze offers atrad liona. appearance for special boats.

Harken's modular system allows you to upgrade the configuration of your winches as your requirements change. Start with an economical two speed winch and later convert to self-tailing orthree speed without changing the entire winch. Only Harken offers such complete modularity. Standard two speed winches may be converted to self-tailing (#42 up). three speed (848 up) or both (#56 up). Conversion is simple and requires only the addition of a modular kit. Many sizes of self-tailing winches may be converted to electric drive with the addition of a modular kit and an electric motor. 169

I t is important to match the correct winch to each job on your boat. You need a winch of the correct size and of the correct type for the task at hand. This winch selection guide is designed to simplify choosing the right winch. If you have any questions, or would like further advice, please contact us or any of our distributors. ~ no1 know The select on chan 1s ~asedon ng dlmenslons When exact r g dlmenslons are known, tne select on Snobla be qJlte exact. If y o do w J r exact dlmens~ons.use tne chart onlv as a oeneral au de an0 conflrm the correct sue belore ordenno Unusua boats s ~ c has mult nulls. heaw iisplacement boats, and ULDBs will req& larger or smaller winches

Wlnch Sizing

Powered Winches

In most cases, the part number of a Halken winch directly reflects the power ratio in the lowest gear when using a 10' (254 mm) handle. In the case of wide body winches, there is no direct relationship between power ratio and part number. Choose a winch which will give you adequate power for the loads you are likely to experience.

Powered winches let you trim the heaviest loads with just the touch of a button. Harken offers both electric and hydraulic winches. Both are available in a wide range of sizes starting with a 44.2ST to handle sheets and halyards on cruising boats from 35 feet (10.7 m). All Harken powered winches are extremely efficient self-tailers. Many cruising sailors have found that making one primary winch a poweredwinch offersa wide range of benefits. Sheets can be cross-led to the powered winch in heavy air. Halyards can be led aft when it's necessary to send a man aloft-a real benefit to couples cruising alone. Even a single powered primary winch can transform a cruising boat into a very simple boat to sail shorthanded.

Self-Tailing Self-tailing winches allow onecrew to crank powerfully with both hands while the winch tails itself. They are very useful for ail functions on cruising boats where crew is likely to be limited and they are o w n used for halyards, running backstays, and controls on racing boats.

Drum Materlal

l l

T/ut?e Speed Thrw speed winches are faster because the drum turns very quickly In the first sped. The bulk of a sheet can be taken in quickly after a tack using this high sped. The trimmer can then shift speeds and take in the balance of the sheet using the two more powerful gears. Three speed winches are favored for sheet winches on racing boats over 35 feet (10.7 m) and are sometimes used on larger performance cruising boats.

Choose Me best drum material for your sailing. Aluminum is the racers' choice for its lightness and is often preferred by cruisers who like the black anodized appearance. Many cruisers prefer the classic appearance of chromed hronze winches. They are heavierthan aluminum but are preferred when wire will be carried on the drum. All models offered in chromed bronze are also available in polished bronze by specia order. Some larger winches and some mdng winches are offered with combination drums which have stainless steel sleeves on an aluminum d ~ m .

Racing Winches Harken also offers a full range of ultra light racing winches. These winches are designed for the most demanding Modularity Most Halken winches are modular so that you can add self-tailing, racing sailors and feature aluminum three speed ortbree speed self-tailing to a standard winch by the simple bodies, Torlon addition of a conversion kit. It is always better to purchase the correct bearings, alloy winch for your needs, but modularity allows you to convert a winch as your requirements change. For example, you may plan to race a new boat stripper arms, and ~ start OJI other features of for a couple of seasons before rebrlng" to cruise so y o would special interest to wltn three swed Dnmalv W nehes an0 later ada self-tallina P ease check racing sailors. winch speckations carefully as not all models are totall~odular.

1 WINCH USE CHART 1

l n ~ Ws nch Lse cnan WIII glve gooa resL ts, D J it~ reqL res that ~ O i(nov~ L the exact use the graphs o rnenslons for your boat If you oo not know your exacl d~mens~ons, below for and Woe - averaot- 0 mengons for "our SIE , of boat 10. oe sure to confirm the dimensions before orderinga winch. Rig dimensions have precise definitions underthe racing rules; those shown are general descriptions only. Wheneverthere is a question regarding winch selection, please contact Harken. ~~~

~~D~~

TYPICAL J & E DIMENSIONS 61

55 'Y

Dslinitions Distance from the deck to the top 01 the foretriangle

Distawe from deckto staysai halyard

W J - Fractional B J - Masthead WE - Fractional E. - Masthead 40 12 13.7 45 15.3 50

Distance from fmnt of mast to inner headstey

30 9

Length of mainsail luf Length of mainsail foot

Genoa

Boat Length (fedmeten)

Mainsail

10.6 35

Boat Length (feeumetws)

Spinnaker

16.0 55

---"-BBC

Single speed winches are used for sheets on very small boats and for halyards on small and medium sized boats. They are also useful for a variety of control functions on many boats. Harken single speed winches are the finest small winches made. They feature all metal bases and bushings o; bearings where other brands use plastic bodies and no beatings. Small two sped winches are useful for primaries on small and medium sized boats and for halyards on medium sized boats. The B322 and 840.2 both have roller bearings on the interior canter shaft and 17-4PH stainless prima~y gears, features generally found only on competitors' larger winches. The first speed on these winches is direct drive. These winches are not modular.

Addirimal InhmaIIw- See pages 168 and 169 for an explanation of special features. See pages 170 and 171 for suggested uses. Orderingblonnatlon- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn). B (polished bronze) or C (chmmed bronze) l0 paR number. Pdlshed bronze by special order only.

172

part no.

Goar Ratio la 2nd

power Raio irt 2rd

8.4:1

l:?

73:l

816.2

1:l

2.3:l

7.2:l

16:l

832.2

1:l

4.7:l

6.8:l

321

&U12

1:l

I:I

l l

Diamdsr t~rum Bare 2%' 6omm

'lne Weiphl arta an er Aluminurn chmm circle

3%~' 3 194s' wmm 82mm 33mn 2%' 4 3%' 1%' 70mm 115mm 9omm 38mn 2% 4%' 4hs' 2 70mm 120mm 112mm 50mn 21%~' 5% 5%' 2% 74mm 136mm 134mm 70mn S 511~6' 5'3%' 231' 76mm 145mm 148mm 70mn

161bs mg 2.31bs lkp 5.51b Zdkg 731b 3.3kg 8.51bs 3.8 ko

291b 2% 1.?3$ 6smm 4 . 4 1 ~ 3%' 19kg 90mm 711b 3?4$ 3.2$ Wmm 941bs 4H' 43$ 105mm 11.91b 4%' 54kg 112mm

Falensn 6x1/r'RI 6xsmmm 4xks'm Qx8mmFH 5x1WRI Sx6mmFH Sx'/r' FH 5x6mmm 5xi/CFH 5x6mmm

3 MODULAR TWO SPEED WIIYCHES

I WO speeo W nches are .v.oey ~ s e for d sheets and nalyards on boats of all sues tiarren two weed mooJ ar nches offer ~ngrecedenred flexibility. These winches'can all be converted to self-tailing with the simple addition of a modular kit. From the 48.2 up, they can be converted to three speed. From the 56.2 up, they can be converted to both self-tailing and three speed. With only a fraction of the expense of a new winch, a two speed winch can be changed to self-tailing orthree speed as your winch requirements change.

All of these winches have stainless steel roller bearings in all metal cages to mprove efficiency. From tne 48 up, dnmsare s~pportedby ball oeannos. All center snath and the aears on most modular two speed winihes ride on roller bearings. Additional lnlomalion- See pages 168 and 169 for an explanationof special See pages 170 and 171 for suggested Orderinglnlomalion-Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum), B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to part number Polished bronze by

special order only Gear Ratio 2nd

1st

P w e r Ratio 2nd -

251

7.31

Llne Enty

Diambr Drum Base

1st

p ~ -

14:1

42:l

3%' Wmm

138:l

44:l

6 % ' 165mm

wsim Aluminurn Chrme

Fans Circle

3% 13mm

13.6 Ibs 617kp

17.3 bs 785kg

5'A6' 128 mn

3%' 611/16' 9 2 m m 170mm 3'%e6% lOOmm 175mm

3%' 8Jmm

14.5 Ibs

93 mm

161h 7.26kp

18.4 bs 835b 221bs 9.98kg

4' 102mm

7% 190mm

3'5/16' immn

20.6 lbs 934Q

26 1br ll8kg

% 6' 156 mn

53:l

4%~" 112mm

8Ms" 220mm

4%' 105 m

26.3 Ibs 11Q3ko

33.5 bs 152b

1en m

p p p

251 ~~

2.51 4:l

8.21 -

92.1 10.1

13:l 20:l

46:l

39~~"

$46'

128 mn

1 4 mn

5:l

121

22:l

PA6'

Modular

F*IIOIS

SFdI

Modular

Large two speed winches are used for sheets and halyards on offshore boats over 37 feet (l 1 m). They are totally modular and can be converted to self-tailing, three speed, or self-tailing and three speed. By special order, the 074.2 can be modified to provide power ratios of 85:l or 92:l for use on verylarge boats. Only Harken winches offer such high power ratios in a modular winch. Part No.

681 Raiio 2nd

P o w r Ratio 1st 2M

856.2

5:l

13:l

21:l

864.2

5?1

1651

225:l

866.2

7.31

20:l

25:l -.

674.2

7.31

22:l

25:l

56:l

Line

Diamasr Drum Bars

4%' 120m @:l 5% 130mn &l 5'4' 150m 741 5 150mn

6%' 225mm 9%'

245mm 10%~' 265mm 10%~' 265mm

9%' 4'%6' 235mm 1 2 5 1 1 m % '01 5%' 270mm ~... 150mm l 5%' 300mm 150mm 1 5%' 300mm 150mm ~~

Additional lnfmafion - See pages 168 and 169 for an explanation of special features. See Pages 170 and 171 for suggested uses. Ordwinfl I ~ l ~ a l i o nSpecify winch drum material by adding A (alUminUm), B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) t o part number. Polished bronze by special order only.

Weigil I u l m Chrome 31 Ibs 14.1 kg 41.31ts 18.7kg 53.1 Its 24.1 kg 54.5 Its 24.7kg

401bs 18.1 kg 47lbs 21Jkg 6261bs 264kg M lbs 29kg

Fa@wr Cimb

hstenen

711/1s' 195mm 8 210mm 8%' 225mm 8%' 225mm

6xWFH 6x8mmFH 5xWH 5xlOmmFH 6xWFH 6xlOmmFH 6xWW 6xlOmmFH

Modullr ST Kil BK562ST

Modular 38pwd Kh 8683

Modular 3speed ST Kit BK56.3ST

0K642ST

BW3

BKM3ST

BK662ST

BK66.3

BKffi.3ST

BW42ST

BlK74.3

BK74.3ST

THREE SPEED WINCHES

Harken three speed winchesare extremely simple to use. First gear is selected by depressing the nameplate ring next to the winch handle socket. As handle rotation is reversed, the winch will automatically move to the next speed in sequence. The 848.3 and 853.3 are direct drive winches with avery fast first oear. Laroer three soeed winches have a oeared first soeed for use on Goats wtkre a powir advantage is needei even in the iirst speed. use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed winches Offer very high line speeds for racing Or fast Cruising. By special order, the 874.3 can be provided with power ratios of 8 5 1 or 92.1 for use on high loads such as found on very large boats Part No.

1st

848.3

1:l

Gnar Ratio 2nd 3rd 4:1 p p

98:l

1st 5:l

P w o r Ratio 2nd 3rd 20:1

183

Diamtnr Omm Base C

102mm2~%

71ii

or multihulls. Only Harken winches offer such high power ratios. From the 56, these winches may be converted to self-tailing by the addition of a modular kit. For maximum efficiency thevertical drum loads of these winches are carried by ball bearings, shaft pinsare 17-4 PH stainless and gears ride ~~-on roller bearinos. - - ~ Additional Inlotmation- See pages 168 and 169 for an explanation of special features. See pages 170 and 171 for suggested uses. Ordering Inlormation-Specity winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn), B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to pan number Polished bronze by special order only.

H'imt

n16' 192mm

M",':;

Line

3I5A6' 100mm

Modular ST Kit

Weight

Aluminurn

Chmme

20.9 lbs

26.5 l h l2kg

95kg

6'18'

155mmrn~mRI

L I T 1.n-I

Self-tailing winches are Ideat for sheen, halyaros and control ~lneson racina and crulslna boats. The self-ta~l~na mecnan~smmeans that one crewian quickly and easily trim or raise-sails. The B16ST is a one speed winch. The handle drives in one direction and ratchets in the other to facilitate cranking under high loads. The jaws of Me B16STadjust to differing line sizes with the simple change of a spacer. The B32.2ST and B40.2ST are two speed self-tailing winches. Self-tailing winchesfmm the B42.2ST are modular and can be con-

Pm No.

MGST

BIY M10 2nd

231

W % 24:l 8402s

M22%

2.21 251

Pormr Rlllo l* 2d 183

47:l 6:l 73:l

161 13.5:l 14:l

Dlsmdar Orm Bpa

2%' 70mm 321 2'%6' 74mm 101 S 76mm 4:l 3%' wmm &l 3%' 92mm 461 3%' lwmm 4U:l C 102mm 53:l 47/36. 112mm

4% 120mm

548' 136mm 517/3/ls' 145mm 6W 166mm 6'1/16' l70mm

I verted t o standard w~ncheswlth tne slmple a d d ~ t ~ oofn a convers on klt The B48.2ST and B53.2ST can oe converted to standard three soeed wincheswith the use of a modular kit.

Addlllonal IntonnaNon- See pages 168 and 169 for an explanation of special See pages 170 and 171 for suggested Ordarinp Information- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn), B (pollshed bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronre by special order only. LlM

H*oM 5%' 142mm 6% lWmm 6lMs' 176mm 71146' 196mm 8%' 20mm

2 50mm 2%'

70mm 2%'

70mm 3%' 85mm

p -

8442%

25:l

82:l

13.8:l

M2%

251

921

131

W2% 8532%

231 3:l

10:l 12:l

201 Zl

WA' 175mm 7%C 190mm 81hs' 220mm

218mm 9 228mm 9l%s' 250mm

Wslgld Chna

Llns Slm Mln Mar

;:;?;( Alurninum

W 85mm 3%' Wmm 3'5As' lWmm 4%~' 105mm

7 Ibs Ukg 93lbs 42kg 1061bs 48kg l5dlbs 72kg 16.41bs 74kg 191b 86$ 23.41k 10.6kp 29.31bs 13.3kg

8.5 lbs 39Q 11.91bs 5.4$ 14.1Its 64Q 191b 8.6b 20.51k 93kg 24.1 Ibs 1 9 k 28.6 l k 13kg 36.5lk 166kg

Wla' Wmm 4%' 105mm 4%' 112mm 5'46' 128mm 5'46' 128mm 5'8 140mm 6% 155mm 7'46' 18Omm

5xViFH Sx6mmFH SxYiFH 5x6mmW 5xViFH 5x6mmM 5xWFH 5x8mmW 5x%@'W 5xsmmW 5~5/1s'FH 5xBmmW 6x%6'FH 6xBmmW 6x5/ls'FH 6xBmmW

s 8mm

II' 12mn

lomm

12mn '8 12mn

W lOmm

38.

ks'

lOmm

E m

%E' 14mm

lOmm

k6'

12mm

14m

%?'

58'

12mm

16mm

'4'

12mm

16mm

3 SELF-TAILING WINCHES 1 Large two speed self-tailing winches are used for sheetsand halyards on large offshore boats. By depressing and turning the spring loaded top plate, the jaws of the winch adjust to accept different line diameters. A ball bearing roller on the self-tailing arm protects sheets and reduces friction. These winches are modular and can be converted to three speed or three speed self-tailing winches with the simple addition of a modular conversion kit. All of these winches have stainless steel roller bearings in all metal cages to improve efficiency. The drums are supported by ball bearings Gaar Ratio

Power Aatlo

lsl

1st

2nd

Dlamalar Base Omm

He'gh'

Una Enby Heighl

and all center shafts and gears ride on roller bearings. Two gears drive the drum and all shaft pins are 17-4 PH stainless steel. By special order, the B74.2ST is available with power ratios of 85:t or 92:l for use with very high loads. Only Harken winches otter such high power ratios in a modular winch. AddlllonalInformatlon- See pages 168 and 169 for an explanation of special features. See pages 170and 171 for suggesEd uses. Orderinn Informallon- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn), B (polished bronze), or C (chromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only. Waigld Aluminum Chmme

4%"

150mm

8 Z5mm

105~'

270mm-

Circla

120mm 5'A' 130mm

Faslemr

4'5h6'

3.61bs

4151bs

125mm

156b

18.akg

711Aa' 195mm

9%' 245mm

12% 308mm

46.31bs 21kg

5951bs 27kg

8%' 210mm

107Ae'

13'

58.7 lbs

m.51bs

27.1 kg

324

8%' 225mm

265mmWmm

539

10%6"

13"

150mm

265mm

Wmm

m~bs 272 kg

nibs

32.7 kg

225mm

SEW-TAILING WINCHES Three speed self-tailing winches are ideal sheet winches on larger boats. The three speeds allow sheets to be trimmed quickly, even in heavy conditions. Self-tailing allows one crew to handle the entire trimming task- perfect for cruising or racing boats. First gear is selected by depressing the nameplate ring next to the winch handle socket. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed self-tailing winches offer very high line speeds for racing or fast cruising. By special order, the B74.3 can be provided with power ratios of

1st 9:1

Power Ratio 2nd 3rd 21:1

55:l

85:l or 92:l for use on high loads such as found on very large boats or multihulls. All large three speed winches offer drums suppolted by ball bearings, two gears driving the drum. 17-4 PH stainless shaft pins, and roller bearings on all gears. Additinnallnfnmatinn- See pages 168 and 169 for an explanationof special features. See pages 170and 171 for suggested uses. Orderinfl lnfwmatinn- Specity winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn). B (polished bronze) or C (chrorned bronze) to palt number. Polished bronze by special order only.

Diameter Drum

Base

HelpM

Line E W Helght

Fartenera p p ~

p p -

5h 150mm

33.7 lbs 153kg 50.0 Ibs 22.6 kg

44.1 lbs 20kg 59.5 lbs 27 kg

SW 150mm-

59.5 lbs 27.1 kg

70.6 lbs 32 kg

4'96 125 mm

6x%<FH 6~8mmFH 5 x w m 5xlOmmFH 6xWFH 6xlOmmFH P ~

SW 150mm

6xWFH 6xlOmmFH

ii[

,.. , . .

E;..

I 41 ,

WIDE BODY SELF-TAILING WINCHES

W i d e bodv self-tailing winches are used to trim and raise sails on the largest ychts.~ h & are generally used with pedestal, electric or hvdraulic ,~ drives. The larae diameter drums orovide extra surface area for h o l d i n g extremely. hiah - loads and also oifer high . speed retrieval of line whensheeting. The B1140 is available with a backwind feature which allows the winch drum to turn in a counterclochvise direction to ease loads on the winch before the sheet is released The 69649 and B980ST are ofiered as e lher two o r three speeo ~~

Gear Rala 2nd 3rd

Pad NO.

8964.2%

7.31

221

21:l

M:l

B964.3ST

2.81

73:l

8:l

21:l

M.2%

73:l

27.&1

21:l

80:l

B980.3%

2.81

7.31

27.81

21:l

80:l

BllWST

2.7-1

8.2:l

25.81

5.21

BllZOST

2:l

11.41

%.&l

3.41

81140ST

2.81

12:l

441:l

4:l

P w e r Ratio 2nd 3rd

Additional Infarmation- See pages 168 and 169 for an explanation of special features. See pages 170 and 171 for suggested uses. Ordering Information- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum). C [chrorned bronze) or N S S (aluminum/stainless steel) t o part number. Polished bronze by special order only. i o r pedestal drive add PD t o the part number

Line Hei~ht Enlv

HaiQM Aluminurn

Drum

Wslghl Chmme

AlumlSS

Faslenar Circle

FBlnnen

Si&

6 7 lW4s' 1 7 5 ~ 265mm

13' 5%' 33lmm150mm

617ik 28kg

7721bs 35kg

705lbs 32kg

8 6xWFH W %' 2 2 5 m G x l O m m F H 14mm 20mm

6%' 175mm

lO'A6' 2ffimm

13' 5 330mmlMmm

63.9 l k $kg

79.4 lbs 36kp

7281bS 33kg

8 ' 6xWFH 58' %' 225mnGxlOmmFH 14mm ZOmm

8%' 175mm

10746' 285 mm

13' 5 330mn 1 5 0 m

61.7lk 28 kg

77.2lbs 35kg

8821bs 40kg

8 6xWFH W %' 2 2 5 m 6xlOmmFH 1 4 m 20mm

6%' 175 mm

lO7Ae' 13' 5 2 6 5 ~330mm 1 M m n

6391k 29kg

79.4lbs 36kg

904ibs 41 kg

8 6xWFH 59' ?i 225 m n 6xlOmmFH 14mm 20mm

14' 356mm

10IJns' 4%' 275rnm l f f i m

63.91bs 29 kg

71.6lbs 32.5kp

12%' 315%.

ZO'As' 510 mm

14's4e' 5 380 mm 1 s m n

115.7ibS 52.5kg

12781bs 58kg 299ik

14%' 12xWFH W 1' 377mm 12xlOmnFH 14mm 25mm 18h' 8x1XHH %' 1%'

15.91 50.3:l 10'~' ..- 260mrn 19.3:l 56.5:l 11'%s' 303 mm 16.91 82.3:l

winches. The BllOOST and the B1120ST are three speed winches. The B1140ST is a three speed winch with backwind designed for use on mega yachts.

1434s'

22%

1w4'

2491bs

6xWFH 59' %' 6xlOmmFH 14mm 22mm

Powered winches offer preat convenience to cruising sailors. They dlow small crews to handle the high l i d s of laroe boats. She&, halvards. . . and malor control lknes are a l i w e ~suited ~ tothe use of poweredinches. Harken offers both electric and hydraulic self-tailing winches in a m& ranae of sizes and confiaurations. ~le&c winches offer the convenience of powered winches in an aasily installed system. The winch is wired with two switches and a control box which mounts in a sheltered location bdow deck. H a k n electric winches thrwgh the B980 are offered for either 12 or 24 volts. Larger winches all use 24 volts. Motors on most winches throuoh the B980 are mounted elthervartimllv or horizontally ta match your installation requirements. Because w h elecfic winch has a motor and is sasy to wire, iiis woerallv less emensiw m use them when olans call for just afew powredwinches. When many winihes - or other functions need to be powered, hydraulics, which use a central power source, should be considered. Many large cruislng boats use hydraulics for windlasses, furling, centerboard lifts, vangs, and backsiaysand this power source may also be used to d i m Ha& hydraulic wlnches. Use of a central hvdraulic Dower source reduces weight and noise as only o& motoi is required to drive the entire system. Harkm offers both hydraul~cself-tail~ng w~nchesand hvdraulii Dower s o m and control svstems * which can drive winch& and other accessories. All hydraulic rnomrs are mounted verbrally. All hydraulic lines and motors are standard hydraulic componentsso that winches are easily serviced anywhere in the world. Every Harken powered winch including the smaller sizes, operates in two speeds both when using the powered mode and when usino the manual mode. This two soeed caoabilitv in the powered-mode on smaller winches is unusual and is. of significance for primary winches on smaller boats and for halvards on laroer boats because It insures hiah line soeeds under low load; while retaining high power fo; hioher'loads. Powered winches from the 856 may be ordered with three s~eedsfor verv hiah line soeeds under low loads Operation ofali~arkm'poweradwinches is by use of slmple waterproof switches and reliable, easy toselvica, electric conhols. The crew mav select either first or second gear &pending on load, 180 s

E k r n winches haw an anachtd m#oc Instdlafh l n W wiriw the winch, installp hvo witches and m w m w a cmtml box hlw m.

BRSi02swltd. Swirches are mwm6dmar wimh and m be posifhed for handor fwl wmio~ or bMt

Winches revert to manual operation when a locking handle is inserted so the boat can be raced or cruised without use of the powered system nsertion of the wlncn handle ahlomal cally disconnects the oowered svstem to orevent ~ s ol e the motor with a winch handle inserted. Powered winches are self-tailing winches with chromed . bronzedrums are bronze or aluminum d ~ m sPolished available by special order.

Hydraulic Power Unifs

~ 7 4 . 2 hflmulic s ~ ~ wi~nch ~ features large diameter bearings and eilicienf seif-failimpmechanism

Hflmulic cmtmf box contains switch controls SupNied with hydmulicpower unit

Harken offers four sizesof hydraulic power units plus custom szes for special appl cabons. These are cenhaly pos tioned Dower units s ~. o. .o l -v hydra~l ~.n ~ c power to a fierent fJnct~onson ihe boat. With these power unitsit is possibleto serve all of the hydraulic requirements on a boat -winches,furling, windlass, steering, centerboards, and davits. Power units are driven by either 12 or 24 volt electric motors. All of the hydraulic connections are made wlth standard high oerlormance hvdra~lc 1ininOS. Tnese svstems are verv. simple . and use commonly availablehydraulic iomponentsso that service is possible worldwide. The Hydro 6 and 8 use two motors. A manual switch allows selection of one or both motors at anv time. Two motors allow extra power and provide a backup power source. Every power source is tailored to its specific use. Pressure and flow are adjustable and each valve can be fitted with separate pressure and flow valves. For large boats, custom power unitsare available. 181

1 i ELECTRIC WINCHES

Electric winches offer cruising sailors the convenience of powered winches in an easily installed system. Harken offers tne most complete llne of eectnc W nchesavailable with sizes ranalno " - from tne B44 -2ST which is suitable for use as a primary winch on boats as small as 34' (10.3 m) and for halyards on boats from 39' (12 m). All Harken electric winches, including the smaller sizes, operate in two speeds both when using the electric motor or when cranking by hand. Electric winches from the 56 may be ordered with three speeds to provide very high line speeds. The B1120 is available as atwo or three speed winch. The B1140 is a three speed winch with backwind. The backwind feature allows very high loads to be relieved before sheets are released by reversing m the direction d d ~ rotation. Operation is by use of simple waterproof switches which are located near the winch. The crew may select either first or second gear depending on the load. Tne winch reverts ro manual operation when a locking hanole is insertea so the boat can be race0 or cruised witno~rJse of the electric system. Insertion of the handle automatically disconnects ~

L l n sped is measured with no load,

the electrical system to prevent use of the electric motor with a winch handle inserted. Harken electric winches through the B980 are offered for either 12 or 24 volts. Larger winches use 24 w l t s Motors are mounted either vertically or horizontally on winches through the B980 to match your installation requirements. The anchor plate allows separate disassembly of the winch and the motorlgear reduction assembly. Both the motor and gear reduction box feature special anti-corrosion protection. Additional Inlonnalion- See pages 168 and 169 for an explanationof special features. See pages 170 and 171 for suggested uses. Ordering Inlwmalion- Each winch requires two switches and each boat requires an appropriate control box. See page 187. The B1140 requires an additional switch for the backwind. Three speed winches from the 56 are available by special order. Polished bronze winches are available by special order.

t Drum Isaluminurnwithstalnlen steel skeve. Chrome nat available,

t 3rd Dear lice speed 5.TIm1n(1.7 &In)

Power Watts 1ZY

Linespeed is measured with no load.

Amps 24V 12V

RPM

t Drum is aluminumwith stainlesssteelsleeve. Chrome not available.

Hydraulic winches use a central power source to drive ail of the powered winches on larger cruising boats. The same power source can be used for other functions on the boat such as backstays, vangs, furling, or centerboards. Ail Harken hydraulic winches, including the smallest sizes, operate in two soeeds both when usin0 the hvdraulic motor and when crankino by hand: This two speed ability in the powered mode is unusual in small W nches and s of slgn flcanw for speed of tnmmlng an0 holstlng sails rlvdrau ic winches from the 56 rnav be ordereo W m tnree SDeedS to very high linespeeds unde; ligM loads. The B1140 is a three 184

speed winch with a separate backwind. Backwind is useful on very large yachts for reliev ng tne load on the W nch oefore a sheet s re eased All nvdrau ,c motors are mo~ntedderl callv an0 all hvdra~licfitt~nas are industry standard for ease of service andwmpatibiiity with othe; components. See pages 168,169,180, and 181 for an explanation of special features. See pages 170 and 171 for suggest uses. Orderinn Information- Each winch reouires two switches and each boat reauiresin awrooriate contml box. See daae 187. The B1140 reouires an addiIIOMIswltchibr the bachlnd Three sp&dhncnes from me 56ire avallaole by speclal order PO(shedbronze wlncnes are aua lable by spec al oroer

AddiIimalInfomrstlon-

W 2sm

Blt4aETH Hydrd~hcwmh With bchwvld . l . .

WDI*~PLOB~

MaxlmumSate WorXing Load

W~ 12 6m

Psrt NO.

w1m

Diameter Dnm B,ts

Heioht ~~

E442STH

Line Entry Haigh 3%. 95mm

WIIQM Alumlnum C k m e

3%' 9Zmm

6% 170mm

7jiA6' 2?0_mm

4' lmmm

7'8 lwmm

41/16'

228mm

112mm

4'A6' 112mm

8"Ae' 220mm

gi%e' 250mm

458'

A '

117mm

25mm

B56.2SM

4%' 120mm

67X 225mm

5318' 10%' 270mm - 1 3 7 m m

225mm

BWPSTH

5'A' lmmm

' +,,3g 245mm

8662STH

5% 150mm

lO%6' 265mm

12%' 308mm 13' 330mm

5% 15Dm

10%~' 265mm

330mm

6% 165mm

99'4 235mm

4'5%' 125mm

X 175mn

101A6' 265mm

13' -330mm

6th' 165mm

9%' 235mm

6% 175mm

10%6' 265mm

13' 330mm

6'h' 1Gmm

9 235mm

BllOOSTH

loth' 260mm

14' 355mm

1 275mm

4%' 1Ll5mm

ll%6' 290mm

81120STH

11'%6' Wmm

20y16' 51Omm

14'%6' 380mm

14%'

22W 562mm

15%' 400mm

57% 150mm 8 203mm

111%~" *mm 16ks' 420mm

B48.2STH ~

ffi3.2SM

B742STH BWSTH B9806TH

B1140STH

~~-

Line speed is measumd with no load.

6ln' 165mm 6% 185mm

A ' 225mm

Line Speed Per MimB' 1sl 2nd

Line Size Min

Fasteners - p

38.

4%' 125mm

37.3 lbs 16.9kfl

41.41bs 188kg

5"A6' !%mm

6 xW F H 6x8mmFH

lOmm

%a 14mm

42.9' 13m

VA' 415A6' ~ 2 5 m m 125mm

44.4 Ibs 20.1 kg

49.6 Ibs 225kg

6%" 155mm

6 X%O' FH 6xEmmFH

'4' 12mm

16mm

47.2' 143m

11.9' 36m

415As' 125mm

50.6 lbs 229kp

57.8 lbs 26.2kg

7%6' 180mm

6 X%&' FH 6xBmmFH

4b'

41.5' 12.6m

10.9'

4%6' 125mm

55.5 1bs 25.1 kg

62.4 Ibs 283kfl

71146' 195mm

281' 85m

10.9 3 , 3 m

9 4r5A6' 2 3 5 ~ 125mm ~ 9 41%~' 125mm 235mm

67.5 1bS 306kg

80.7 1bS 366kfl

8 2lOmm

7X%6'fH 7 x 6 m m FH 5 x3A" FH 5xlOmmFH

26.4' 8m

9.2 28m

91.7 lbs 416kg

8%" 225mm

23.4 7.1 m

8.6 2.6m

86.3 lbs 39.1 kg

98.3 lbs 446kg

23.4' 7.1 m

7.9' 24m

4l%s' 125mm

82.8 lbs 37.6kg

41546' 125mm 4I5A6" 125mm 41%~' 125mm

83.7 Ibs 3829 129 It6

555119

A 175mm

249.5 lbs 249.5 Ibst 1134kg 1134kg

A '

80.9 Ibs 367kg ~~~

13'

Cimle

'A''

%C 14mm k6

%' 19mm 4

~19mm

6xWFH 6xlOmmFH

14mm

19mm

8 225mm

6 x 3 X FH 6xlOmmFH

14mm

98.3 lbs 4 4 , s

8% 225mm

6x34' FH 6xlOmmFH

14mm

99.2 lbs 45kg

8% 225mm

6 x3A' FH 6xlOm1FH

14mm

6 ~ 3 8FH . 6xlOmmFH

14mm

12xWFH 12xlOmmFH

14mm

8 x 'W HH 6xl2mmHH

19mm

136.7 l b ~ t 1238. 315mm 62kg 14346' 15981b5 171.9lbst 365mm 78kfl 725kg

t Drum is aluminum with stainless steel sleeve - chrome not available.

1 8 460mm

%6'

k6"

W W W 4 '

3rd Gear line speed 43'imin (1.3 mlmln)

94' 4

19mm "

20mm 4

20mm

27.4' 03m 27.4' 83m

13.5' 4.1 m

~~~

9.2'

E 7.3' 22m

7 23.4' 2 2 m m 7 l m

7.6' 23m

1' 25mm

19.5 5.9m

7.Y 24m

l 32mm

65.8' 20.lm

15.84 48m

Harken oifenfour sizes ot hydraulic power units. Hydro 2 and Hydro 4 are single motor power units while Hydro 6 and Hydro 8 use dual motors which are capable of very high flow rates and provide a backup power source. Hydro 2 is used on boats ta 45 feet (13.7 m) which require two or three functions. Hydro 2 is offered for ether 12 volt or 24 volt installations. Larger units are offered only tor use with 24 volts.

Rexun(bar)

Common Sp~pIIIcabipnp Max operating pressure - 140 bar (2000 psi) Fasteners- W (10 mm)

Options Quick fit connections Electric oil level control

7: Wm2 m m 4 M m 6

011

Caprily

MD'w 2013 3.4.5~6 2.4.6~9

1.35hp lWoW

100amp

272hp 2m) vstl

140amp

2x2.72hp

250amp

2 W O W hydra6

3.6.9or12

2 x 4 hp

30mW

3%amp

HOIB

Connation

10.6d 10 lter

lOdqt 10 liter

269p 25 ller 42.1 p 40 liter

'&G M'G

W'oM 55 ibs 25kQ

usa with

22'3ns' 580mm

14%~' 3EQmm

g7~s' 240mm

91%~'

6"~s' 170mm

44 -56

2mmm

9%~' 240mm

9'%6' 250mm

6°K 170mm

44 -74

1%s' 4Wmm

12'%s' 326mm 15 381 mm

6'5/16' 176mm 9M' 241 mm

44-980

88 1bS

2358'

14%~'

40Xp

GWmm

3MIm

176 lbs

26'

80kQ 194bs BBkQ

GWmm 27JAs' 6Wmm

15%~' 390mm % 81' 473 mm

Ws' 522mm

Winchas

44-1140

Customhydrauflc mflrd panel for Wauquiu Yachts

Typical aisdricdi inst#&ti~

CONTROL BOXES Deck Switches B o t h electricand hydraulic winches require switches. In addition, electric winches require appropriate control boxes which must be chosen based on the winch, the voltage and the number of winches to be controlled. Hydraulic power units are supplied with appropriate control boxes.

BRSlU2

l-~DiameJnr

neight

2% 66mm

18mm

Remote switch

BRS102/P Remote switch

Swilclres Harken offers deck switches for use with electric or hydraulic winches. Each winch requires two switches, one for each speed. Switches are simple electrical contact switches which are well sealed against moisture and are very easy to install and maintain. The BRS102 is a basic push button switch. The BRS1021P is fitted with a guard to protect against accidental engagement. This feature is particularly useful when switches are floor mounted.

Electric Control Boxes I -r a n~ . -ror- ~ NO.

BEBlWOl2-l

Electrical Control Boxes

8442STElo

259'

"A6'

601

2perwinch

1KIg

Numbw 01 Winches

Vdtag

Length

BEB~WO-12.2

8442STE ta BWSTE

Hydraulic Control Boxes and Panels

BEBIWO-24-2

BM.BTE~O

HeigM

Depth

7%'

3'5/16'

9%' 2 ~ m m

8~811~0-24-1 B44ZSTElo B980STE

z ~ m m loomm

250mm

g7,

7%' 2Wmm

12% 315mm

230mm

130mm

12% 315mm

9~6' 230rnm

130mm

-.12%

er/!-'

.--5th'

BWSTE

BHWSTE

2PrwiKh

3%' 90mm

esom

BEB~O-24-2

6ce 1KIg

l6mm

11/16'

Weigk

3%' 93mm

66mm

Electrical control boxes contain the solenoids and overload protection to operate the winches. Each box will control one or two winches. Boats with more winches will require more Control boxes. Hydraulic power packs are supplied with appropriate control boxes. Special control panels are often supplied with hydraulic systems. These panels can be rnoJnleo n the cocrpll and snofl clearlv wh~chsvstems are n Jse and a ow rernore operation of hydraulic functions

~spm

9'48'

3%~' lWmm

All racing winches feature a stainless steel handle socket fw maximum durability

Wde body winch drum feature hollows b e e n intedor and exterior drum to rsduc? weighl.

Ormsare hard anodized aluminumwilh lame winches offered with wmbination alurninuWstainleas steel drum.

Large winches feature

sceckl17-4 PH slainless drum gears tw long term relutility

Torlon rciler bearings ride in law diameter cages to albw more bearing to cany the load.

Larw dumeter Spndlesfwrna larpe bearing sulface to

pmcerly any me lmd Ball bearing cany veltical load of drum.

Drive gnarsare 174 PH stainless steel w l h spedaltj Rdshed worMng SIlfaPS.

W e r shafts on all nung winches ride on idler bearings. Pawls are held capbve by the spring. They are easy to remove but won't dmp out midently during service.

48feature roller bearing In every gear

Gears on winches from the 45 feature four pawls for

maximum reliabiliw and to minimlze backlash.

Larger winches use two gearsto drive drum. TNs reduces the load on the drum gear an3 loads the drumsyrnmel~liywhich imprwes efficiew

Racers at all levels know that light ooats are faster. Leadlng edge boats are designed and built to exact ng standards to keep weight 06,. These boats demand extremely llaht W nches W M nloh efficiencv and total rel~aoIIN. Harken answers these needs with a line of racing winihes which combinethe meticulous attention to detail of the best Italian craftsmen with the space age American technology which has made Harken an institution in racing circles for over 20 years. Harken's racing winches are the ultimate winches for serious racing boats. Weights are extremely low and reliability and efficiency are extremely high. Todon racing winches are not simply standard winches modified for lighter weights. From the hard anodized alloy bodies and drums, and the Torlon roller bearings riding in large diameter cages, to the Todon balls carrying vertical loads on the drum, and the 17-4 PH gears and gear pins, Harken racing winches are bred for performance. Fmm small two speed self-tailers to enormous wide body pedestaldriven winches, Harken offers the most complete range of racing winches available. They meet every need on any racing boat. 188

Torlon" Roller Bearings

Speed-Lock"

Race proven tor years In harken's blg boat nardware. Tonon beanngs are rellable, low lnmon beannas oelfectv su~red10 raclna wncnes. Torlon bearings are substantially l'bhter Mar stainiess steel bearings and their use is an important element in the overall weigMsavings in Harken's racing winches. Torlon bearings ride on specially finished hard anodized surfaces of the winch body.

Speed-Lockallows a three speed winch to be held in the faster two speeds for &nd and light air work

Complete Range Unlike many winch builders. Harken offers afull range of racing winches. These include8two speed self-lailers, 5 three speed winches, 9Mree speed wide body winches, 3four speed wide body winches, and 6 three speed self-tailing wide bady winches. Add modular Speed-Lo&and you have Me capability of providingMe perfect winch for any racing applimtion. Torlon roller bearings ride in very large diameter cages to allow more bearings to carry the load. Less load per bearing translates into less friction and high efficiency and longer life. Torlon roller bearings require only the lightest lubricants so drag when tr mm ng by hano s extremely low Ma ntenance IS reduce0 to trea~enlfreshwater I ~ s no h and occasional clean~naand lubr~carnaof gears.

Winches disassemble for sewice with Simple hand tools. Bases of winches remain secured to deck when wlnch is disassembled.

Stainless fasteners secure to stainless steel helicoil insens.

High Elflciency Self-Tailin@ The patented ball bearing roller on Me stripper arm protects sheets against wear and reduces friction. The self-tailing arms are a lightweight special alloy and are adjustable to 22 positions after the winch is mounted so Me crew may select the best position for your boat. The special jaw configuration of the self-tailing mechanism can be adusted to match your sheet diameter. Because the jaws allow the line to seat an the same diameter as the winch drum, there is no enic ency lost by the railer mechanism carrying the oad. hon-adl~slabe sell-lallers can offer opllma performance w m on y one sheet d ameter

Four Speed Winches

All bases ieature laroe drain holes

Four speed wide body racing winches offer crews a l:l overdrive speed for very fasttrimmingof Me genoa in light conditions or of the spinnaker at anv time while d n i n a a aeared firstsoeed for h a w airwork. This OR tion of a i : l or geared first s k i o f f e r s great'flexibili~ardfastertrimmingi i all conditions. The 1 1 speea 1s selected by means of a ever switch conven ently located In the too c eat. When thls n an soeea IS se ected. the normal geared first speed is locked out of the speed selection until normal speeds are again selected. Gears are changed in the normal fashion of three speed winches by reversing handle direction.

TWO SPEED fELF-~lLlN6

Two speed self-tailing racing winches are ideal for most primary, secondary ha yard, runn ng backstay and control ne appllcat~ons S X winches are onered to nandle functions from orlmarles on nalftonners and halyards on three quarter tons to running backstays on maxis. The self-tailing mechanism features Harken's patented ball bearing rollerto improve efficiency and easily adjustable jaw widths to suit a 6ea Ad10

Power Rat10 2nd

Part h.

2nd

1st

B452STR

2.81

8.2:1

13.8:l

B482STR B53.ZSTR B56.m B64.m B74.m

2.81 3:l 5:l 5.1 7.31

1O:l 12:l 13:l 165:l 221

12.5:l 14:l 21:i ZL.5:1 231

DlanaterB,r.

Drum

441

3%'

92mm 4' 102mm

53:l M:l

M1 74:l

112mm 4%' lMmm SIN 1Nmm 574 150mm

6'%~' i70mm 7lh' 190mm Bllhs' 220m

variety of line sizes. The stri~oerarm on racina winches is liahtweioht Two speed rac ng W nches are otfered with hard anoo zed a u m i n ~ m a r m s and leabre Torfon bearinas - for excemional ike aht savinos, ow friction and high performance.

Llns Hnl#l 8% 2ffimm

9 228mm 913Ao' 250mm

lare' 270mm 12% 308mm 1J 330mm

AddltlonalInlormallon- See pages 188 and 189 for an explanation of specialfeatures. See pages 170 and 171 for suggested uses.

225mm 245mm 10h' 265mm

Entry Hnlght 3% 85mm 3%' 1Wmm 4%' 105mm 4%~' 125mm SW 150mm 5%' 150mm

Welpht

1131bs 51kp 16.1 1bs 73kp 19.2lbs 87kg 23.6 Ibs 10.7kg N.6 lbs 13.9kg 41.7 lbs 189b

5%s' 128mm % 6' 155mm 7'46' lfflmm 7"h6' 195mm 8'n' 210mm 8W 225mm

Farlnen 5x%s'FH 5xBmmFH 6x%s'FH 6xBmmFH 6x%s'FH 6xBmmFH 7x3'16' FH 7xBmmFH 5x%M 5xlOmmFH 6xWM firlnmmFH

M,,

Line S18M n

% lOmm

ks' 14mm

'h'

12mm

16mm

5a'

12mm %S' 14mm

16mm

%S'

14mm %E' lPmm

%' 19mm

6:. C:'

THREE SPEED & THREE SPEED SELF-TAILING RACIIYC; WINCHES -

lhree speed winches are the heart of any racing boat's winch package. They are ideal for most primaryand secondary winch applications. Three speed self-tailing winches are used as secondaly and halyard winches on large racing boats and as primary winches on sholthanded racing boats. They feature hard anodized aluminurn drums and Torlon bearings for exceptional weight savings.

Pan NO.

1st

M8.3R

1:1

Gear Ratio 2nd 3rd

1st

P w e r Ratlo 2nd 3rd -~

25:l

98:l

5:l

12:l

18:l

&63R B563SlR BMSTR 874SlR

1:1 22:l 22:l 2.31 28:l

3:l 5:l 5:l 57:l 7.3:'

12:l 13:l 13:l 165:l 221

4.51 9:l 9:l 9:l 93:l

131 21:1 21:l 225:l 25:l

53:l 56:l 56:l 60:l 71:l

AddHional Informatlon- See pages 188 and 189 for an explanation of special features. See pages 170 and 171 for suggested uses.

Dlammer Drum Basu

HeigM

102mm B533R

The high speed first gear is engaged by depressing Me nameplate ring. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light air or ignore first gear in heavy air.

4'48'

112mm 4%" 120mm 4%" 120mm SA" 130mm 5% 150mm

7%' 1Wmm 811/16" 220mm 8 7 ~ 225mm 87X 225mm

W 245mm 10%~' 265mm

Phs'

192mm

7%' 192mm 9l/i 235mm lOSX 270mm lllMs' Wmm 13' 330mm

Llne Entry Heipht 3%' 100mm 43/16' 105mm 41%~'

125mm 415/16'

125mm W 150mm 5 150mm

Weimt

Ft.lrFadunem

14.6 Ibs 66k9 17.6 1 h 8kg 21.1 Ibs 96kg 2781bs 12.6ku 3531bs 16kg 46.3 Ibs 21kQ

6 ' 155mm 7%~' lWmm 711As' 195mm 7"Aa' 195mm 8%' 210mm 8% 225mm

6xWFH 6xsmmFH 6xWFH 6xBmmFH 6x%6'le'FH 6x8mmFH 6x5te'FH 6xBmmFH SxWFH 5xlOmmFH 6xWFH 6xlOmmFH

Lim Sila Min Mai

Me" 14mm

%" 19mm

Me"

14mm Pns' 14mm

19mm

W 22mm

PlnEBODY

ESPEED RACIIYI; WINCHES fast trimming. The B964LP and B980LP are provided with geared first speeds for more power. Three speed wide body racing winches are offered with anodized aluminum drums. The B560 is also offered with a combination aluminum and stainless steel drum for wire sheets.

Smaller wide body three speed racing winches are ideal primary and secondary winches. The wide body's large drum diameter gives exceptional line speed for faster trimming. These wide body racing winches are all supplied with a top cleat for fast, convenient securing of sheets. The high speed first gear is engaged by depressing the nameplate ring. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. The B964DLP and B980DLP offera direct drive first gear for very Part No.

MIYITCR

1:l

Gear Ratio 2nd Srd 4:l

l0:l

Power Ralio 2nd Srd

1:l

5:l

or AISS (aluminum/stainless steel) to the part number.

Diamdsr Dlum Bass

8jih6' 220mm

YA' 1mmm 6%' 175mm 6'A' 175mm @A' 175mm

8% 225mm 10%' 265mm 107~6' 265mm 107/16' 265mm

87/18' 215mm 9 235mm 10%' 270mm 10%' 27Omm 10%' 27Omm

4%' 105mm 4lMe' 125mm 5 150mm

1921bs 8.7b 2561bs 11.6kg 38.51bs 17.5b

57X 150mm Y,f 150mm

3591bS lb3b 3851bs 175b

e74' 17smm

10%~' 265mm

10%' nomm

YX 15omm

35.91bs 183b

19:l

5:l

16.1

74:l

162:l

%:l

BWLPTCR

2.81

73:l

221

8:l

21:l

@:l

B964DLmCR

1:l

73:l

22:l

2.9:l

21:l

@:l

BWLmCR

2.81

73:l

278:l

8:l

21:l

@:l

2.9:l

21:l

@:l

27.8:l

1651bs 7.5b

5%' 1mmm

39:l

2.21

73:l

lWmm

411

12:l

4%'

Fadener ~lrtle

AIUINSS

7%' 192mm

B56DTCR

1:l

WinM i t Aluminurn

7'h' 1Wmm

1561

6380DLmCR

Line

H'im'

120mm

39:l

B530TCR

Addlllonal Intonnaflon-See pages 188 and 189for an explanation of special features. See pages 170 and 171 for suggested uses. Ordering Inlormatlon- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum)

315Ad

A '

Gx58dFH 6xBmmFH

7h' lBOmm 711h6' 1%mm A ' 25mm 859' 25mm S 225mm

6 ~Sno'FH 6xBmmFH 7x%o'FH 7xBmmFH 6xWW GxlOmmFH 6xWW 6xlOmmFH 6 xW FH 6~lOmmFH

A ' 22smm

6xWFH 6xlomrn~~

- 155mm 28.91bs 131kg

WIDE BODY WREE SPEED RUCING WINCHES

Large wide body racing winches are perfect for primary and secondary functions on large racing boats. They may be used in conjunction with pedestal drives ortop driven. The wide body offers exceptional line speed for fastertrimming and the top cleat offers a convenient location to secure the sheet. A variety of gearing options available with pedestal drives offers up to six speeds for these large winches. Drums are available in lightweight aluminum or with a combination of aluminum and stainless steel for use with wire sheets or exceptionally

Part No. B11WTCR

Gear Ratio 1d

2nd

3rd

2.7:l

82:l

258:l

5.2:l

11.4-1

33.4:l

3.4:l

Power Ratio 2nd 3rd 15.91 193:l

50.P1 56.k1

high loads. These winches feature Harken's race proven Todon bearings for ligM weight and high performance. Addilional b l ~ m a I I o n - See pages 188 and 189 for an emianation ol special features. See pages 170 and 171 for suggested uses and pages 196 through 199 for compatible pedestal systems. Ordering Inbrmation- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum) or MS (aluminum/stainlesssteel) to the part number. To order winches with Speed-Lock, add SL to the part number.

Line

Diameter Drum Bsae

LZz, """"1

101/a"

14'

IOW

260 mm

355 mm

260 mm

11'Ms'

2O1h6'

143hs'

510mm

360m

mmm

4%' 105mm

5%' 150mm

WeigM

Aluminum

AlumlSS

57.3 1bs 26 kg 83.1 lbs 377b

M).31k

1 ks 971bs MM

'BODY

Four speed wide body racing winches offer crews a l 1 overdrive speed vew fast trlmmina of Me oenoa n I oht condirlons or of tne soinnaker at any time whileretaining a gearedirst speed for heavy air work. This option of a 1:l or geared first speed offers great flexibility and faster trimming in all conditions. The 1:l speed is seiected by means of a lever switch conveniently located in the top cleat. When this high speed is selected, the normal geared first speed is locked out of Me speed selection until normal for

Pad NO.

B560.4TC

601 Rstlo 3rd

2nd

1:l

2.2:1

5:l

Pwer Ratio 3rd

111

2nd

16:l

3.4:l

74:l

162:l

B964.4LP

1:l

2.8:l

7.3:l

22:l

2.t1

8:l

21:l

B980.4LP

1:l

2.8:l

7.3~1 27.8:l

2.8:l

8:l

21:l

4th

speeds are again seiected. Gears are changed in the normal fashion of three speed winches by reversing handle direction.

AddIUonal lnlonnatlm - See pages l88 and 189 for an explanat on ot spec a1 features. See pages 170 and 171 for suggested uses and .Daaes -. - 196 tnrouoh 199

for compatible pedestal systems. Ordennu I~tOf~atlOfl-To order winches for pedestal drive add PD to the pan number.

Diamela Drum Bare

=:l 5% lMmn BI:1 6%' 175mn 80:l 6%'

8% 2mmm 10%~' 2E5mm 107A6'

Lim EMIR' Hailhi 9 4r5h6' 23Smm 125mm 10%' 57 2mmm 150mm 10%' 5 HeipM

weium 2561bs 11.6$ 3971bs 18ka 4191bs

hslmn

:$F

7%' 195m 8% 225m

7x51s.M 7x8mmRI 6xWRI 6xlOmmM

WIDE BODY THREE SPEED SEW-TAILING RACING WINCHES

W i d e body three speed self-tailing racing winches are useful for sheets, halyards and secondary functions on large offshore boats. The B 5 6 0 is top driven. The B964LP and B980LP may be either top driven or integrated into a wdestal system. The B1100 and B1120 are for use with pedestal systems. The wide drums offer exceptional line speed for faster trimming and the self-tailing mechanism reduces the need for a crew to tail the line. A variety of gearing options available with pedestal drives offers up to six speeds for these large winches. Drums are available in lightweight aluminum or with a combination

No.

Gear Ratio 2nd 3rd

Power Ratio 2nd 3rd

Diameta Drum Base

of aluminum and stainless steel for use with wire sheets or exceptionally high loads. These winches feature Harken's race proven Torlon bearings for exceptionally. light . weight and low maintenance. Additionallnfomtatlon-See pages 188and 189for an explanation of special features. See pages 170and 171 for suggested uses and pages 196 through 199 for compatible pedestal systems. Ordering Information-Specity winch drum material by addingA (aluminurn) orA/SS (aluminumfstainless steel) to the part number To order the B964LP and B980LP for pedestal drive add PD to the part number.

Line

.E!!

Weight Aluminium AIumiSS

Fadener Cifcle

Faatanam

M;pSigi

Pedestal drive winch systems are favored for applications demanding speed and power. One or more crew can crank from a powerful standing nnsitinn --...-... Pedestal systems are customized to meet the specif~cneeds of eacn boat. The comDonents shown are tne ~ Jdina I blocas' ~ s e to d assemo e the correct system. The systems shown below are typical of those in use today The process of aesgn ng a proper peaestal system tor a boat s comol~catedand Harken should be nvo veo ear v in the des~onorocess our winch specialists are capable of providing proper spe-cifications and CAD drawings of pedestal drive systems for boats of any size.

Harken shaft drive pedestals are made of a high strength aluminum alloy which is Hardkote anodized for a durable finish. Gears and bearings are 17-4PH stainless steel. Shaft drive pedestals offer great flexibility because the input and output drive shafts do not have to be parallel and there may be as many as four output shafts. Shaft drive pedestalsare available in two standard heights. Other ne gMs are oltered on a cJstom basls They are also avaiiaole witn e tner lixea or rotat na heads. Rotat no heads can oe ocked in tour oos t ons to allow the to face in iiariety of directions. Both sinble and double-grip handles are available.

Bell Drive Pedestals harken belt or ve pedestals are available moloeo in either carbon oerle~owor r(ev ar/S-GlassJe~oxvconstr~ctiondeoend no on rat no rules. brive components are fabricited of Hardkote anodizA aluminim and 17-4Prl staln ess steel Ro er bearlngs an0 belt sprockets made ol h ah Derformance eno neertno tnermoD asbc an0 dev~arre nforced dive'belts ensure thilowest~ossibleweight. Belt drive pedestals are custom made by Harken and are offered in various heights to match every specification. Handlesare offered in either single or double-grip configurations. In addition to the standard below deck drives, belt drive pedestals can oe supp ed In mld-or ve lorm. Tnese peoesta s not only offer a sian.llcant welaht saw nas, our are also ~setulin bu la~noa removable pedestal. To op& up cocipk space for long distance racing or cruising, these systems can be removed in just a few minutes and the winches converted to top action. The primary advantage of belt drive pedestals is weight savinas. The peoestals themse ves are lncreo 0 y strong, yet very ignt. Ali comDonenrs have been carefullv enolneereo for oreat re1ablllN and durabiliG at the lowest possible weight,iheir prima6 disadvantage is that the Lpper nput snaf! must be paralle to me lower dr ve shariand you are llmlted to two O J ~ D shafts. J~ A tho~ahduloeck lavo~tcan overcome these disadvantages with an appreciable weight savings over shaft drive pedestal systems. f

lnie#ral Pedestal Systems The B700 surface mount pedestal is designed for use on boats where underdeck installation of transmissions and drive shafts is not desirable. It is ideal for cruising boats which are raced and for all boats with finished interiors. ltisesp%ially S~itedto retrof Ilnsta labons. Tre B700 will accept a&, 74, W or 980 wnch. The ham anodized oase containsa swing tensioned drivechan connectlnu the Dedestal driw shatt and the winch. l i e pedestal is offered in two heigk w i h either a fixed or rotating head. Handles can be either single or doubleqrip. 196

~~~

durability atthe lowest possible weight. Their primary disadvantage is that the upoer input shaft must be parallel to the lower drive shaft and you are limitedto G o output shafts. Athoughtful deck layout can overcome these disadvantageswlth an appreciable weight savings over shaft drive pedestal systems

DRIVE COMPONENTS After the pedestal type has been chosen to match a boat's needs, proper drive components can be specified.

Drive ShaHs Harken offers three types of drive shafts. Hollaw extruded splined aluminum drive shafts may be cut to length. Custom made hollow drive shafts with splined ends are offered in both aluminum and stainless steel. Carbon fiber tubular shafts are available with splined aluminum ends bonded in. Shaft choice is determined by load, cost, and weight considerations. Your Haken representative can provide details on the best drive shaft for your boat.

Gear Boxes The bevel gear box is the basic building block of the drive system. Harken offers two sizes of gear box. The B600 type gear box is used where input by more than two men is possible. The B604 type gear box is limited to a maximum input of two men. All Harken gear boxesare constructed of high strength aluminum alloy that is Hardkote anodized for maximum durability. Gears, shafts and roller bearingsare of 17-4PH stainless steel. Gear boxes may be supplied with a single shaft as pictured or with the horizontal shaft protruding from both sides. Shafts may be connected directly to a drive shaft or a disconnect clutch may be added. Multiple output gear boxes are available in both the B600 and B604 sizes. There are many drive options offered and your Harken winch specialist will provide details upon request.

Disconnecls System disconnects can be activated with either levers or a two position push button. These may both be operated by either hand or foot, though the lever is usually supplied for hand operation and the button is normally operated by foot. The illustrations show the push buttons actuating disconnects on a below deck mounted B600 gear box. The levers areshown on a mid-drive belt pedestal.

Support Shafts

Universal Joints Gear boxes are connected to other gear boxes and pedestals by drive shafts fitted with a universal joint at each end. Universal joints allow for slight misalignment between shafts. The B1782 universal joint is made of aluminum with 17-4PH pins and is designed for input by up to eight men.

To properly space and support a gear box beneath a winch, Harken supplies tubes for both the B600 and B604 series gearboxes. These tubes are made to length from high strength aluminum alloy and are Hardkote anodized.

POlowlng are some common peoestal systems Systems can oe Jsed in who e as shown or combined wltn otner comDonents to make the proper system for a boat. Two winches are driven by asingle shaft drive pedestal mounted in a cockpit. Since this is a shaft drive pedestal, it may be mounted forward or all of tne W nches of Jslng an ang e gear oox- he rotat no heao pedestal a lows the grlnoers to face e~therlorwaro ah, or arnwartsnlps.

L 1

Two winches are driven by a single bell drive pedesa mounted on a bridge deck that spans the cockpit.

Two winches are driven by a single mid-drive belt drive pedestal. The pedestal and winches must be in line. The pedestal and it's drive shafts are easily removable for cruising. 198

Three winchesare driven by a single shaft drive pedestal. This system is popular on large multihulls for the primaries and mainsheet winches.

Single custom pedestal driving a single winch through a custom double universal joint. This system is popular on large catamarans for primary winches.

Custom double-crank system for use with two or more crew. A removable version is offered to clear the cockpit for cruising or offshore racing.

Custom system with three belt drive pedestals forthe primaries, secondaries and mainsheet. The system features eight disconnects. A custom l o ~way r gear box W th tnree alsconneds 0s mo~nledto the lowara s~deof the center ~edesUlC~stomratlo gear boxes are provided under the primary winches for added powei

Custom system with four shaft drive pedestals for the primaries, secondaries and mainsheet. The system features nine disconnects. Note the custom four-way and three-way gear boxes.

Harken winch hanoles are a b~enaof gooo looks and smooth eff clency. Thw are the oertect comDiement to rlarken W nches an0 a oosit ve enhencement to any winch. HaWn handles fit internationaistandard handle sockets. All 13 handles feature bail bearino arios for smooth, comfoltable operation. A ball bearing grip ensuresihit your power is transmitted into the winch with the greatest efficiency and with no annoying drag in your hand. Grips are also shaped and sized for maximum comfort.

Chrome vs Aluminum Most confiourations are offered in either chromed bronze or Hardkote anodized alumhum. Cruising sailors tend to preferthe durability and rich l w k of a chrome handle. Racing sailors opt for the light, but tough, drop forged aluminum handles.

Locking vs Plain Lock-in handles are easily released with a conveniently positioned thumb switch. They are often preferred as they will not slip out of a winch while you are cranking and they may be left unattended in a winch. Lock-in handles are normally inserted into a winch by holding open the thumb switch, but racing crews may insert them with a slight t u n ng mot~onwitnout activat ng tne switch. Plain handles are the econom cal choice and are ~referreoov some crews for their ease and speed of insertion

Dwble-Grip Handles ~ o ~ o l e - g nhandles p allow one man to cranka winch W th more Dower because the use of oorh hanos cnanaes anno~nafrom a s l m ~ l e arm motion to the utilization of the torso aid upper back. he^ also offer the option of two man cranking for very high loads. The BlOADL is an extremely light handle which utilizes an extra strong aluminum forging to handle the high toque loads of double-grip cranking.

Handle Lenpth 1

10 (254 mm) hanales are tne inoustry stanoard and have proven to be the most comfortable lenath for most oeoole. Publisnea Dower ratios for most winches are based i n the use of'l0'handles. 8' (203 mm) handles are faster because the hand swings through a smaller circle, but they red~cepower by 2046.8 nandlesare ideal on smal er ooats or for Jse in light air wnen speed is more importan1than power.

~ p e e d ~ r~andles ip~~ SpeedGrip handles are ergonomically designed to match a wide range of cranklng neeas. At ow loads tne smoorn knob spa med lor very fast crank no. As the load Increases sl,ahtlv. the f naers natJral v close to grip the kndb. Under higherloads, the hanb slides onto the vertical grip for normal operation As the oaa increases l~nher,tne moo on lop can be used for more oowerlul two hanoed crandna SoeedGrio handles are not a substitute for a true double-grip handle, t i t they uniquely match a wide range of loads with a handle ideally suited for each condition. SpeedGrips are lock-in handles and are offered in 8"and 10" lengths in both aluminum and chrome. The upper section of the knob is molded in urethane for a comfoltable feel and for better grip when palming the handle. Thelow profile BBSGLPis an 8" (203 mm) aiurninum SpeedGrip handle with no vertical grip. It is designed for use on small boats such as the J/24 where the concern is speed, not power. common Specifications Stud- 11~6"(17.5 mm) Gdp diameter - 114" (32 mm) Grip length - 41K (114 mm) SpeedGrip knob diameter - 2 1 8 (63 mm) 200

B1OAP

R1OAL

Sfandard Aluminum Handles

B8AP WL BlOAP

~escriplion

Lanpth

8' Nm-lackingforged

8' 2Wm

aluminurn handle 8 Lock-In forged

alumlnum handle 1VNon-IccBngfarged aluminurn handle

10' Lcck-inforged alumlnum tan& B ~ O A ~ 10' L Lock-in doublegrip forwd alumlnum handle BlOAL

8 2 W m 1IJ 254mm 10. 254mm

HsigM 6%'

lfflmn 6W lfflmn 7 178m 7' 178mm

10.

IllW

254 m

286 mm

Rise

1W 32mm l

32mm 1'8

38mm l

38 mm

WeigM Iloz

3mg 11 02 3Mg 1601 4549

16m 4548 2302 650 Q

Standard Chrome Handles

Lenglh

Heifiht

Rise

Weioht

chrome hand!

203mm

6W 168mm

1% 32mm

2801 815q

8'Lmk-~nlorged chrome handle

203mm

168mm

BlDCL

1IY Lock-in forged c h m m handle

32mm % 1' 11/1 38mm

WCP

Oaorription

8' Non-lmklng forged

,V"

254mm

178mm

815~ ,

4002 1.13kq

BBCSG

SpeedGrip Aluminum & Chrome Handles

MASGLP 8'Aluminum LW Pmfile SpeedGrip handle B8ASG

Lanplh

HeimM

Rise

WsifiM

41348'

203mm

122mm

1%' 32mm

13m 3680

203mm

7%6' 182mm

I 32mm

22W 6249

7%" 182 mm PAS' 188 mm

8' Aiumlnum SpeedGrip handle

8'Chmme SpeedGrip handle BlOASG 10'Aluminum SpeedGrip handle B l m 10'Chrme Snmr4C.n hzndlo MCSG

77~6'

1%' 32mm 1M' 38mm 1'4'

7Cdmm

1RRm

RRmm

203 mm

33m 9369

m2 567g 45m 179h

1MODULAR Kl7S I H a k e n kits allow you to convert standard mod~larwinches into self-tail ng, three speed or three weed self-ta lina without the exoense ~-~ of purchaiing new wincies. ~ o n v e r i o n i s simple. The top of the winch is removed and replaced by the modular kit Only simple hand tools are required. Not all winches are modular to all features. Check the charts below for applications. 7 -

Two Soeed SeH-TailinnKib

Three Speed Kits

BKd8.3

l l

Cnnvlllr Wind From To

? M82

BK53.3

853.2

BK56.3

856.2

ZSpeed

Conuuta Winch

3Speed

856.3

m3 BK66.3

Three Speed Sell-Tailing Kib I

3 Speed

BK64.3ST 866.2

BK663ST

866.3

BK74.3ST

074.3

BK4512

Dsordption Simple service kits are available to permit routine maintenance of Harken winches. K i are available with drum screws, pawls, springs and winch grease. Harken grease is a special all temperature grease which is very resistant to salt and fresh water. Metric wrenches are also available for use with Harken winches. Each set contains four high quality metricallen wrenches. Service sheets are available for each standard winch. These sheets show an exploded view of the winch, list all component part numbers, and contain simple instructionsfor mounting, servicing and repairing the winch. Service sheets are offered free of charge. 202

BM510

Winchlmi kit

~ ~ 4 5 1 1Winch drum screw kt BK4.512

Winch setvice kit

8 ~ 4 5 1 3 Winch grease

One each: 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm. 8 mm alien wrenches 6 screws B mm X 20 mm 4 Plastic washers l 0 Pawls 10 Springs 1 W ml Tube of grease

Harken Comou-Soec- is a sohare oroaram available to dealers. distributors, designers and other marine idustry professionals who are interested in choosing the correct hardware for their customers. Comp~-Spec1s an expen program wnlcn WI I select gear for eacn svstem on a ooat basea on tne nalJre and dimens ons of the ooat A siandard library of dimensions contains over 1000 boats and other boats can be added by the user. The easy ta use menu driven format permits hardware packages to be tailored to the owner's exact requirements. Compu-Spec is designed only for normal offshore boats between 20 and 70 feet -owners or designers of multihulls or exotic or very arge boas sno~locons~ltharken wnen se ecbng naraware. naraware modules tne oroaram WI se ec1 nclLde: Travelers. Mainsheet Systems, ~ e n o a~ & d s ,Foot Blocks, Spinnaker Gear, Mast Base Leads. Rudder Bearings, Furling Systems, Winches, Steering Sheaves, and BattCars. Compu-Spec provides a data sheet showing loads on some common systems at various wind speeds and describes sail areas of the rlg Printouts are olferea in a varieb of formats: by hardware svstem, nJmer ca v for oraerina. or snowlna- we ahts - of the comoonknts. printouts cai also includ; hardware prices. All ~ompu-Spec printouts include the name of the dealer, distributor or designer.

Compu-Spec requires a386 or higher IBM compatible computer with at least 2 MB RAM and a minimum of 5 MB of hard disk space. The Compu-Spec software package includes instructions and technical support. Order part number 1788.

1E-ZDECK SOFTWARE I Harken E-Z Deck" is a software package available on a limited basis to design proless~onalsE-2 Deck 8s a menL ar ven program ,vn ch wora n conlunctlon wltn A~toCAD'software (Release 9 or above1 to enaole design'ers to lay out deck and sail plans hith properly drawn and scaled Harken fittingsand winches. For customers who do not use AutoCAD but have a DXF translator for their CAD software we can offer DXF files with a library of Harken parts. The ability to lay out hardware systems using scaled hardware from a library of proper y ararvn pans saves cons~oerabletime resL 1s In a very rnoress ve draw na an0 alloas the aeslaner - to exDenment wlth var.ous haidware layouts his deck plan.

E-Z Deck also includes the unique Spline program which permits drawing of very fair curves with minimal effort. E-Z Deck will allow drawing straight or radiused trackas a simple line which will automatically be adjusted to a standard length of track when desired. E-Z Deck has some specific hardware and software requirements and does not include AutoCAD software. There is a nominal charge for E-Z Deck. Harken reserves the right to restrict distribution of E-Z Deck. Contact Harken for details and allow up to 6 weeks for delivery. E-Z Deck is part number 1787-Afor AutoCAD systems and number 1787-D for the OXF version.

Ihis calalog shows both lmpenal and metr c t n r o u g h o L t n m o s t cases the metr~calmenslon shown is calculated f r o m the ImDerial meas~rementan0 rounoeo to a whole n J m w r For examole %6' iS generally shown as 8 mm while an exact conversion would be 7.9375 mm. Obviously. dhen referring to a line d ameter, t is sufficient t o approximate the converslon. In cases wnere a dimens,on S critical, exact metr c dimensions are s h o w n . For examp e, a rudder nearing W tn an ins~deo ameter of 2.006 lnches is shown with a metric inside a ameter 0150.95 mm.

F Pewaukee remrd high

100 -

Antigua Race Week

LMfl Whm pu know Inches Inches Feel Feel Feet Wha you h w Millimeten Centimeten Millimeten Cemmehn Meten

Feet

When you knar Square inches Square inches Square feet Square feet Square yards Whan you know Square millimaers Square ~ ~ n l i m e t e n Square centimeten Square meten Square meten

Multiply by 645.2 6.452 929.0 0.0929 0.8361 Divide by €45.2 6.452 929.0 0.0929 0.8361

To lind Square millimelers Square cmtimelers Square centimelers Square meters Square meters To llnd Suuare inches Square inches Square fed Spuare feel Square yards

To find Grams Kilwnms

When you knar Grams Kilwlilms

Mvldn by 26.35 0.4535

To find Ounces Pounds

Muniph h 25.40 2.540 3M.60 30.48 ,3048 Dlvlda by 25.40 2.540 304.6 30.48 3048

Tollnd Millimeten Cantimeten Miilimeten Centimeten Meters TO llnd Inches Inches Feet Feet

Muliphh 26.35 0.4535

80 Pewaukee In July

70 Too cold to s&l in California

60 -

15 -

50 -

10 -

we1ghf Whnyw km** Ounces Pounds

Newporl in January

40 -

Water t m s

Summer sailing on the Solent

ideal FmStMing

1DRILLING GUIDE I

10 Too cold to icebcat

01111101 Clenmncn ~ d a

Drill Iu Tlwlrg

Orill Ior cleamnca ~ o l a

Drill for Tap~irg

20 Dreaming of summer breezes

-10

25 Throw andher log on the lire

-20

30 Pewaube

recod low

-30

Read Harken catalcg

1 TYPICAL RA-

G BREAKING SE

I ' TypicalAmencan me

" iyp>calEurOpeariwire

f Erealmg9hength my VdWWIdeIy Dy mdnoldcruiei

Block Loading vs Angle of OeflecNon Load on a block is acombination of the load on the line passing through the block, olus a block loadino factor which is determined by the angle by vrhlcn the blockt~rnstne sheel For exampe, a foot blocKthat turns a sheet 180"wi I see load equal to twice the loaa on the sneet. A deck organ.zer, wh ch turns a halyaro only 309 W I see 1 ~ ~ 1 5 2of%the load on the ha yard.

Boat Tvoe -

~ o i i i o a formulas d assdme a med~tlmd~spacementmonon~ll,but you can eas y correct for other boat types M u l t ~ hS~havegreat l form stao ity and speea and wl Iolten carry satls vev h ~h in tne awarent wlnd s~eedso calc~lat~ons must oe oone W th th~swlna soeea ~,~~~~ n mlna -~ ULDBs are typically tender and often change sails 6 reef quiteearly so loading may be done at relatively low wind speeds. For example, a modern trimaran may carry its blade jib in 25 knots of wind at speeds over 15 knots for an apparent wind of nearly 40 knots whereas a ULDB will probably remove its # l genoa at about 15 knots of apparent wind. ~

Genoa System Loading

Because wind speed is squared, it is the most important variable and can greatly influence loading. Wind is the apparent wind and should be calculated for the specific sail being analyzed. For example, the #l genoa on a 25' (7 m) boat might only be carried in 15 knots of wind while the #3 blade on a maxi boat could well be carried in 40 knots. To calculate loading on a genoa lead car, multiply sheet load by the angle of deflection of the sheet. Most #l genoas will deflect about 459 while a Kevlar #3 may deflect 75"or more. Lead car adjuster tackle load is dependent on the angle of deflection of the sheet in the lead car, but is generally assumed to be .3 of lead car load when deflection is 45'and .5 of lead car load when deflection is 609

sWh s Load ~

lshnet load in kilograms

Sn Isail area in square meters

Mainsheet Svslem Loadino The formuli for mainsheetioading is not as widely accepted as that for genoa sheet loads and should only be used as a rough guide for offshore boats from 30 to 60' (9 to 18 m). Traveler car adjuster load is generally considered to be .2 times car load.

Eqlidl

I I X

Rig Dimensions

Metric

l D~srancefmm an end of ommto malnswel amhmem potm in teol

The following abbreviations are often used to describe various measurements on a sailboat. Precise technical definitions exist for each abbreviation, but the following is a list of simple descriptions:

Ofstancefroman eno 01 omm 10 nu nsheel anacnmem DO m n melers

r- 1

System 1

Syslem 2

This simple 3:l selfcleating rang is popular on small dinghys. A225 Mock (A) is on the boom and a 244 fiddle with V-jam (B) is attached to the mast base. To make a 4:1 vang, use a 226 and 245.

This 5:l vang is o w n seen on large dinghys and small keel boats. A 085 (A) is atPached to the boom and a 094 triplewith cam (B) is used at the mast base. To increase purchase to 6:l use a 086 and 095.

System 3

Syslem 4

Lever vangs are popular on many racing dinghys. Depending on the size and shape of the lever and the adjustment taclde, purchases of 48:l are easiv achieved. This simple system places a 166 bullet block (A) on the lever and a 084 double bullet (B) on the mast base. The rang control lines are led aft on each side of the boat to cams.

The basic 4:l fiddle blockvang is Me most common system seen. Lame dinahvs and small keeiboag&e a 053 fiddle (A) on Me boom and 060 riddle wim becket and mm (B) on Me mast. Gifshore boats with mains to 240 ft2(22 m2) use the 028 and 042 fiddles while ooars W th mains to 400 W (37 m2) Lse the 1559 and 1556 mid-range fiddles.

Sysf8m 5 In thisvariationof system 4, a doubling Mock (A) increasesMe purchase of Me rang to 8:l.The load on the fiddle Mocks is halved so they can be used safely on larger boats. Use a 304 or 308 wire block (A) on the boom wiM lime fiddles or fiddles. Usea 1746 or 504 block on the boom (A) with midrange fiddles.

Syslem 6 Most solid rcd vangs indude a sen-cleating adjuster tadtle. Many boats will find it useful to re-rig the vang with a double-ended contrd line led down each side of Me boat. Place l68 big bullet blocks (A) at the mast base and 240 swivel cam bases (B) afton Me cabin house.

3 BOOM VANGS I B o o m vangs allow adjustment of the boom. Tensioning the vang tigMens the leech of the sail. Cruising sailors use the vang primarily to keep the boom from rising downwind, while racing sailors use the vang as a primary shaping device for the main. 207

System 1

System IA

System 2

The most common mainsheet on boats under 28' r tackle Very smalf boats WIII (8.5 nlj ~ s lao ~pan Lse a 060 and 053 wh1.e larger boats w1.l use a 042 an0 028 or a 1556 and 1559 AJ systems feal~re ratchetsandadjustable cam cleats.

Boats with mainsails to 375 ft2 often use a 6:1 mainsheet. Smaller boats use a 052 on the traveler car with a 049 on the boom. Larger boats use a 1556 on the carand a 1546 on the boom.

Placing me mainsheet off the traveler car with a 009 ralcnet on a 144 base al ows aol,stnient ol tne man wtnoJ1 draaa~nathecar to W nowaro I tends to tighten t i e l&ch but this can be overcome oy c,w ngtne tracd ends up Boom o ocks are 2 25'lor boats .noer 28 18.5m1 or 3.00 olasbc blocksfor boats to 35' (10 m) ihich usually use a 6:l tackle.

.~~~ ~

System 3A A gross-triwine-tune system that is completely

System 3 A! mainsails get larger, the purchase required to n m Increases tremendo~sv. A powert~lpdrchase S slo* in lahr alr or downw no so o ~ aD~rchase l mainshe&have become popular. In this ewmple. a 6:l tackle using a 051 is used for fast trimming while the fine-tune tackle of lime fiddle blocks gives 24:l power for upwind work.

contained on the traveler car is a popular retrofit. Boats wkh mains under 300fP(28 m2)generally use a 4:1/16:1 system with a 1565 mid-range fiddle on the car, two 011s on the boom and a 4:l fine4 rJne conssllng 01 a 127 on m e end 01 the sheer am ASystem refinement of system 3, this system uses a a 060 1 me f 00 e oloch mobnted on 1ne eveslrao ol dinghy-like double-ended taclde which puts the the fiddle block'scam. For mainsto 450it2 (42'm2), sheet on the cockpit sides. increase the gross purchase to 6:l by using a 1555 on the car and a 1546 on the boom.

Mainsheets are simple hardware systems, but they are among the most important as they are in almost constant use. There is no one mainsheet for evely boat. The best choice depends on the size of the boat, the configuration of the deck and cabin house, the prevailing wind, the number and strength of the crew and the owner's preferences. Some typical mainsheet Systems are pictured. Use these as a starting point for designing a system for your boat. 208

External fine-tune systems tighten the leech as the car is moved off the centerline. Placing the fine-tune in the boom solves *isand cleansupthe Thissystemforboats under 35 (10 m) hasa3:l gross-trim with the fine-tune leading to a 140 onthe boom sothetrimmer can stay on therail. Larger boats use a5:i gross-trim using a051 or 1555.

System 6 This fine-tune svstem features a 5:l tackle with cam with the tail led to a winch for heaiair work. Boats under 39' (11.9 m) use 3.00 plastic blocks while larger boats use mid-range or big boat blocks.

Svstem 7 ~ 6 i is s the most popular system on cnrising boats, The block on the traveler car is a 008 or 1560. The blocks on the boom and gooseneck are 011s or 1540s and a 014 or 1548 is used to lead the sheet around the companionway

System 8

Svstem 9

This double-ended system is very popular and very simple. It leaves the trimmer on the high side. The mainsheet must run very freely through the blocks to allow the traveler to move easily. Free rolling 3.00 and 4.00 big boat blocks are used on this system.

6uble-ended systems using mainsheet sheave carriers are popular because lhere are no oose bloc6 to oang am-l n a 1 be Boats wth ma ns to 450 It2 142m ' ~Jse me 584 v.n le ooals wan mains to 600 It2156m21use the 586 60th j i n two 515 cars and incorpomte the control tackie.

System 10 The German Admiral's CUDboats first w~ularizedthis svstem where the sheet leads forward along'the boom bkfore turning art to the winches. he tmveler is independent ofthe mainsheet so it rollstreely The sheet makes lots of turns so free rolling blocks are a must. One tanners use 3.00 big boat blocks, often wlh a 4.00" big boat block on the car.

Svstem 11 Mini large boats sea s.mp e system wnere a o ocn on me oeck rbms rne sneet to a #.Inch 55-looten ( 15 m! Jse 4 50 otccks ~h le 70-foorers (21 m) use 5.50 blocks

System 1 209 and 210 cars feature 200 Cam-Matic cleats so installation invdves simply bdting the track to the deck and providing a 073 eyestrap for deadending the control lines. The cleats are on adjustable arms so they can be angled to best suit your boat. Flush l l me c eats down me lengtn of deck boats ~ face the track wh le boats wdh seat oac6 $v I oenerallv angle Me cleats an.

System 2 The 211,212 and 247 windward sheeting tmvder cars are extremely simpk m mount as a 2:l system. The car includes the cleats so installation involves mounting the track and providing a deadend for the mnbol line on a 073 eyestrap. A patented slier mechanism allows these cars to be Dulled to windward wirhout rdeasino the l e d cdntrd line. If the boat is tacked, the car stays in place and can be plned to the new winaward sioe, again wimout releas~ngthe l m a r d control llne.

System S

The 211.212 and 247 windward sheetina traveler cars can be instalied with a 3:1 W tadde by starting the line at the becket tube w e d and using either a255 or 092 at the back end. The 1575 and 1576 can be set up with either 3:l or4:l control lines. For3:l or 4:l contmls use a 1516 contd blodc on the track end. T ~ 608 E and 604 can be installed with 4:1,5:1 or 6:l controls. For 4.1, use a 566 at the back end. For 5:l or 6:l use a 563 or733 mntml block. ~

~~~~~

S m m4 This simple 2:l M m has the line deadended on a 073 eyesbap, a 157,159 or 214 car with integral sheavesand the cleats munted hang outboard. Popular on Rush deck boats like the a 4 where the crew sits outboard of Me traveler, this system can also be b ~ i using k 171, 172 ana 215 cars wim 062 or 125 bul et blocks on tne car tor the control lines

A3:l sy;tem with deats on me track is popularon boats under 35' (10.67 m). Boats to 26' (7.5 m) use a 215 car fmed with 083 b l o h and 258 and 260 contrd blocks wth clsats attheback ends Boats over 28' (8.5 m) use 1514 blocksoneimwa 1508or 1509wand 1520and 1521 mnbol blmk with deats at the lraclc ends.

Tave~ercontrols should be powerful enough to move the car easily under load and led to a position where the crew can operate them conveniently. Smaller boats usually position the controls so the helmsman can make the adjustment. Larger boats will position the controls for the mainsheet trimmer. 210

System 6 A3:l system is popular on many racing boats to 35' (10.67 m). The car is a 1508 or 1509. The turning Mock on tne end of the trac<can be a 1516 s ngle sheave control blmt( or a 01 7 1018) IH e Hnaratchet cheek blockwhich allows the tkimmer to ease the car under control in heavy gusts. The cleats face outboard to allav Me trimmer to sit off the ends ofthe track.

System 7 The most popular system on moderately sized cruising and racing boats is a 4:l tackle with the cuntrol blocks and cleats mounted on the track ends. This tackle consists of two 1515 blocks on the car and a 564 and 565 control blockassembly atthe track ends. 631 or 632 trim caps finish the trackends. Boats with sail areas greater than 450 ft2(42 m2)should use 734 and 735 control blocks.

System 8 When tne Iradeler S moLnteo aneao of the cornpanlon*ay IIIS often conventenr to oace me cleats 31 me after edae of the cabin house so thi crew does not have to reach tonvara to more me [rave er car Use 563 or 733 control bloc6 on nne tracn enos *!In 150 Cam-Matc clears on the cabin house. A 240 swivel cam cleat will allow the crew to control the car from various positions in the cockpit.

System 9 On boats like the Tartan 10 the crew generally sits on the deck outside of the cockpit so the control lines are led vettically upthe seat back. 147 blocks are used on the car while 223s are mounted on the cockpit seal back to turn the line UD to a 150 Cam-Matic cleat. Thecleat should have a137 fairlead eyestrap to cont;un the line in the cleat.

System 10 Laraer boats aenerallv need winches to adiust the traveler. Boats using biQ boat irack will often use 4 3 controls with 733 contro olocms a n e boals LS ng nil1 -naxl and maxl cars v. ll most often Jse 2 1 conlrols W m 1703 666 or 667 control blocks.

System 1 In this system there is one long tmdc on each side of the boat and all of the genoas sheet to the adjuskbble car which is moved during sail changes. The adjustable system consists of a lead car (A) with 4:l adjuster tackle using a double sheave control block (B) at the front of the track. The adjuster line is turned into the cockpit through a cheek block (C) to a cleat (D). An adjustable stop (E) is laced on the track as a backu~and as a reference ~ o i nfor t adjustment. A shock cord, which keeps the car from moving forward during tacks, is led through a small cheek block mounted att of the track (F), then forward to an eyestrap (G).

System 2 In this simple system, an adjustahie car is used for the #I and #Z genoas while a T track car is used for the #3 and #4 jibs. The adjustable car system is described in System 1. The T track car (A) is adjusted by use of a pin stop (B), which may be either integral to the car or loose as shown here.

System 3 This is another variation of System 1. There are two cars placed on a single long track on each side of the boat This allows the new sheet to be set and the car to be correctly positioned before sail changes. The &rs are joined oy a cable (A) Botn cars move when the s ngle tackle (B) is adjusted. The cars are spaced so that they are tne averaged stance between tne 11 and #3 genoas

p~ ~

m ae% s% : __l=System 3, except thatthere are sapante tracks for each car which saves weight compared to a single long ~track which may extend across a large area where no sails sheet.

GENOA LEAD CAR SYSTEMS 21 2

System 5 In this system, two tracks are mounted parallel to allow sheeting either inboard or outboard.These systems are popular in areas where there are a wide variety of conditions: some sailing in flat water where the inboardtracks are effective and some sailing in rough water which requires use of the outboard tracks. The cars are joined together by a wire bridle (A) so that asingle adjuster tackle (B) moves both cars. Another wire bridle at the back of the cars (C) allows a single shock cord. Because the cars are not in line, the adjuster tackle cannot be placed on a track end, but rather secures to a padeye (D) mounted ahead of the tracks.

System 6 mis simple athwartships system is good for use on boats to one ton size. The adjuster is a 2:l arrangement leading through two 304 or 308 wire blocks (A) on the car and leading to acam cleat (B) in the cockpit. Depending on genoa size, atackle or magic box may be required in the adjuster system. The sheet passes through afloating block (C) which has a wire sheave on the bottom (D) and then to a swivel block mounted on the deck (E) before leading to the winch. Placing the deck block outboard means that the car naturally wants to move outboard. Lateral adjustment simply requires a 2:l tackle consisting of a bullet block (F) on the car leading to a cam cleat (G) in the cockpit.

Sysfem 7 This amwartships system has a 1:l adjuster forthe floating block (A). On larger boats, the adjuster will need to lead to a small winch, while smaller boats may use atacMe led to a cam cleat (B) in the cockpit. The adjuster leadsforward to a deck block (C) which must be placed a good distance from Me track to prevent restricting movement of Me car. The sheet leads to a deck block mounted on a padeye (D) and Men to a winch. Placing the deck block outboard means that the car naturally wants to move outboard. Lateral adjustment simply requires a 2:l tackle consisting of a bullet block (F) on the car leading to a cam cleat (G) in the cockpit. Larger boats may need a stronger tackle for the car adjuster or may need to use a winch.

T h c ao ry to ao 1st genoa caa olocn pos Ion ~ n d e loao r nas oecorne crLc d~for effc enl offshor~sa .,ng P. Ing me leaa lorluaro a1 ovs tne rac nQ crelv to pote.er JP" rne genoa com ng 0-1 01 l a c 6 or m e n sal ng tnro4gn IL S Eas ng !he car aH 'oepo~ers'lne qenoa to keep m e ooal on Is leer in gusts. Cruising sailors use adiustable lead cars with roller reefing genoa systems. As the genoa is reefed, the lead car position must be moved folward to cornpensarc Tnc ao~lry l o a o ~ s lea0 t car pos rlon lrom rne nlery ol the coc<p 1 s more lnan ~ s a tcoliden ence. Tn~seShelCheS snot.1 seven arranoemenls for ad ~slablecaa cars A br na rne conrro s 0 x 6 ro me cockp I mere tne\ are easl / aaLsted Dy boat. Choose cars based on the the trimmer in his normal position. &e these sketches as a basis for designing a system which is right for load formulas found on page 206.

System l

System 2

This svstem is most often seen on small fractionallv riooed boats. The 6:l sef-cleating tackle uses a 086 on the backstay and; 095 on the deck. Vanahons lnc ude ead ng the oackstay 1nroLgn tne deck and D aclna a racKle Jnoer Me stern ol me Doat. f the lorver Dlocn s a 0.37, me deal can be placed forward near Me cockpit

This is avariation of Svstem 1. A wire block like the 304 is olaced atthe end of Me backstay.~ilexiblecable runs overthe wire blocjc to foml a 2:l purchase which is then pulled by a6:l tackle for a total power of 12:l.

system3 This is the typical spla backstay adjuster. Two 304 or 308 wire blocks ride on the lws of the backstavand secure to a 321 or 322 solit backstav tan0 date. A 4 : l k k l e using a 028 and 038 pulls the wire blocks down thebackstay, pinching Me legs together The pinching provides mechanical advantage. but it decreases as the taclde is lowered on the legs. A Hexa-Cat may be used to increase Dower.

ino ore povrerfu derslon of me splt backstay aousler ~ s e sa o o ~ b l ~ n g wlre rLnn no throJan a 304 or 308 wire block on Me 321 or 322 rana to give a pichase i f 8:l. Purchase can be increased further by using a Hem-Cat.

1BACKSTAY ADJUSTER SYSTEMS I

System 6 Boats in Me 29' to 35' range (9 to 10.5 m) can use the B1834 or B1722 adjusters. The integral handlesfold out for easy adjustment.

System 5 This doubleended version of Me split backstay adjuster leads the lines forward to cam cleats moLntea ILSI ahead of the helmsman On atypical 26'@ m) ooar Me cams are 150 Cam-Mar CS me blocks rJrnlng the aol&ter JD to the cleats are 132 tug OLI d cheea olock an0 the slnqle blocks are l46 big bullet block. -

System 7 Boats to 50' (l 5 m) which want a simple, reliable, powefful backstay adiuster without hvdraulics can use Me B500.8501.8502. or 8503 skiy tensioners which accept a standard winch handle.

Backstav adiusters are imDoltant to oro~ersailing. On masthead boats, they are the primary device for changing headstay tension. A loose headstay ma(es genoas t ~ ltor l drlve In l~ghtalr an0 chop whlle a t gnt headstay flatlens the genoa for heavlera~rF ~ f ng l systems need a tlght headstay Many owners l~keto sal1 wlth a t gnl headstay, o ~want t to rel~evethe oad on Me r ooats when rney are not sal1 ng On fractionally r~ggedooats oackstay tenslon conrnbLtes some to neaastav tension out s used Drlmarllv to bend tne mast and lanen the malnsal, Some common styles ot bac~stay adjusters are shown here. Use thesesketches to develop Ideas whlch may work on your boat

System 1

Smaller boats (mastheadrigs to 28' (8.3 m) and fractional rigs to 32' (9.7 m)) often use a simple amngement wiG? one pair of sheets. The windward sneet b e c o w W guy. During ,ibes tne pole s L s a IYdismnnedd lrom me mast and m s e d end rdr end thrwgh the foretriangle Tweakers are often ~ s e to d onng the g ~ toy tne deck near the w nt of rnaxim~mbeam to increase control over the pole. A tweaker on the sheet can be used to adjust lead angle, allowing the lead posit on to be moved forward to choke down tne spinnaker for better control ounno heavy air runs.The tweaker consists of a block r d ng on the sheet (A) and a cleat wh~chcan be mOJnted at tne cocaoit 10) or at the ra I ICI. Ratchet blocks (D) ailow the sheet to be'hind held for good cuntrol. Because the sheet blocks a so carry the load of the guy and the force require0 to W nch a pole on of me headstav can oe extremely high, the ratchet blocks must be iarger than you would expect. Use the 009 for boats to 27' (8 m) and 1549 for boats to 35' (10.7 m).

System 2

Offshore boats wer 30' (9 m) generally use separate sheets and guys The sheets lead to tJrnlng blocks at the transom (A) wh~lethe ONS ead to blocks at the point of maximum beay(B). While the winoward guy IS m L*, the sheet on that wde of the boat 1s 'lazy. Conversely the leeward g y is 1ai-f when the leewarn sheet is under load Because of the loads and the size of the pole, ,ibing s accomp shed by leaving the inboaro eno of the pole attached to tne mast and diooina .. the outboa'rd end through theforetriangle.An adjustab e car which allows the inboard end to oe rased facilitates d ~ oole p ib~naov allowinn more room for the pole i o ;wing insidithe hea&tay. Sheet blocks on boats to 38' (11.5 m) can be mid-range ratchets while larger boats will use spreacher blocks or single big boat blocks. The aberguy bloclts are usua ly stand up oocks like the 1540 on a 1573 oase or the 670 b ~ oooat --block, though some boats will use a snatch block.

System 3 A doublemded foreguy facilitates adiustment from ether sioe of the ooi. ~ c a r is n no&ly modnteo on each side of the caoin house (A) Normaly a 150 IS ~sed,but some boats prefer the smvelino 240. 237 bullseyes (B) hold the foreguy near thecabin nouse. Tne foreaecd blocks (C jshoula be two single o.ocks rather than a d o ~ eb block The blodc on the pole (D) is a single blockand should b e W with a snap shackle to allow it to be removed from the pole.

A well designed spinnaker system will make setting, flying, and jibing easier and safer and will make your boat faster. 216

system 4 Boats with asymetrical spinnakers and retractable bowsprits are rigged with atack line leading thrwgh block on theend of the sprit (A) and aft to a cleat or stopper (B) There are rwo sheets attached to 1he cew of the sal. Tne w sheet eads aheaa of tne headstay, over Me spriiand aft outside of all shrouds and sheets. To jibe, ease the sheet as the boat bears on, tnm Me new sheet lo p~ Ithe clew between the lbff and the heaosny an0 tnm for me new lack

System 5

System 6:

System 7

An adjustable spinnaker pole car allows the inboard end of the pole to be moved under load. This is great for adjusting pole height when going from a run to a reach and also makes it e&y to raise the inbaard end of the pole for dip pole jibes. The most cammon spinnaker pole car adjuster system features an endless adjuster line and 2:l controls. Placing two 150 cams (A) on the spar facing in opposite directions allows the crew to control the pole. The adjuster line starts at an eyestrap (B), leads to a block on the car (C), up to a cheek block on the mast (D) and then to the cams.

3:l controls for an adjustable spinnaker pole car consist of a becket block on each end of the car (A) and two cheek blocks mounted off the ends of the track (B). The same cont nuoLs lhne arrangement that s ~ s e dn System 5 IS -sed for the 3 1 contro s

Many smaller offshore boats will mount a I cam cleat (A) below the spinnaker halyard exit I (B) so that the crew at the mast can "jump" the sail when seninu the spinnaker and then cleat the ha yard on t/le mast Tne cam also serves to nolo 1ne hne sno~lothe sa f I premature y

--, .-... . Thus simple system is often used an course racing keel boats like Soliw. The traveler back (A) is bent in a r a d ~ eaua s to the d~sence from the headstay to the sheeting point along the i~of the sail. The bend is vemcd wim the ends up. The tmck is mountedto face the clew dthe jib. The sheet is typically a wire and passes through a 304 wire block (B) and forward to a 306 thru-deck wire block (C) mounted k must be very far forward near the headstay. The t h ~ d e c block to prevent sheet tensioning when the car moves along the track. A taclde may be placed under deck and led to cam cleats in the cockpit Larger oftshore boats may use a vanallon of thts system whicn leads the sheet forward to a toot blodc near the heaostav and then above decks aft to a winch.

System2 This system is popular because it keeps the foredeck clear The is bent as in System 1or is bent in a horimtal plane to follow the radius of the sail. The sheet is a 2:1 system stalling on a 688 padeye or 1558 eyestrap (A) and leading through 304 or 308 wire blocks on the traveler car and clew (B) and to a 305 or 309 cheek block before heading aft to a winch. Larger boats can use this system with big boat blocks.

System 3

Sen-tacldngjibs and stdysails work well wim furling systems and with jib booms. In thLL system there are two "sheets", one of which controls the movement ofthe sail in and wt much like an outhaul. The other sheet controls the movement of the boom. Typically each sheet is rigged as a 2:l system using a block with a becket on the car (A) and the boom end and a single block on the clew of the sail and the boom (B). A double block (C) is mounted under the jib pedestal and the sheets lead aft through a deck organizer or cheek blocks (D).

self-tacking j~bsand staysailsare pop+ar on boats of al sizes because they s mplily boat nandling - tack~ngis nearly automatic with no need to grind in a j ~ bsheet. Calculate loadings for trawler cars and b ocks sing the jio sheet formula on page 206

System I This simple 2:l internal outhaul is suitable for dinghys orsmall keelboats. Aflexible cable shacldes to the sail and enters the boon1 lnrougn a 302 (A) A 224 micro b ock (B) is artachea to the Gre The adi~slerI ne aeaaenas ins de the boom on a 073 eyestrap (C) passes throJgn the 224 and emh the boom viaa 242 (D) m cro edt. P ac ng a 224 on a 073 (E) aH ol lne c eat a lows the crew lo ~ u lfrom l a vanely of positions in me ooat.

System 2 This simple external outhaul system uses a cascade of two 2:l tadtlesto produce a 4:l advantage. It is suitable for keelboats and small offshore boats. The line starts at a 137 eyestrap (A) mounted on the far side of the boom, passes through the sail, to a 092 ar 132 cheek block (B) an the boom and ends with a 082 or 125 (C). The second fall of the tackle starts at a 137 eyestrap (D), passes through the block and leads to a cleat (E).

System 3 This 6:l internal outhaul system is popular on small to medium sized offshore boats. The outhaui wire passes into the boom through a306 or 310 wire block (A) and is attached to a 129 or 048 triple block (B). A 130 or 076 triple with becket (C) is attached internally to a 1558 eyestrap or small padeye (D). The line exits the boom through a 131 or 047 (E) and leads to a cleat (F).

System 4 This is avariation of System 3 using a traveler car to cany the clew of the mainsail. Ashofl length of track is m h e d to the top of the boom and the clew is shackled tothe car (A). Choosethe same size caras would be required for use on the mainsheet traveler.

System 5 Mainsails which fud into the mast are loose footed and usually have a bail bearing outhaul car (A) that rides the whde length of the boom. On most systems the outhaul staiis at the car, leads through the clew block on the sail (B), back to the sheave on the car and into the boom where it leads to awinch. The 587 and 554 lead cars are designed so that the forward most lightening hole in the sheave canier will accept a clern's pin to selve as the deadend forthe 2:l outhaul. Most boats allow Me car to floatfreely, though some will arrange for simple adjusters to allow shaping of the sail.

IOUTMU SYSTEMS I Adjustable outhauls are impaftant in shaping the mainsail. A tight outhaul flattens the lower part of the main for upwind sailing. Loosening the authaul increases the draft of the main, especially in the lower third and is effective in light air or off the wind. Because outhauls must release freely when there is little load on the sail, use oversized blacks for very low friction and avoid use of magic boxes.

nnted W (10 mm) acrylic window is toughand hasa lame window area compared to cast frames.

Innerframe forova ponsare available in black or silver anodlzed aluminum or pdished stainless steel. Rectanguiar inner frames are chmm

Tough D e l n f l hinges have built-in lriction brakes which make openin( ,sing easy

Seamless outer frame means there are no welds or ioinlsthal can leak and no screw holes.

Window-to-frame paskel is Silicone ruber that fits in a machined gmwe.

Simple, easy8 mounting.

Manufactured of AISi 316L 1.5 mm Swedish stainless sleel, hand polished to a high luster for lasting beauty. Spiral Oelnnb knab has no limitation on closino pressure.

Oval pans are onered in three adiustablethicknessesto fit most cabin houses. Rectangular pons are adiustabie t o f t a range of thicknesses.

1 STAINLESS STEEL RIRTLIGHTS I Portlights are designed to introduce light and ventilation to the interior of a boat, but they also make a strong visual statement about the quality of the yacht. Harken portlights are deep drawn in Sweden by Rutgerson Marin of 316L stainless steel and polished to a high luster They are rugged, leakproof, and beautiful. The seamless stainless construction insures that the strength, durability, and looks of these portlights will last far longer than conventional units which are made of a bent aluminum extrusion or a casting. The tinted W (1 0 mm) thick acrylic windows are tough and have a larger area tnan the windows in many other pon ghls f i e y seal agalnst a h~ahaualllv s l~conerubber oaskel rather than comoress ole foam ,~ ~ a t c h k a r ebelrin spiral knobs so that closing pressure can be altered automatically. The rugged hinges have built-infriction brakes which allow windows to be held in any position and closed easily without fussing with catches. 220 ~~~

~~~

Portlights areavailable in oval or rectangular shapes in both fixed and opening models, Installation is simple. Each portlight comes with a template for the cutout. Three oval portlights are offered to fit hull thicknesses from 5/18" (8 mm) to 1 7h' (48 mm). Rectangular portlights are designed to accomodate a variety of hull thicknesses ranging from 5/16" (8 mm) to 11/4" (32 mm). Inner frames for oval poltlights are available in black, silver anodized aluminum, or stainless steel - order separately. Chromed trim rings for rectangular portlights are included. Optional insect screens are offered. Special Features

Polished stainless construction Large window area for sire Silicone rubber gasket Tinted acrylic windows

6003 6004 6005

6015

Oval Trim Rings Be sure to order one tnm ~ascnpltm

Insect Screen

Oval insect screen

13% x6 349 mm x 152 mm

lW oz 42 g

Fts all oval ponilgms

M115

Rectangular lnsed

1 3 ' 4 ' ~5%

1% 02

kts all reC1anQUIar

Flts

6006

Black anod~zedalum~num (opening portl~ghl)

602 167 g

6WO W01 6W2

6007

Sllver anodlzed alumlnum (apenlng portilght)

602 1679

6WO WO1 6 ~ 2

6008

Stainless sts6i (opening portl~ghl) Black anodized alumlnum (l~xedcnrlllght) Sllver anodized aiumlnum (flxed portl~ght)

1002 284 g 6 oz 16%--

6WO 6001 6002 6033 6W5

602 167 g

6033 60W 6W5

Stalnless steel (l~xedporti~ghl)

1002 284 9

6W3 6004 6W5

6009 W12

WelgM

6010 6011

,Oval and Rectangular Portliflhfs

4 72

600

Description

6033

35s' 8 mm ~~~

'hi

Oval openlng (medium) -

SW2

Dimllnsim Windw

Oval opening (shallow) -

6W1

Dimensions (lunnll

null m i c h e s r Minimm Maximum

17 m m 1%6'

Oval opening (deep) Oval fixed (shallow)

157Kx6, 403mmx204mm

13'K X 5356' 333mmx135mm . .-

6034

Oval fixed (medium)

6W5

Oval flxed (deep)

6013

Rectangular opening

6014

Rectangularfixed

- 3'- ~mm

h6'

8 mm

16 mm l%@' 30 mm

21bs12oz 1.24 kg 3 lbs 3 or 1.45 kg 3 ibs 9 oz 1.62 kg 2 lbs5 02 1.05 kg 2lbs12oz 1.24 kg 3 Ibs 2 02 1.42 kg 3 ibs 7 m' 1.56 kg 3 ibs 2 m* 1.42 kg

Trim Rlna ~.

insnd Scman

~ - -'

Dlrnenriom

~'~~7-

W06 W07 W08 14% x7'/16' 375mmx180mm W09 W10 W11

'1/16'

17 mm 13;r 6' 30 mm

hs'

15W X 734" 403 mmx 197 mm

sh" 16mm l%< 30 mm % 1' 48 mm

Wsi#Il

1 3 X 4'4" 330 mmx 124mm '

8 mm

8mm

%6"

46 mm l'4' 32 mm 174' 32 m m

14Wx6W 362mmx175mm

v,.

WeiQMincludes lrim ring

24926228028827728529#sma11 mm

I n 1985 Harken introduced the first full-support athletic boat shoe. Now Harken, along with Saucony Athletic Footwear, brings you a new generation boat shoe designed and built in the USA. The HS-l, in rugged split suede and foam-backed mesh, is an all-around boat shoe. Its flexible sole features MeTRS Grip System. a tri-radial sipe pattern that inhibits hydroplaning and gives traction inall directions. The HS-2, our high performance shoe, is made of lightweight, synthetic leather that breathes. This shoe's TRS system sole has mulidurometer rubber to increase traction. Both shoes incorporate the latest in athletic shoe styling and technology. Beamy outsoles that offer a wide base of support for madmum surface contact. Sidewall bars and tack grips that integrate with bottom tread to expel water and offer support. And, like superior athletic shoes, they feature scalloped achilles tendon pads, EVA foam-padded tongues and bacbbs so you can hang them to dry. Feature for feature, no other shoes compare to the HS-land HS-2. 222

Cominental

I I

WUI 41

I I

43 4445

Ewlish Amedcan Amaican Men

Women

9 i

5 I

7 I

Men's HS-1 boa1 shoe

Men's HS-2 baal shoe

1 1 1 1 8

11 I

12 I

14 I

Available in medium width in US sizes 510 14 with ihsizesfrnmSMthmugh 11% Available in medium width in US s i x 5 to 14 wlh 'n sizesfmm s'nthrnugh 11%.

Scalloped Achllestendon pad is wmfo*bk while offering maximum heel support.

EVA foampadded tongue gives support and comfon.

Split suede leather upper provides supwrtand durability

Hydropelrmeabie fmm-backed mesh allows 1001 to breathe and provides excellent drainage and llexibility

Vent ilation holes help keepl foot Cool.

EVA midsole wedge gives lghhueightand flexible

Sidewall bars and tack grips i m r a t e wth hnom tread to expd water and offer suoeriw suDwn and tracfion.

Full-length ~ e s i l t epolyurethane '~ cushion iocolporales integrated Sidewall support syslem for comfon and sfability.

MicmpDmus synthetic leather is strong, lightweight and flexible. 11allowSf~t10breathe and absohs less moisturethan lealherand maintains ns shape and appearance. Mylar sailcloth forefoot support straps are stable under load. R e m m b e grld-sry e N A IootDed prov des cbshlonlng AI

BacKlab m a s s t easy to nang shoes10 ory

r l,.,, .I ,.?,'l .l.

TRS grip system feat~resa tr -rad a slpe pattern wn cn to prevem nloroplan no and n s ~ r eexcellem tranlon

- :'.: : :c,

, , ::,'\,

s Ilex~blean0 d~sperseswater

CLOTHING & PROMOTIONAL ITEMS

Sailing Jacket This multi-season, three-in-one jacket is a sailor's delight. Jacket shell and liner may be worn separately, or zipped together for extra warmth. Each is crafted with the highest quality fabric and hardware. S, M, L, XL, XXL 2391 Red shelllnavy liner 2392 Navy shelllnavy liner

Zip-orrt Liner

Heavy weimt fleece is cozy soriand hcks away moisture. Exterior pockets, ribbed cuffs and waistband, heavy-duty YKKOplastic molded zippers. Embroidered Harken regatta logo.

Jacket Shell Wind and water resistant. PU coated TaslanONylon with Nylon inner lining. Exterior and interior pockets, elastic waistband, adiustable cuffs, plastic key tab, heavy. duty Y K P plastic molded zippers with storm flaps and color accent panels and zipper pulls. Embroidered Harken regatta logo. ~

Polo Shirts Fashionable polo shirts are great for sailing and even better for dinnerat the club and a night on the town. Made of 100% pique knit cotton, the shirts feature the Harken sail logo embroidered crest. M. L, XL 2394 Forest green 2395 Sports grey 2396 Wine

Rapz Eyegas Strsps

Embroidered logo. Oversize relaxed fit. European sizes: 1 (S, M) and 2 (L, XL) 2385 WhitMohnny collar 2388 Indigolbutton collar

Mock Turtl~neck heavy weight 100% conon Iona-sleeve0 mock turtleneck ~eriectfor a m l sundown sail

Olympic Class Colorful all-over desian t-shirt features all of the Olympic classes in action. High quality 100% cotton. M. L. XL 2383

HOM onto your h a t k a Harken hurncane nalv d. stainless clips i n attach hat to shilt 1IY' (254 mm) Red cord

Hals protect your head on and

off the water. Water resistant Hioora@Nvlon.One size wit 2337 Whitdred logo

:mnt: 'So much water, h m e timememblem. )a , Abstract sailboat iai&he globe.

00% dqvyweight grey

luring dyeing t o In size smaller.

2398 So Mucl! Water - front

2399 Harlien Mali I -front

Back

Luggafle

Sophisticated looking bags are lightweight, sturdy and water repdlant. 1WO denier Cordu~@Nylon. Made exclusively for Harken.

Td-told GarmentBag Generous exterior pockets. Hand and shoulder straps. Folds to fit overhead compartments. Open: 4 6 X 24' X 4' (1.17mx610mmx1Wmm Folded: 24 X lG' X 4 (610mmx406mmx1Wm1 2375

28"x13"~11" (711 mmx305mmx330mr 2374

Attach14 OwmiflMBag MulMude of small pockns for pens calc~htors,papers Laroe exoandable Docket for o v & n i g ~trips. ~ a h and d shoulder strips. 2376

TrawlerBag Perfect for grooming essentials. Water resistant Kevg.,/ 2378 * , *_M'

,H*-

H-"

I I

carry. Can be folded when empty coolers come 24 and 123a19i with shOulder strap. Red with black straps 2338 24-Pack

~ r a n s f o d a c e dshoes inro ~ n b eevablhomfomo l e custom iitted slip-&s\yith Harken LA-Z laces. Rubber labs attach with D ns fed througn helets. Sized to M all shoes\ 23836 Black \., 2389W White \,, 2389G - Grey L ' 2389P - Purple

Jewelry Detailed scale miniatures of Harken blocks, winches and furler tell the ~ 10 sail. Hardware world y o love cnarms and Denoants feature rina attachments'for chains or bracelk. Earrings wired for pierced ears !

Top mw, lntl to right 2344 Runner blockcharm 2345 Spreacher block charm 2347 Bronze winch 2348 Chrome winch

I Bottom mw, letl to rim#:

sFQie as an emergency replacement for yourflag "-lyard. Does not float.

PoNStarboanl Stickers

Developed for US Sailing's junior Instruchon oroaram. Harken's port/starb~rd~tickers help new sailors learn the rules of the road. een "starboard"sticker attaches the right side of the boom. Red p o K sticker to the left

L 236 Key nng

I. kiez

The classic roundneck yachtsman's sweater with heavy knitted cuffs and waistband. 100% cotton. 2400 Red 2401 Navy S, M,L, XL, ML

.: 4 ., ',.;-'-.+.; t>.;-,{:$\$,F"%Ti:>:\ ;. -< .' '. .>

.;.:',:

7.3

1 ;

~<:..,::,$>Fq*g \*'.::;<'.' ..;.;.,.~*:$&@%*$?<r ..,.:,?

1HARKEN 1994 1 Page No.

Pad

No. MKENMDWME

OM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003 . . . OM . . . . . 005 . . . . . OM . . . . . 007 . . . 008 . . . . . 009 . . . . . 010 . . . . 011 . . . . . 012 . . . . 013" . . . 014" . . . 015" . . . 016" . . . 017" . . . 018" . . . 019 . . . . . 020 . . . . . 021 . . . . 0 2 2 . .. . 023 . . . . . 024 . . . . 0 2 5 . .. . 026 . . . . 027" . . . 028 . . . . . 029 . . . . . OM . . . 032 . . . . . 034 . . . . . 036 . . . . . 038 . . . . . ON. . . . . 041 . . . . 042 043 . . . . OM . . . . . 045 . . . . 046 . . . . . 047 . . . . 048 . . . . . 049 . . . . . 050 . . . . . 051 . . . . . 052 . . . . . 053 . . . . . 054 . . . . . 055 . . . . . 056 . . . . 057 . . . . 058 . . . . . 059 . . . . . OM) . . . . . 061 . . . . . 062 . . . . . 063 . . . . . 064 . . . . . OM . . . . 069 . . . . . 070 . . . . . 071 . . . . . 072 . . . . . 073 . . . . . 074 . . . . 075 . . . . 076 . . . . . 077 . . . . . 078 . . . . . 079 . . . . . 080 . . . . 081 . . . . . 082 . . . . . . . . . . 083 . . . . . . . . . . 084 . . . . . . . . . . X

Pags NO .

Pad No. IURKEHIURDWARE

Part NO.

Part

no.

121 121 121 lld

N e w par8 -'Fastewn nuppllea

Pall NO

Pall HI

rWRdlgOrmCHFS

B1ESTC . . . . . . . . . . . 8322STA . . . . . . . . . . 8322STB 8322STC . . . . B402STA . . . .

....

Pan

Paps

202 202 202 202 202 202 202

W O S E Q I SELF-TAILING RACING WINCHES 202 202 202 202

848.3R 8533R 8563R 874.3R

M E W E D RACING WRYUIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

191 191 191 191

81722 81834 05W . B501 . 8502 . 85m .

. . . . .

HARMNITNY OECKHIROWME STAY IEWSIONBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............

..............

GENOA LEAD CARS 0153AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . B154CM . . . . . . . . . . . . . B155CM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81871AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818724M . . . . 8187XE . . . Bl87XM . . . 81873AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1873CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01873CM . . . . . . . . . . . . .

'New paw '' Fhrhmm auppl'ed

Accessories Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 AirBlocks . . . . . . . . . . 68.69.72.73. 76 AirRunners . . . . . . . . . . . . .72. 73 Airsheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Airspreachers . . . . . . . . . . 76 AirTrack . . . . . . . . . 130. 134 Attache Case . . . . . . 228

Backstay. Plate for Split . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Backstay. Runner Blocks . . . . . . . . 71 .75 Backstay System Drawings . . . . . . 214. 215 Backstay Tensionet's . . . . . . . . . .81 . . . . . . 228 Bags . . . . . . . . . . BASES Cam Bases . . . . . . . . . 101 Eyestraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Padeyes . . . . . . . . . . . 112. 113 Stand Up Bases . . . . . . . . . 101. 102 Swivel Bases . . . . . . . . . . . 101. 102 Bastet Windward Sheeting Traveler Can . . . . . . . . . . . 138. 139 Batten Car Systems . . . . . . . . . . 158 .165 Bearings. Replacement . . . . . .122.125.128 Bends. Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 BIG BOAT BLOCKS Deck Organizers . . . . . . . . . . . 63. 105 Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64. 76 Foot Blocks . . . . . . . . . 59 .62.66. 67 Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Stainless Steel Blocks . . . . 63 .69.74. 75 Stand Up Blocks . . 54 - 58. 63 .65.68 .70 Swivel Blocks . . . 54 .58. 63 .65. 68 .70 Big Boat Travelers . . . 128 .132 137 .139 Big Bullet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 28. 29 BLOCKS Big Boat . . . . . . . . . . . 49-88 Mid-Range . . . . . . . . 41 .48 Small Boat . . . . . . . . . . 19-40 Snatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Stainless Steel . . . . 24.25. 63 .69. 74. 75 Titanium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70. 74. 75 Boat Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222. 223 Bolts. Nuts and Washers . . . . . . . . . . 116 Breaking Strenglhs. Rigging . . . . . . . . 205 . . . . . . 228 Briefcase . . . . . . . . Bullet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 26. 27 101. 115 Bullseye Fairleads .

Cam Fairleads . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Cam Riser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Cap Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227 Car Couplers . . . . . . . . . 122.125.129. 137 Cars. Bastet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138. 139 Cars. Genoa . . . . . . . . . . 78.79.140. 141 Cars. Spinnaker . . . . . . . . . . . . 110. 142 Cars. Traveler . . . . . . . . . . 122.125. 128. 133.135.137. 139 Cars. Windward Sheeting . . . . . . . 138. 139 CHEEK BLOCKS . . 59 - 62.66.67 Big Boat . . . . . . Mid-Range . . . . . . . . . . . 45. 46 . . . . 34.35. 46 Ratchet . . . . . . Small Boat . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 35 Cleats. Cam . . . . . . . . . 96 - 98. 101 Clothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 - 234 Coffee Grinders . . . . . . . . . . . . 196. 197 Computer Software . . . . . . . . . . . . .203 Compu-Spec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Control Blocks. Traveler . . 124.125.127. 129. 131.134. 136 Control Boxes. Winch . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Croakies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 . . . . . 230 Cups Drinking . . . . . Custom Products . . . . . . 89 - 94. 157 Custom Furling . . . . . . . . . . . .157

DN Adapter . . . . . . . . . DECK ORGANIZERS Big Boat . . . . . . Custom . . . . . . Mid-Range . . . . . Small Boat . . . . . Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Dinghy Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Double Blocks . . . . . . . 25 .33.45. 54 .56 Dragon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 .16 Duffle Bag . . . . . . . . . . 228

Electric Winches . . . . . . . . . . . .180 .183 End Stops . . 79.80.123.126.130.134. 136 Exit Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 31 Eyeglass Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226

Eyestraps E-Z Deck

.. ..

Fairleads . . . . . . . . . . Fiberglass Tubes . . . . . . . FIDDLE BLOCKS Little Fiddle Blocks . . . . Mid-Ranae Fiddle Blocks . Small B i t Fiddle Blocks . . . . . 25.36. 37 Stainless Steel Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . 64 3.00. Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .37 FOOT BLOCKS Big Boat . . . . 59 .62.66.67 Lock-offs . . . . . . . . 59. 66 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . .66. 67 Formulas. Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 FURLING Block. Stanchion Mount . . . . . . 101. 147 Custom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Gennaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . 154. 155 . . . . . . . 147 Lead Block Kits . . . Staysail . . . . . . . . . . 157 Systems . . . . . . . 143-157

Garment Bag . . . . . . . . . . . 228 GENOA CARS Adjustable Genoa Cars . . . 140. 141 Genoa Lead Cars. T Track . . . . . . . 78. 79 Genoa Lead Car System Drawings 212.213 Genoa Track Sliders . . . . . . .78. 79. 125. 131.134. 136 Gennaker Furling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Grease. Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Halyard Lead Blocks , 54 .58. 63 .65. 68 .70 Halvard Restrainers . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Halvard Sheaves . . . . . . . . . .82 .86.114 Hand Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Handles. W~nch. . . . . 200. 201 . . . . 115 Hanging Tab . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Hats ......... HEXA-CATS Little Hexa-Cats . . . . . . . 38 3.00. Hem-Cats . . . . . . . . 39

Hemratchet Blocks . . . . . . 34 .39. 46 .48 Hurricane Halyards . . . . . . . . . . . . .227 Hydraulic Furling . . . . . . . . . . . 154. 155 Hydraulic Power Units . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Hydraulic Winches . . . . . 180.181.184. 185

Insect Screens

Jackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 Jeweiry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 JIB REEFING AND FURLING SYSTEMS Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154. 155 . . . . 156 Small Boat Jib Furlino. Svstems . Unit0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Unit 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Unit 1.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 . . . . . . 151 Unit2 . . . . . . . . . . 151 Unit2.5 . . . . Unit3 . . . . . . . . . . 152 Unit 3.5 . . . . . . . . . 152 , . . 153 Unit4 . . . .

. . 230 Key Rings . . . KITS Cam Fairlead . . . . . . . . . . 98. 99 CamWedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Furling Lead Blocks . . . . . . . . . . .147 Genoa Lead Cars . . . . . . . . . . 140. 141 Lazy Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166 Sail Chafe Protectors . . . . . . . . . . 116 Single Line Reefing . . . . . . . . . . .166 Traveler . . . . . . . . . . . 122.125. 128 Traveler. Stand Up . . . . . . . . . 125. 128 Winch. Modular . . . . . . . . . . . . .202 Winch. Repair and Service . . . . . . . .202

Laces. Shoe Lazy Jacks . . . . . . . . Loading Formulas . . . . . Lock-off Foot Blocks . . . Luggage . . . . . . . . . .

~ainsail.Luff Car System . . . . . . . 158 .165 Mainsail Reefing Single Line . . . . . . . . 166 Mainsheet Sheave Carriers . . . . . . . . . 137 Mainsheet System Drawing . . . . . . 208. 209 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Mast Base Lead Blocks 54 .58. 63 .65. 68 .70 Masthead Sheaves . . . . . . . . . 82 .86. 114 Maxi Boat Trawlers . . . . . . . . . .135 .137 Metric Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Micm Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Micm Cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MID-RANGE BLOCKS Cheek Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . .45.46 Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Ratchet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 46 .48 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .44 .48 Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . . . . . 47 Mid-Range Travelers . . . 125 .127.138. 139 Mini-Maxi Travelers . . . . . . . . 133.134. 137 Modular Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

New Pmducts

Opening Blocks . . . . . . Opening Foot Blocks . . . Opening Portlights . . . . Outhaul System Drawings

. . . . . . 54.62. 77

. . . . . . . . . . 62 . . . . . . 220. 221 ... . . 219

Padeves . . Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 .199 People . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . 6 .IQ PinStops . . . . . . . 79.127.131.134. 136 Pin Stop Track . . . 79.80.126.130.134. 136 Polo Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225. 232 PortligMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220. 221 Powered Furling . . . . . . . . . . . 154. 155 Powered Winches . . . . . . . . . . . 180 .187 Prefeeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Prices . . . . . . . . . . . . PROMOTIONAL ITEMS Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Clothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 .234

Coolers . . Croakies . . . . . Cups . . . . . . . Gloves . . . . . Hats . . . . . . . Hurricane Halyards . . . Jewelry . . . . . . . . . Key Rings . . . . Luggage . . . . Sail Notes . . . . . . . . Sail Ties . . . . . . . . . Shoe Laces . . . . . . . . . . Stickers. PorVStarboard . . . .

Ouad~pleBlocks .

Racing Winches . . . . . . . . . . . RATCHET BLOCKS Fiddles with Ratchets . . . . . . Hem-Cats . . . . . . . . . . . . Hemratchet llt2 . . . . . . . . . Little Hexacats . . . . . . . . . . Little Hexaratchet . . . . . . . . Mid-Range Hemratchet . . . . . Triples with Ratchets . . . . . . . Reefing and Furling Systems . . . . Reefing. Single Line . . . . . . . . . Rigging Breaking Strengths . . . . . Riser. Cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . Riser. Traveler Track . . . . . . . . . Rondos. Sail Chafe Protectors . . . Rudder Bearings and Tubes . . . . . Rugby Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . Running Backstay Blocks . . . . . .

S Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sail Handling Systems . . . . . . . . Sail Notes . . . . . . Sail Ties . . . . . . . . Sailing Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . Sailing Hardware . . . . . . . . . . Screens. Insect . . . . . . . . . . . SELECTION AND USE CHARTS Battcar Systems . . . . . . . . . Big Boat Blocks . . . . . . . . . Furling Systems . . . . . . . . . Mid-Range Blocks . . . . . . . .

Small Boat Blocks . . . . . . . . 22.23 Travelers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170.171 Self-Tacking Jib System . . . . . . . . . . 218 Self-Tailing Winches . . . 176-179.182 .185.

190.191.195 Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 SHEAVES Big Boat Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . 82.86 Halyard Sheaves . . . . . . . . . 82 .86.114 Hi-Load Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . 8485 Mid-Range Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . 114 Small Boat Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Steering Sheaves and Brackets . . . . . . 87 Sheet Jammers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l00 Sheet Stoppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Shirts . . . . . . . . . . 225 .227.231 .234 Shoe Laces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222.223 Single Line Reefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Single Speed Winches . . . . . . . 172.176 Slider Rods. Genoa Car . . . . . . . . 140.141 SMALL BOAT BLOCKS Cheek Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.35 Deck Organizers . . . . . . . . . 103 Exit Blocks . . . . . . . . . . 24-31 Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . 36.37 Ratchet Blocks . . . . . . . 34-40 Upright Lead Blocks . . . . . . 25.27.29. 31 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 .40 Thru-deck Blocks . . . . . . . . . . 24 .31 Small Boat Travelers . . . . . . 122 .124.138 Snap Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Software. Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 SpeedGrip Winch Handles . . . . . . 200.201 Spinnaker Pole Cars . . . . . . . . . 110.142 Spinnaker Pole End Fittings . . . . . . 110.111 Split Backstay Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Spreacher Blocks . . . . . 26.27.48.64.65. 76 Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STAINLESS STEEL BLOCKS AirBlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68.69 Deck Omanizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Fiddle siocks . . . . . . . . . . . . .6465 Foot Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.67 Running Backstay Blocks . . . . . . . 74.75 Stand Up Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 63.65 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 63.65 Stainless Steel Portlights . . . . . . . 220.221 Stanchion Mount Base . . . . . . . . 102.147 Stand Up Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.102 Stand Up Blocks 25.27.29.31. 54.58.

63.65.68.70

Stay Tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Staysail Furling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

STEERING Sheave Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.85.87 Systems. Custom . . . . . . . . . 89 .94 Wheels. Custom . . . . . . . . . . . 89 .94 Stickers. PoltlStarboard . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Stops. Adjustable Pin . . 79 127.131.134.136 Sweaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Sweat Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Switches. Electric Winch . . . . . . . . . . 187 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . 25 - 41.44.48.

54.58.63.65.6 8-70 SYSTEM DRAWINGS Backstay Systems . . . . . . . . . 214.215 Genoa Lead CarSystems . . . . . 212.213 Mainsheet Systems . . . . . . . . 208.209 Duthaul System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Self-Tacking Jib System . . . . . . . . . 218 Spinnaker System . . . . . . 216.217 Traveler Systems . . . . . . . 210.211 Vang System . . . . . . . . 207

Tangs. Split Backstay . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Three Speed Winches . . . 175.178. 191 - 193 Thru-Deck Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 .31 TITANIUM Running Backstay Blocks . . . . . . 74.75 Stand Up Blocks . . . . . . . 70 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . 70 TRACK AirTrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130.134 Battcar Track . . . . . . . . . . . .158 -165 T Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.80 Traveler Track . . . 123 126.130.134. 136 Track Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Track Risers . . . . . . . . . . . . 126.130 Track Stops . . . . . . . . . . 79.80.123.

TRAVELERS Battcar Systems . . . . . . . . . . 158 .165 Big Boat Travelers Cars . . . . . . . . . . . 128.138. 139 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . .'129:l32 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Genoa Lead Cars . . . . . . . . . . 140.141 Mainsheet Sheave Carriers . . . . . . . 137 Maxi Boat Travelers . . . . . . . . 135.136 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Mid-Range Travelem . 125 .127.138. 139 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . 125.138. 139 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 125. 127 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Mini-Maxi Travelem . . . . . . . . 133. 134 . Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Track . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . 134 Riser. Traveler Track . . . . . . . . 126. 130 Small Boat Travelers . . . . . 122 124. 138 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122.138 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Spinnaker Pole Cam . . . . . . . . 110. 142 Traveler Stand Up . . . . . . . . . 125. 128 Track Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Traveler Kits . . . . . . . . . . 122.125. 128 Windward Sheeting Cars . . . . . 138. 139 Traveler System Drawings . . . . . 210.211 Triple Blocks . . . . . . . . 25 - 33.40. 44 - 47 TRIPLE BLOCKS WITH RATCHETS AND CAMS 2.25'Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . . 40 3.0WTriples with Ratchet and Cam . . . . 40 Mid-Range Triples with Ratchet and Cam 47 Turning Blocks . . . . . . . . . 59 .62.66. 67 Two Speed Winches 172 .174.176. 177 179. 182 .185. 190

U-Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Use Charts . . . . . . . . . 22.23.43.52.53. 120.146.159. 171

V-Jam Blocks . . . . . . . Vang System Drawings . .

. . .

. . . . . . . . .207

. . . . . . . . . . 17 Warranty . . . . . 98 Wedges. Cam . . . . . . . . 11 -13 Whitbread 60 . . . . WINCHES Pedestal Systems . . . . . . . . . l 9 6 - 199 Gear Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . 198. 199 Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . 196.197 U-Jointsand Drive Shafts . . . . . . 197 Standard Winches Electric Self-Tailing Winches . . 180 .183 Hydraulic Self-Tailing Winches . . . . 180.181.184. 185 Single Speed Self-Tailing Winches . . 176 Single Speed Winches . . . . . 172. 176 Three Speed Self-Tailing Winches . . 178 Three Speed Winches . . . . . 175. 178 Two Speed Self-Tailing Winches 176. 177 Two Speed Winches . . . . . . 172 .174 Wide-Body Winches . . . . . . . . . 179 Torlon Racing Winches . . . . . . 188- 195 Four Speed Racing Winches . . . . . 194 Three Speed Racing Winches . . . . 191 Three Speed Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . 191. 195 Two Speed Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . . . . 190 Wide Body Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . . . . 195 Wide Body Top Cleating Racing Winches . . . . . 192- 194 Winch Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . 200. 201 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220. 221 Windward Sheeting Traveler Cars . . . 138. 139 Wire Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Wire Bullet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 26. 27

1251 East Wisconsin Avenue Wisconsin 53072 USA Telephone: (414) 691-3320 Fax: (414) 691-3008 Cable: Harken Pewaukee Pewaukee,

Harken East (Trade Only) One Mill Street Newport, R h o d e Island 02840 Fax: (401) 841-5070 Telephone: (401) 849-8278 Arpenlina Harken Argentina Avellaneda 1266 1642 - Lornasde San isidro Buenos Aires, Argentina Fax: (54) 1-742-1641 Telephone: (54) 1-742-1638 Australia Harken Australia Pty. Ltd. 91104 Old Pinwater Road Brookvale, N.S.W. 2100 Australia Fax: (61) 02-905-9400 Telephone: (61) 02-905-9455 Bermuda Pearman, Watlington & Co., Ltd. P.O. Box HM 840 Hamilton HMCX. Bermuda Fax: (809) 292-4489 Telephone: (809) 295-3232

Harken Wesl (Trade Only) 2608 Shelter Island Drive San Diego, California 92106 Fax: (619) 225-1508 Telephone: (619) 2 2 5 - 1 5 0 6 Caribbean (conllnued) Richardson's Rigging Services BOX97, Waterfront Drive Tonola. British Virgin Islands F a : (809) 494-5436 Telephone: (809) 494-2739

Thomas Peake & Co. Ltd. 177Western Main Road PO. Box 301 I'ort of Spain, Trinidad, West lndies Fax: (809) 622-7288 Telephone: (809) 622-4293

Harken Itsly S.P.A. Via Ceresio 12 22074 Lomazzo (Como) Italy Fax: (39) 2-963-70-998 Telephone: (39) 2-96-77-90-28 Hang Kong Far East Yacht Specialists Ltd. The Boatique at Aberdeen Marina Club Shop10& 11 -Ground Floor Aberdeen Marina Building 8 Shum Wan Road Aberdeen, Hong Kong Fax: (852) 877-2222 Telephone: (852) 555-9355 Israel Yarnit FO.B. 6158

Chile Harken Chile

- , 7 ~ - -

Japan Harken Japan Ltd. 2-21-9 Nishinomiya-Harna NishinomiyaCity Hyogo Pref., Jaoan 662

Bermuda Marine Supply PO. Box HM 808 Hamilton HMCX, Bermuda Fax: (809) 295-7665 Telephone: (809) 295-9950

Ocean Marine Equipment Ltd. St. Andrews Str, 2458 PO. Box 1370, Limassol. Cyprus F a : (357) 05 352976 Telephone: (357) 05 369731

Malla D'Agata Marine

Brazil Regatta Sport Prod. Esport. Ltda. AV. Pedroso de Moraes. 1484 CEP 05420-002 Sao Paulo SP, Brazil Fax (55) 11 814-7015 Telephone: (55) 11 211-1522

Denmark ColumbuS Trading /VS Naverland 26 B 2600 Glostrup, Denmark F a : (45) 43 63 3459 Telephone: (45) 43 63 3600

Canada North Marine Guidance Ltd. 2242 Lakeshore Blvd. West Toronto, Ontario, Canada M8V 1A5 Fax: (416) 252-2994 Telephone: (41 6) 252-7841

Finland Sail Tech J. Herrala Oy Pietarinktu 2 C 17 001 40 Helsinki. Finland Fax: (358) 0-655 695 Telephone: (358) 0-6M1360

Gzira. Malta Fax: (356) 340594 Telephone: (356) 341533 New Zealand A. Foster & Co. Ltd. W 3 6 Fanshawe Street P.O. Box 1951 Auckland 1. New Zealand Fax: (M1 9 307-7987 ~ e l e p h o r i(64) 9 -303-3744 Portugal Luiz Godinho Lirnitada Rua de Pedrou$os. 89 - A 1400 Lisboa, Portugal Fax: (351) 1-301 66 58 Telephone: (351) 1-301 77 53

Canada (Weslernl Weslern Mar ne Cornpan, 1494 Pone Slnet

Peter ~ r i & hGmbH Isar-Rino 11

Caribbean Rodney Bay Ship Services Ltd In Rodney Bay Marina Box 2172, Gros-Islet St. Lucia, West lndies F a : (809) 452-9974

Greece Tecrep Marine S.A. 38, AMi Mutsopulu 185 36 Piraeus, Greece F a : (30) 1-4184280 Teleohone: 130) 1-4521647

Singapore Marintech Marketing (S) Pte. Ltd. 101 Kitchener Road X02-14 Jaian Besar Plaza Singapore 0820 Fax: (65) 2923869 Teleohone: l651 2988171

Holland/Belgium lmhoff b.v. Leirnuiderdijk 478a 2156 MX Weteringbrug, Holland Fax: (31) 1713-15866 Telephone: (31) 1713-159W

Slwenia 6 Croalia Seaway lgriska 12 SLO-61000 Ljubljana. Slovenia Fax: (38) 61 224-673 Telephone: (38)61 224-675

Budget Marine N.V, BOX 434

Harken France ZA. P o r t des M i n i m e s 17000 -La Rochelle France Fax: (33) 46.44.25.70 Telephone: (33) 46.44.51.20 Soulh Alrica Wilbur Ellis Co. (Pty) Ltd. PO. Box 4258

Spain Trimer i.o.m.s.l. Regas, 33 08006 Barcelona, Spain Fax: (34) 3-238.01.34 Telephone: (34) 3-238.26.42 7

Sweden/Noway Rutgerson Marin AB Box 48 440 30 Marstrand, Sweden Fax: (46) 303.038 89 Telephone: (46) 303-61 0 60 Swilzedand Lambelet Diffusion Port du Nid-du-Cro 2W7 Neuchatel, Switzerland Fax: (41) 38-259960 Telephone: (41) 38-259963 Turkey Kompozit Marin, Turizm Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd. Sti.. Kerneralti Cad. No: 67. 80020 Karakoy - Istanbul, Turkiye. Telex: (821) 24813 MEC TR Fax: (90) 1-244 63 51 Telephone: (W) 1-249 84 49 United Kingdomflreland Harken U K Ltd. 17 East Klng Street Helensburgh, Dunbartonsh~re,G84700 Fax: (44) 436-71697 Telephone: (44) 436-71415

OTHEA REPRESENTATIVE: Taiwan Mercury Marine Supply Co. Ltd.. 5F-4. No. 22. Tsu We1 4th Road, Lin Ya (80212). Kaohsiung, Taiwan, R.D.C.. Fa:(886) 7-331-4232 Teleohone: 1886) 7-331-7293

I U I , Small Boat Blocks

Mid-Range Blocks

Big Boat Blocks

Furling S#ems

3U Winches

Reference

Clothing, Shoes & Promotional Items

Index